Sharp EL-W516XBSL

ENGLISH
Hard Case
SCIENTIFIC CALCULATOR
MODEL
EL-W506
EL-W516
EL-W546
The WriteView and Line Editors
SET UP Menu
Notes:
This calculator has the following two editors in NORMAL mode:
WriteView and Line. You can select between them in the SET UP
menu.
Press @ J to display the
SET UP menu.
• The WriteView editor can only be used in NORMAL mode.
Determination of the angular unit
The following three angular units (degrees, radians, and grads)
can be specified.
Remove the hard case, holding it with your fingers in the
positions shown below.
The WriteView editor (default)
OPERATION MANUAL
DEG (°):
The Line editor
• In certain calculation examples, where you see the o
symbol, the key operations and calculation results are shown
as they would appear in the Line editor.
Clearing the Entry and Memories
INTRODUCTION
Symbol
About the calculation examples (including some formulas
and tables), refer to the calculation example sheet. Refer to
the number on the right of each title in the manual for use.
After reading this manual, store it in a convenient location for
future reference.
Dot
matrix
display
Notes:
• Some of the models described in this manual may not be
available in some countries.
Mantissa
• This product uses a period as a decimal point.
Exponent
• Do not carry the calculator around in your back pocket, as it
may break when you sit down. The display is made of glass
and is particularly fragile.
• Keep the calculator away from extreme heat such as on a
car dashboard or near a heater, and avoid exposing it to
excessively humid or dusty environments.
• Since this product is not waterproof, do not use it or store
it where fluids, for example water, can splash onto it.
Raindrops, water spray, juice, coffee, steam, perspiration,
etc. will also cause malfunction.
• Only the symbols required for the usage currently being explained
are shown in the display and calculation examples in this manual.
/ :
/
Indicates that some contents are hidden in the
directions shown.
2ndF:
Appears when @ is pressed, indicating that the
functions shown in orange are enabled.
HYP:
Indicates that H has been pressed and the
hyperbolic functions are enabled. If @ > is
pressed, the symbols 2ndF HYP appear, indicating that
inverse hyperbolic functions are enabled.
• Do not drop it or apply excessive force.
• Never dispose of batteries in a fire.
DEG/RAD/GRAD: Indicates angular units.
• Keep batteries out of the reach of children.
BUSY:
• For the sake of your health, try not to use this product for
long periods of time. If you need to use the product for an
extended period, be sure to allow your eyes, hands, arms,
and body adequate rest periods (about 10–15 minutes
every hour).
If you experience any pain or fatigue while using this
product, discontinue use immediately. If the discomfort
continues, please consult a doctor.
W-VIEW: Indicates that the WriteView editor is selected.
• This product, including accessories, may change due to
upgrading without prior notice.
M:
• SHARP will not be liable nor responsible for any incidental
or consequential economic or property damage caused
by misuse and/or malfunctions of this product and its
peripherals, unless such liability is acknowledged by law.
Appears during the execution of a calculation.
ENG/SCI/FIX/N2/N1: Indicates the notation used to display a
value and changes by SET UP menu. N1 is displayed
on-screen as “NORM1”, and N2 as “NORM2”.
• When an abnormal condition occurs and all keys are
inoperative
Do not use an object with a breakable or sharp tip. Note that
pressing the RESET switch erases all data stored in memory.
If service should be required on this calculator, use only a
SHARP servicing dealer, SHARP approved service facility, or
SHARP repair service where available.
Multi-line Playback Function
This calculator is equipped with a function to recall previous
equations and answers in NORMAL or CPLX modes. A
maximum of 340 characters can be stored in memory. When
the memory is full, stored equations will be deleted to make
room, starting with the oldest.
Pressing u will display the previous equation. Further
pressing u will display preceding equations (after returning
to the previous equation, press d to view equations in
order). In addition, @ u can be used to jump to the
oldest equation, and @ d to jump to the newest one.
• The multiplication operator “×” is differentiated from the letter
“X” in this manual as follows:
To specify the multiplication operator: k
This calculator performs operations according to the following
priority:
① Fractions (1m4, etc.) ② ∠, Engineering prefixes
③ Functions preceded by their argument (x −1, x 2, n!, etc.)
④ y x, xr ⑤ Implied multiplication of a memory value (2Y, etc.)
⑥ Functions followed by their argument (sin, cos, (−), etc.)
1
⑦ Implied multiplication of a function (2sin 30, A ⎯
4 , etc.) ⑧ nCr,
nPr, cv ⑨ ×, ÷ ⑩ +, − ⑪ AND ⑫ OR, XOR, XNOR ⑬ =,
M+, M−, ⇒M, ▶DEG, ▶RAD, ▶GRAD, DATA, r θ, xy, and
other calculation ending instructions
• If parentheses are used, parenthesized calculations have
precedence over any other calculations.
SCIENTIFIC CALCULATIONS
• Press b 0 to select NORMAL mode.
• In each example, press j to clear the display first. Unless
otherwise specified, calculation examples are performed in
the WriteView editor (@ J 2 0) with the default
display settings (@ P 0).
Arithmetic Operations
4
• The closing parenthesis ) just before = or m
may be omitted.
Constant Calculations
• In constant calculations, the addend becomes a constant.
Subtraction and division are performed in the same manner.
For multiplication, the multiplicand becomes a constant.
• In constant calculations, constants will be displayed as K.
• Constant calculations can be perfomed in NORMAL or STAT
modes.
Functions
Note: Since integral and differential calculations are performed
based on the following equations, correct results may
not be obtained, in certain rare cases, when performing
special calculations that contain discontinuous points.
• In the Line editor, the following symbols are used:
: to indicate an expression’s power. (m, @ ",
@ Y)
: to separate integers, numerators, and denominators.
(W, @ k)
• When using @ O or @ W in the Line editor,
values are entered in the following way:
×
×*6
○
@ P 0*7
○
×
×
×
×
×
@ P 1 0*7
○
○
○
○
○
○
@ P 2 0*7,*8
○
○
○
○
○
○
RESET switch*8
○
○
○
○
○
○
• When @ J 1 0 (FIX) or @ J 1 2
(ENG) is pressed, “TAB(0–9)?” will be displayed and the number
of decimal places (TAB) can be set to any value between 0 and 9.
• NORM1 (@ J 1 3): 0.000000001 ≤ | x | ≤ 9,999,999,999
• NORM2 (@ J 1 4): 0.01 ≤ | x | ≤ 9,999,999,999
*1 Press j x and then choose a memory to clear one
variable memory.
Selecting the editor
*2 Formula memories and definable memories. See “Memory
Calculations”.
Two editors are available in NORMAL mode:
*3 Statistical data (entered data)
• The Line editor (LINE): @ J 2 1
*4 Matrix memories (matA, matB, matC, and matD)
Note: Any entries will be cleared when you change the editor.
• The WriteView editor (W-VIEW): @ J 2 0 (default)
*6 Cleared when changing between sub-modes in STAT mode.
*7 See “Memory clear key”.
*8 The username you stored using the name display function will
be cleared as well.
Adjusting the display contrast
• Trigonometric calculations
• In trigonometric calculations,
when entering values such as
those in the table to the right,
results may be shown using r.
DEG
Entry value
multiples of 15
RAD
1
multiples of ⎯
12 π
50
GRAD multiples of ⎯
3
• Calculation results may extend
off the edges of the screen. You can see those parts by
pressing l or r (depending on whether the left or
right portion is hidden).
• Improper/proper fractions will be converted to and displayed
as decimal numbers if the number of digits used in their
expression is greater than nine. In the case of mixed
fractions, the maximum number of displayable digits
(including integers) is eight.
The Line Editor
Insert and overwrite entry methods
In the Line editor, you can enter
and display equations line by line.
Name display function
You can save a username in this calculator. When you turn the
power off, the saved username is displayed momentarily.
Up to 32 characters may be saved, split over two lines.
Entry and display
Notes:
• Up to three lines of text may be
viewed on the screen at one time.
• If the length of the equation exceeds three lines, parts of it
may be hidden from view after calculation. If you want to see
the rest of the equation, press l or r to return to the
editing screen.
• In the Line editor, calculation results are displayed in
decimal form or line fraction notation if possible.
Editing the Equation
Entering and editing the username:
1. Press @ J 5. The
editing screen appears with a
flashing cursor.
2. Use u and d to scroll
through the available characters. The following characters
can be entered (listed in the order that they appear):
Letters (A to Z, uppercase only), numbers (0 to 9), slash (/),
hyphen (-), colon (:), apostrophe (’), comma (,), period (.),
and space ( ).
Press @ u to jump to “A”, and press @ d or
j to jump to the space.
Used to perform arithmetic operations and function calculations.
• Arithmetic operations and memory calculations
Press @ J 3, then + or & to adjust the contrast.
Press j to exit.
After you switch to the overwrite method (by pressing @ J
4 1), the triangular cursor will change to a rectangular
one, and the number or function underneath it will be overwritten
as you make entries.
NORMAL mode: b 0 (default)
• In the following cases, calculation results may be displayed
using r:
• If the number of digits in the denominator of a fractional
result that uses π is greater than three, the result is
converted to and displayed as a decimal number.
When using the Line editor, you can change the entry method
from “INSERT” (the default) to “OVERWRITE”.
• N-base: DEC
decimal numbers
Notes:
Two settings are used to display a floating-point number: NORM1
(the default) and NORM2. A number is automatically displayed in
scientific notation outside a preset range:
×: Retain
• Proper fractions (with or without π)
• Irrational numbers (square roots, fractions made using
square roots)
decimal numbers
Setting the floating point number system in scientific notation
3. Pressing l or r moves the cursor to the left or right.
Used to perform statistical operations.
To modify a character, use l or r to move the
cursor to the character, then select another character using
u or d.
DRILL mode: b 2
Press @ l or @ r to jump to the beginning of
the first line or the end of the second.
Used to practice math and multiplication table drills.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 above to continue entering characters.
CPLX mode: b 3
5. Press = to save.
Used to perform complex number calculations.
Note: Press @ Z in the editing screen to clear all the
characters.
Just after obtaining an answer, pressing l brings you to
the end of the equation and pressing r brings you to the
beginning. Press l, r, u, or d to move the
cursor. Press @ l or @ r to jump the cursor to
the beginning or the end of the equation.
In the WriteView editor, you can use u and d to
move the cursor up and down—between the numerator and
denominator, for example.
Back space and delete key
To delete a number or function, move the cursor to the right of
it, then press N. You can also delete a number or function
that the cursor is directly over by pressing @ y.
The MATH Menu
Other functions may be available on this calculator besides
those printed on the key pad. These functions are accessed
using the MATH menu. The MATH menu has different contents
for each mode.
Press N to display the MATH
menu. For example, in NORMAL
mode, you can call the functions
shown on the right.
Notes:
Used to perform matrix calculations.
ENTERING, DISPLAYING, AND EDITING THE EQUATION
LIST mode: b 5
The WriteView Editor
Used to perform list calculations.
Entry and display
EQUATION mode: b 6
Used to solve equations.
In the WriteView editor, you can
enter and display fractions or certain
functions as you would write them.
Random Function
Definable memories (D1–D4)
The random function has four settings. (This function cannot be
selected while using the N-base function.) To generate further
random numbers in succession, press e. Press j to exit.
You can store functions or operations in definable memories
(D1–D4).
Calculations using physical constants
• To store a function or operation, press x, followed by a
definable memory key (I, J, K, or L), followed
by the operation you want to store. Menu-related operations,
such as @ J, cannot be stored. Press j to return to
the previous display.
• To scroll up or down the list of constants, press u
(l) or d (r).
Random numbers
A pseudo-random number, with three significant digits from 0 up
to 0.999, can be generated by pressing @ w 0 e.
Note: In the WriteView editor, if the result is not 0 it can be
shown as a fraction or decimal using U.
1
b−a
S = ⎯ h{ f (a) + 4{ f (a + h) + f (a + 3h) + ... + f (a + (N − 1)h)} h = ⎯
3
N
+ 2{ f (a + 2h) + f (a + 4h) + ... + f (a + (N − 2)h)} + f (b)} N = 2n
( )
a≤x≤b
f(x +
dx
dx
⎯ ) − f(x − ⎯ )
2
2
Differential calculation: f´(x) = —
2
• When the or symbols are displayed, you can use
u or d to display any hidden menu items.
• N does not function when entering values or items in
STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or EQUATION modes, or into solver
functions or simulation calculations.
Random dice
To simulate a die-rolling, a random integer between 1 and 6 can
be generated by pressing @ w 1 e.
• Any functions or operations that are stored in a definable memory
will be replaced when you save a new one into that memory.
Performing integral calculations
To simulate a coin flip, 0 (heads) or 1 (tails) can be randomly
generated by pressing @ w 2 e.
1. Press F.
Random integer
2. Specify the following parameters: range of integral (initial
value (a), end value (b)), function with variable x, and number
of subintervals (n).
9
Each time @ ] is pressed, the angular unit changes in
sequence.
Mode
WriteView editor:
b
a function[, subintervals]dx
Line editor:
(function, a, b[, subintervals])
• Integral calculations, depending on the integrands and
subintervals included, require longer calculation time. During
calculation, the BUSY symbol will be displayed. To cancel
calculation, press j.
0
Chain Calculations
An integer between 0 and 99 can be generated randomly by
pressing @ w 3 e.
Memory Calculations
Note that there will be greater integral errors when there are
large fluctuations in the
integral values during
minute shifting of the
y
integral range and for
periodic functions, etc.,
y
where positive and
x0
x2
b
negative integral values
a
a
bx
x x
exist depending on the
x
x
1
3
x
x
interval.
• You cannot store functions or operations in definable memories
when entering values or items in STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or
EQUATION modes, or into solver functions or simulation
calculations.
Angular Unit Conversions
You do not need to specify the number of subintervals. If the
number of subintervals is not specified, the default value of
n = 100 will be used.
10
ANS
M, F1–F4
A–F, X, Y
D1–D4
○
○
○
○
STAT
○
○
○
○
CPLX
○
○
×
○
MATRIX
○
○
○
○
LIST
○
○
○
○
×: Unavailable
Temporary memories (A–F, X and Y)
Press x and a variable key to store a value in memory.
Press t and a variable key to recall the value from that memory.
To place a variable in an equation, press ; and a variable key.
Independent memory (M)
In addition to all the features of temporary memories, a value can
be added to or subtracted from an existing memory value.
x
3
For the former case, divide integral intervals as small as
possible. For the latter case, separate the positive and negative
values. Following these tips will allow you to obtain results from
calculations with greater accuracy and will also shorten the
calculation time.
Press j x M to clear the independent memory (M).
Last answer memory (ANS)
The calculation result obtained by pressing = or any other
calculation ending instruction is automatically stored in the last
answer memory.
Performing differential calculations
When the calculation result is in matrix or list form, the full matrix
or list is not stored into ANS memory. Only the value of the
element covered by the cursor is stored.
1. Press @ G.
Notes:
2. Specify the following parameters: function with variable x,
value of x, and minute interval (dx).
• Calculation results from the functions indicated below are
automatically stored in the X or Y memories replacing any
existing values.
You do not need to specify the minute interval. If the minute
interval is not specified, it will automatically be set to 10−5
(while x = 0), or | x | × 10−5 (while x ≠ 0).
3. Press =.
•
•
r θ, xy: X memory (r or x), Y memory (θ or y)
Two x´ values from a quadratic regression calculation in
STAT mode: X memory (1:), Y memory (2:)
Note: Parameters are entered in the following way:
WriteView editor:
d(function)
–
dx
x = value of x[, minute interval]
Line editor:
d/dx (function, value of x[, minute interval])
8
∑ Function
The ∑ function returns the cumulative sum of a given expression
from an initial value to an end value in NORMAL mode.
Performing ∑ calculations
2. Specify the following parameters: initial value, end value,
function with variable x, and increment (n).
You do not need to specify the increment. If the increment is
not specified, the default value of n = 1 will be used.
3. Press =.
Note: Parameters are entered in the following way:
WriteView editor:
end value
Σ(function[, increment])
x = initial value
• logn (base, value)
Line editor:
• abs value
Σ(function, initial value, end value[, increment])
11
The previous calculation result can be used in the subsequent
calculation. However, it cannot be recalled after entering multiple
instructions or when the calculation result is in matrix/list format.
Fraction Calculations
NORMAL
○: Available
1
2
Physical Constants and Metric Conversions
• To call a stored function or operation, press the corresponding
memory key. Calling a stored function will not work if the function
that is called would be unusable in the current context.
Random coin
dx
1. Press @ I.
6
• Refer to the calculation examples for each function.
•
7
|
5
×
When possible, calculation results will be displayed using
fractions, r, and π. When you press U, the display will
cycle through the following display styles:
To specify the letter “X”: ; X
• Parameters are entered in the following way:
Priority Levels in Calculation
×
1
MATRIX mode: b 4
• Functions that are printed in gray adjacent to the keys are
effective in specific modes.
Notes:
• Equations also include calculation ending instructions, such
as “=”.
○
STAT mode: b 1
In this manual, key operations are described as follows:
3. Press =.
• In addition to the amount of memory needed to store an
equation, the WriteView editor will require a certain amount
for the sake of display.
Mode selection (b)
Selecting the display notation and decimal places
Five display notation systems are used to display calculation
results: Two settings of Floating point (NORM1 and NORM2),
Fixed decimal point (FIX), Scientific notation (SCI), and
Engineering notation (ENG).
• When @ J 1 1 (SCI) is pressed, “SIG(0–9)?” will
be displayed and the number of significant digits can be set to
any value between 0 and 9. Entering 0 will set a 10-digit display.
d
Key Notations Used in this Manual
• The multi-line memory will be cleared by the following
operations:
• Equations that have one result require an additional eleven
characters’ worth of memory to store in order to hold the result.
○
→
Press @ o to turn the calculator off.
• To edit an equation after recalling it, press l or r.
@ Z , mode change, RESET, N-base conversion,
angular unit conversion, editor change (@ J 2
0 or @ J 2 1), and memory clear (@
P 1 0).
○
Mode Selection
Integral calculation (Simpson’s rule):
3
○
• To RESET the calculator, press 2 0. The RESET
operation will erase all data stored in memory and restore
the calculator’s default settings. You can do the same thing by
pressing the RESET switch on the back of the calculator.
Press j to turn the calculator on. The data that was onscreen when the power was turned off will appear on the display.
Using the CATALOG menu, you can select functions and
variables that are available for what you are doing in the
currently selected mode. To display the CATALOG menu,
press N 0.
Note: You cannot bring up the CATALOG menu when entering
values or items in STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or EQUATION
modes, or into solver functions or simulation calculations.
×
Power On and Off
Integral and differential calculations can be performed in
NORMAL mode.
• Press @ u or @ d to jump to the first or last item.
×
Press @ J 3, then + or & to adjust the
contrast. Press j to exit.
Integral/Differential Functions
• Press l or r to scroll up or down.
○
Adjusting the Display Contrast
The CATALOG Menu
• Press u or d to move the cursor ( ) and press e
to select.
@Z
• To clear all variables and memories (A−F, M, X, Y, F1−F4, D1−D4,
ANS, STAT, matA−D, and L1−L4) at once, press 1 0.
• Functions that are printed in orange above the key require
@ to be pressed first before the key. When you specify the
memory, press ; first. Numbers for input values are not
shown as keys, but as ordinary numbers.
• To clear all memory contents
×
• Display notation: NORM1
To specify e x: @ "
To specify ln: i
To specify E: ; E
• After replacing the battery
×
• Angular unit: DEG
: Indicates the mode of expression for results in CPLX mode.
♦ Press the RESET switch (on the back), with the tip of a
ball-point pen or similar object, only in the following cases:
• When using for the first time
×
• To initialize the display settings,
press 0. The parameters are
set as follows:
BEFORE USING THE CALCULATOR
NOTICE
×
Press @ P to display the menu.
When using for the first time, press the RESET switch (on the
back), with the tip of a ball-point pen or similar object.
• SHARP strongly recommends that separate permanent
written records be kept of all important data. Data may be
lost or altered in virtually any electronic memory product
under certain circumstances. Therefore, SHARP assumes
no responsibility for data lost or otherwise rendered
unusable whether as a result of improper use, repairs,
defects, battery replacement, use after the specified
battery life has expired, or any other cause.
×
Memory clear key
Indicates that a numerical value is stored in the
independent memory (M).
/
○
*5 List memories (L1, L2, L3, and L4)
ALPHA: Indicates that ;, x or t has been pressed,
and entry (recall) of memory contents and recall of
statistics can be performed.
• Clean with a soft, dry cloth. Do not use solvents or a wet cloth.
j
○: Clear
• During actual use, not all symbols are displayed at the same time.
Operational Notes
•
Entry A–F, F1–F4,
matA–D*4
ANS STAT*3
L1–L4*5
(Display) M, X, Y*1 D1–D4*2
Operation
DISPLAY
Displaying calculation results
improper fractions
• Mixed fractions (with or without π)
decimal numbers
(with or without π)
GRAD (g): @ J 0 2
• The WriteView Editor is only available in NORMAL mode.
PRINTED IN CHINA / IMPRIMÉ EN CHINE / IMPRESO EN CHINA
07HGK (TINSE1307EHZZ)
@ J 0 0 (default)
RAD (rad): @ J 0 1
Notes:
Thank you for purchasing the SHARP Scientific Calculator
Model EL-W506/W516/W546.
• If the equation grows too large, it may extend off the edge of the
display after you obtain the result. If you want to see the entire
equation, press l or r to return to the editing screen.
Press j to exit the SET UP menu.
• Use of t or ; will recall the value stored in memory
using up to 14 digits.
Formula memories (F1–F4)
You can store expressions in formula memories (F1–F4). Storing
a new expression in a memory space will automatically replace
any content that may already exist there.
12
Arithmetic operations and memory calculations can be performed
using fractions. In NORMAL mode, conversion between a decimal
number and a fraction can be performed by pressing U.
Notes:
• Improper/proper fractions will be converted to and displayed as
decimal numbers if the number of digits used in their expression
is greater than nine. In the case of mixed fractions, the maximum
number of displayable digits (including integers) is eight.
• To convert a sexagesimal value to a fraction, first convert it by
pressing @ :.
Binary, Pental, Octal, Decimal, and Hexadecimal
Operations (N-base)
Conversion to each system is performed with the following keys:
@ z (“BIN” appears), @ r (“PEN” appears),
@ g (“OCT” appears), @ h (“HEX” appears),
@ / (“BIN”, “PEN”, “OCT”, and “HEX” disappear)
Note: The hexadecimal numbers A–F are entered by pressing
A
B
C
D
E
F
K , m , A , l , i , and H.
In the binary, pental, octal, and hexadecimal systems, fractional
parts cannot be entered. When a decimal number having
a fractional part is converted into a binary, pental, octal, or
hexadecimal number, the fractional part will be truncated. Likewise,
when the result of a binary, pental, octal, or hexadecimal calculation
includes a fractional part, the fractional part will be truncated. In the
binary, pental, octal, and hexadecimal systems, negative numbers
are displayed as a complement.
Time, Decimal, and Sexagesimal Calculations
Degree
Minute
Second
Coordinate Conversions
• Expressions that are stored from the WriteView editor cannot
be recalled from within the Line editor, and vice versa.
• Before performing a calculation, select the angular unit.
15
• The calculation result is automatically stored in the X and Y
memories (r or x in X memory, and θ or y in Y memory).
• The results of coordinate conversions will be displayed as
decimal numbers even in the WriteView editor.
• Any recalled expressions will overwrite any expressions that
are currently being entered.
• You cannot store formulas in formula memories when entering
values or items in STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or EQUATION modes,
or into solver functions or simulation calculations.
14
You can convert between decimal and sexagesimal numbers, and
from sexagesimal numbers to seconds or minutes. In addition,
the four basic arithmetic operations and memory calculations
can be performed using the sexagesimal system. Notation for
sexagesimal is as follows:
Notes:
• You can only recall expressions stored from the Line editor
when entering values or items in STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or
EQUATION modes, or into solver functions or simulation
calculations.
13
Conversions can be performed between N-base numbers in
NORMAL mode. The four basic arithmetic operations, calculations
with parentheses, and memory calculations can also be performed,
along with the logical operations AND, OR, NOT, NEG, XOR, and
XNOR on binary, pental, octal, and hexadecimal numbers.
Rectangular coord.
Polar coord.
16
To recall a constant, press K, then select a physical constant
from the list. (Each item is labeled with a 2-digit number.)
Use @ u (l) or @ d (r) to jump to the
first or last page.
• Enter the first digit of the 2-digit item number to jump to the
page containing the number that begins with that digit.
• When you enter the second digit, the constant is displayed
automatically according to the display and decimal
placement settings.
• Physical constants can be recalled in NORMAL (excluding
N-base), STAT, CPLX, MATRIX, LIST, and EQUATION modes.
• The following table lists the physical constants. See the
calculation example sheet for physical constant symbols
and units.
Note: Physical constants and metric conversions are based
on the 2006 CODATA recommended values, or on
the 1995 Edition of the “Guide for the Use of the
International System of Units (SI)” released by NIST
(National Institute of Standards and Technology).
No.
Constant
01 Speed of light in vacuum
02 Newtonian constant of
gravitation
03 Standard acceleration of
gravity
04 Electron mass
05 Proton mass
06 Neutron mass
07 Muon mass
08 Atomic mass unit-kilogram
relationship
09 Elementary charge
10 Planck constant
11 Boltzmann constant
12 Magnetic constant
13 Electric constant
14 Classical electron radius
15 Fine-structure constant
16 Bohr radius
17 Rydberg constant
18 Magnetic flux quantum
19 Bohr magneton
20 Electron magnetic moment
21 Nuclear magneton
22 Proton magnetic moment
23 Neutron magnetic moment
24 Muon magnetic moment
25 Compton wavelength
26 Proton Compton wavelength
No.
Constant
27 Stefan-Boltzmann constant
28 Avogadro constant
29 Molar volume of ideal gas
(273.15 K, 101.325 kPa)
30 Molar gas constant
31 Faraday constant
32 Von Klitzing constant
33 Electron charge to mass
quotient
34 Quantum of circulation
35 Proton gyromagnetic ratio
36 Josephson constant
37 Electron volt
38 Celsius Temperature
39 Astronomical unit
40 Parsec
41 Molar mass of carbon-12
42 Planck constant over 2 pi
43 Hartree energy
44 Conductance quantum
45 Inverse fine-structure constant
46 Proton-electron mass ratio
47 Molar mass constant
48 Neutron Compton wavelength
49 First radiation constant
50 Second radiation constant
51 Characteristic impedance of
vacuum
52 Standard atmosphere
Metric conversions
Enter a value to be converted, then press @ L, and
select a metric conversion by entering its 2-digit number.
• The metric conversion list is used in the same manner as
the list of physical constants.
• Unit conversions can be performed in NORMAL (excluding
N-base), STAT, MATRIX, LIST, and EQUATION modes.
• The following table lists units used in metric conversion.
See the calculation example sheet for the metric
conversion reference table.
No.
Remarks
No.
Remarks
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
in
: inch
cm
: centimeter
ft
: foot
m
: meter
yd
: yard
m
: meter
mi
: mile
km
: kilometer
n mi
: nautical mile
m
: meter
acre
: acre*1
: square meter
m2
oz
: ounce (avoirdupois)
g
: gram
lb
: pound (avoirdupois)
kg
: kilogram
°F
: degree Fahrenheit
°C
: degree Celsius
gal (US) : gallon (US)
L
: liter
gal (UK) : gallon (UK)
L
: liter
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
fl oz(US) : fluid ounce (US)
mL
: milliliter
fl oz(UK) : fluid ounce (UK)
mL
: milliliter
: calorieth
calth
J
: joule
: calorie (15°C)
cal15
J
: joule
calIT
: calorieIT
J
: joule
hp
: horsepower (UK)
W
: watt
ps
: horsepower (metric)
W
: watt
(kgf/cm2)
Pa
: pascal
atm
: atmosphere
Pa
: pascal
(1 mmHg = 1 Torr)
Pa
: pascal
(kgf·m)
: newton meter
N·m
*1 based on US survey foot
ENGLISH
Hard Case
SCIENTIFIC CALCULATOR
MODEL
EL-W506
EL-W516
EL-W546
The WriteView and Line Editors
SET UP Menu
Notes:
This calculator has the following two editors in NORMAL mode:
WriteView and Line. You can select between them in the SET UP
menu.
Press @ J to display the
SET UP menu.
• The WriteView editor can only be used in NORMAL mode.
Determination of the angular unit
The following three angular units (degrees, radians, and grads)
can be specified.
Remove the hard case, holding it with your fingers in the
positions shown below.
The WriteView editor (default)
OPERATION MANUAL
DEG (°):
The Line editor
• In certain calculation examples, where you see the o
symbol, the key operations and calculation results are shown
as they would appear in the Line editor.
Clearing the Entry and Memories
INTRODUCTION
Symbol
About the calculation examples (including some formulas
and tables), refer to the calculation example sheet. Refer to
the number on the right of each title in the manual for use.
After reading this manual, store it in a convenient location for
future reference.
Dot
matrix
display
Notes:
• Some of the models described in this manual may not be
available in some countries.
Mantissa
• This product uses a period as a decimal point.
Exponent
• Do not carry the calculator around in your back pocket, as it
may break when you sit down. The display is made of glass
and is particularly fragile.
• Keep the calculator away from extreme heat such as on a
car dashboard or near a heater, and avoid exposing it to
excessively humid or dusty environments.
• Since this product is not waterproof, do not use it or store
it where fluids, for example water, can splash onto it.
Raindrops, water spray, juice, coffee, steam, perspiration,
etc. will also cause malfunction.
• Only the symbols required for the usage currently being explained
are shown in the display and calculation examples in this manual.
/ :
/
Indicates that some contents are hidden in the
directions shown.
2ndF:
Appears when @ is pressed, indicating that the
functions shown in orange are enabled.
HYP:
Indicates that H has been pressed and the
hyperbolic functions are enabled. If @ > is
pressed, the symbols 2ndF HYP appear, indicating that
inverse hyperbolic functions are enabled.
• Do not drop it or apply excessive force.
• Never dispose of batteries in a fire.
DEG/RAD/GRAD: Indicates angular units.
• Keep batteries out of the reach of children.
BUSY:
• For the sake of your health, try not to use this product for
long periods of time. If you need to use the product for an
extended period, be sure to allow your eyes, hands, arms,
and body adequate rest periods (about 10–15 minutes
every hour).
If you experience any pain or fatigue while using this
product, discontinue use immediately. If the discomfort
continues, please consult a doctor.
W-VIEW: Indicates that the WriteView editor is selected.
• This product, including accessories, may change due to
upgrading without prior notice.
M:
• SHARP will not be liable nor responsible for any incidental
or consequential economic or property damage caused
by misuse and/or malfunctions of this product and its
peripherals, unless such liability is acknowledged by law.
Appears during the execution of a calculation.
ENG/SCI/FIX/N2/N1: Indicates the notation used to display a
value and changes by SET UP menu. N1 is displayed
on-screen as “NORM1”, and N2 as “NORM2”.
• When an abnormal condition occurs and all keys are
inoperative
Do not use an object with a breakable or sharp tip. Note that
pressing the RESET switch erases all data stored in memory.
If service should be required on this calculator, use only a
SHARP servicing dealer, SHARP approved service facility, or
SHARP repair service where available.
Multi-line Playback Function
This calculator is equipped with a function to recall previous
equations and answers in NORMAL or CPLX modes. A
maximum of 340 characters can be stored in memory. When
the memory is full, stored equations will be deleted to make
room, starting with the oldest.
Pressing u will display the previous equation. Further
pressing u will display preceding equations (after returning
to the previous equation, press d to view equations in
order). In addition, @ u can be used to jump to the
oldest equation, and @ d to jump to the newest one.
• The multiplication operator “×” is differentiated from the letter
“X” in this manual as follows:
To specify the multiplication operator: k
This calculator performs operations according to the following
priority:
① Fractions (1m4, etc.) ② ∠, Engineering prefixes
③ Functions preceded by their argument (x −1, x 2, n!, etc.)
④ y x, xr ⑤ Implied multiplication of a memory value (2Y, etc.)
⑥ Functions followed by their argument (sin, cos, (−), etc.)
1
⑦ Implied multiplication of a function (2sin 30, A ⎯
4 , etc.) ⑧ nCr,
nPr, cv ⑨ ×, ÷ ⑩ +, − ⑪ AND ⑫ OR, XOR, XNOR ⑬ =,
M+, M−, ⇒M, ▶DEG, ▶RAD, ▶GRAD, DATA, r θ, xy, and
other calculation ending instructions
• If parentheses are used, parenthesized calculations have
precedence over any other calculations.
SCIENTIFIC CALCULATIONS
• Press b 0 to select NORMAL mode.
• In each example, press j to clear the display first. Unless
otherwise specified, calculation examples are performed in
the WriteView editor (@ J 2 0) with the default
display settings (@ P 0).
Arithmetic Operations
4
• The closing parenthesis ) just before = or m
may be omitted.
Constant Calculations
• In constant calculations, the addend becomes a constant.
Subtraction and division are performed in the same manner.
For multiplication, the multiplicand becomes a constant.
• In constant calculations, constants will be displayed as K.
• Constant calculations can be perfomed in NORMAL or STAT
modes.
Functions
Note: Since integral and differential calculations are performed
based on the following equations, correct results may
not be obtained, in certain rare cases, when performing
special calculations that contain discontinuous points.
• In the Line editor, the following symbols are used:
: to indicate an expression’s power. (m, @ ",
@ Y)
: to separate integers, numerators, and denominators.
(W, @ k)
• When using @ O or @ W in the Line editor,
values are entered in the following way:
×
×*6
○
@ P 0*7
○
×
×
×
×
×
@ P 1 0*7
○
○
○
○
○
○
@ P 2 0*7,*8
○
○
○
○
○
○
RESET switch*8
○
○
○
○
○
○
• When @ J 1 0 (FIX) or @ J 1 2
(ENG) is pressed, “TAB(0–9)?” will be displayed and the number
of decimal places (TAB) can be set to any value between 0 and 9.
• NORM1 (@ J 1 3): 0.000000001 ≤ | x | ≤ 9,999,999,999
• NORM2 (@ J 1 4): 0.01 ≤ | x | ≤ 9,999,999,999
*1 Press j x and then choose a memory to clear one
variable memory.
Selecting the editor
*2 Formula memories and definable memories. See “Memory
Calculations”.
Two editors are available in NORMAL mode:
*3 Statistical data (entered data)
• The Line editor (LINE): @ J 2 1
*4 Matrix memories (matA, matB, matC, and matD)
Note: Any entries will be cleared when you change the editor.
• The WriteView editor (W-VIEW): @ J 2 0 (default)
*6 Cleared when changing between sub-modes in STAT mode.
*7 See “Memory clear key”.
*8 The username you stored using the name display function will
be cleared as well.
Adjusting the display contrast
• Trigonometric calculations
• In trigonometric calculations,
when entering values such as
those in the table to the right,
results may be shown using r.
DEG
Entry value
multiples of 15
RAD
1
multiples of ⎯
12 π
50
GRAD multiples of ⎯
3
• Calculation results may extend
off the edges of the screen. You can see those parts by
pressing l or r (depending on whether the left or
right portion is hidden).
• Improper/proper fractions will be converted to and displayed
as decimal numbers if the number of digits used in their
expression is greater than nine. In the case of mixed
fractions, the maximum number of displayable digits
(including integers) is eight.
The Line Editor
Insert and overwrite entry methods
In the Line editor, you can enter
and display equations line by line.
Name display function
You can save a username in this calculator. When you turn the
power off, the saved username is displayed momentarily.
Up to 32 characters may be saved, split over two lines.
Entry and display
Notes:
• Up to three lines of text may be
viewed on the screen at one time.
• If the length of the equation exceeds three lines, parts of it
may be hidden from view after calculation. If you want to see
the rest of the equation, press l or r to return to the
editing screen.
• In the Line editor, calculation results are displayed in
decimal form or line fraction notation if possible.
Editing the Equation
Entering and editing the username:
1. Press @ J 5. The
editing screen appears with a
flashing cursor.
2. Use u and d to scroll
through the available characters. The following characters
can be entered (listed in the order that they appear):
Letters (A to Z, uppercase only), numbers (0 to 9), slash (/),
hyphen (-), colon (:), apostrophe (’), comma (,), period (.),
and space ( ).
Press @ u to jump to “A”, and press @ d or
j to jump to the space.
Used to perform arithmetic operations and function calculations.
• Arithmetic operations and memory calculations
Press @ J 3, then + or & to adjust the contrast.
Press j to exit.
After you switch to the overwrite method (by pressing @ J
4 1), the triangular cursor will change to a rectangular
one, and the number or function underneath it will be overwritten
as you make entries.
NORMAL mode: b 0 (default)
• In the following cases, calculation results may be displayed
using r:
• If the number of digits in the denominator of a fractional
result that uses π is greater than three, the result is
converted to and displayed as a decimal number.
When using the Line editor, you can change the entry method
from “INSERT” (the default) to “OVERWRITE”.
• N-base: DEC
decimal numbers
Notes:
Two settings are used to display a floating-point number: NORM1
(the default) and NORM2. A number is automatically displayed in
scientific notation outside a preset range:
×: Retain
• Proper fractions (with or without π)
• Irrational numbers (square roots, fractions made using
square roots)
decimal numbers
Setting the floating point number system in scientific notation
3. Pressing l or r moves the cursor to the left or right.
Used to perform statistical operations.
To modify a character, use l or r to move the
cursor to the character, then select another character using
u or d.
DRILL mode: b 2
Press @ l or @ r to jump to the beginning of
the first line or the end of the second.
Used to practice math and multiplication table drills.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 above to continue entering characters.
CPLX mode: b 3
5. Press = to save.
Used to perform complex number calculations.
Note: Press @ Z in the editing screen to clear all the
characters.
Just after obtaining an answer, pressing l brings you to
the end of the equation and pressing r brings you to the
beginning. Press l, r, u, or d to move the
cursor. Press @ l or @ r to jump the cursor to
the beginning or the end of the equation.
In the WriteView editor, you can use u and d to
move the cursor up and down—between the numerator and
denominator, for example.
Back space and delete key
To delete a number or function, move the cursor to the right of
it, then press N. You can also delete a number or function
that the cursor is directly over by pressing @ y.
The MATH Menu
Other functions may be available on this calculator besides
those printed on the key pad. These functions are accessed
using the MATH menu. The MATH menu has different contents
for each mode.
Press N to display the MATH
menu. For example, in NORMAL
mode, you can call the functions
shown on the right.
Notes:
Used to perform matrix calculations.
ENTERING, DISPLAYING, AND EDITING THE EQUATION
LIST mode: b 5
The WriteView Editor
Used to perform list calculations.
Entry and display
EQUATION mode: b 6
Used to solve equations.
In the WriteView editor, you can
enter and display fractions or certain
functions as you would write them.
Random Function
Definable memories (D1–D4)
The random function has four settings. (This function cannot be
selected while using the N-base function.) To generate further
random numbers in succession, press e. Press j to exit.
You can store functions or operations in definable memories
(D1–D4).
Calculations using physical constants
• To store a function or operation, press x, followed by a
definable memory key (I, J, K, or L), followed
by the operation you want to store. Menu-related operations,
such as @ J, cannot be stored. Press j to return to
the previous display.
• To scroll up or down the list of constants, press u
(l) or d (r).
Random numbers
A pseudo-random number, with three significant digits from 0 up
to 0.999, can be generated by pressing @ w 0 e.
Note: In the WriteView editor, if the result is not 0 it can be
shown as a fraction or decimal using U.
1
b−a
S = ⎯ h{ f (a) + 4{ f (a + h) + f (a + 3h) + ... + f (a + (N − 1)h)} h = ⎯
3
N
+ 2{ f (a + 2h) + f (a + 4h) + ... + f (a + (N − 2)h)} + f (b)} N = 2n
( )
a≤x≤b
f(x +
dx
dx
⎯ ) − f(x − ⎯ )
2
2
Differential calculation: f´(x) = —
2
• When the or symbols are displayed, you can use
u or d to display any hidden menu items.
• N does not function when entering values or items in
STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or EQUATION modes, or into solver
functions or simulation calculations.
Random dice
To simulate a die-rolling, a random integer between 1 and 6 can
be generated by pressing @ w 1 e.
• Any functions or operations that are stored in a definable memory
will be replaced when you save a new one into that memory.
Performing integral calculations
To simulate a coin flip, 0 (heads) or 1 (tails) can be randomly
generated by pressing @ w 2 e.
1. Press F.
Random integer
2. Specify the following parameters: range of integral (initial
value (a), end value (b)), function with variable x, and number
of subintervals (n).
9
Each time @ ] is pressed, the angular unit changes in
sequence.
Mode
WriteView editor:
b
a function[, subintervals]dx
Line editor:
(function, a, b[, subintervals])
• Integral calculations, depending on the integrands and
subintervals included, require longer calculation time. During
calculation, the BUSY symbol will be displayed. To cancel
calculation, press j.
0
Chain Calculations
An integer between 0 and 99 can be generated randomly by
pressing @ w 3 e.
Memory Calculations
Note that there will be greater integral errors when there are
large fluctuations in the
integral values during
minute shifting of the
y
integral range and for
periodic functions, etc.,
y
where positive and
x0
x2
b
negative integral values
a
a
bx
x x
exist depending on the
x
x
1
3
x
x
interval.
• You cannot store functions or operations in definable memories
when entering values or items in STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or
EQUATION modes, or into solver functions or simulation
calculations.
Angular Unit Conversions
You do not need to specify the number of subintervals. If the
number of subintervals is not specified, the default value of
n = 100 will be used.
10
ANS
M, F1–F4
A–F, X, Y
D1–D4
○
○
○
○
STAT
○
○
○
○
CPLX
○
○
×
○
MATRIX
○
○
○
○
LIST
○
○
○
○
×: Unavailable
Temporary memories (A–F, X and Y)
Press x and a variable key to store a value in memory.
Press t and a variable key to recall the value from that memory.
To place a variable in an equation, press ; and a variable key.
Independent memory (M)
In addition to all the features of temporary memories, a value can
be added to or subtracted from an existing memory value.
x
3
For the former case, divide integral intervals as small as
possible. For the latter case, separate the positive and negative
values. Following these tips will allow you to obtain results from
calculations with greater accuracy and will also shorten the
calculation time.
Press j x M to clear the independent memory (M).
Last answer memory (ANS)
The calculation result obtained by pressing = or any other
calculation ending instruction is automatically stored in the last
answer memory.
Performing differential calculations
When the calculation result is in matrix or list form, the full matrix
or list is not stored into ANS memory. Only the value of the
element covered by the cursor is stored.
1. Press @ G.
Notes:
2. Specify the following parameters: function with variable x,
value of x, and minute interval (dx).
• Calculation results from the functions indicated below are
automatically stored in the X or Y memories replacing any
existing values.
You do not need to specify the minute interval. If the minute
interval is not specified, it will automatically be set to 10−5
(while x = 0), or | x | × 10−5 (while x ≠ 0).
3. Press =.
•
•
r θ, xy: X memory (r or x), Y memory (θ or y)
Two x´ values from a quadratic regression calculation in
STAT mode: X memory (1:), Y memory (2:)
Note: Parameters are entered in the following way:
WriteView editor:
d(function)
–
dx
x = value of x[, minute interval]
Line editor:
d/dx (function, value of x[, minute interval])
8
∑ Function
The ∑ function returns the cumulative sum of a given expression
from an initial value to an end value in NORMAL mode.
Performing ∑ calculations
2. Specify the following parameters: initial value, end value,
function with variable x, and increment (n).
You do not need to specify the increment. If the increment is
not specified, the default value of n = 1 will be used.
3. Press =.
Note: Parameters are entered in the following way:
WriteView editor:
end value
Σ(function[, increment])
x = initial value
• logn (base, value)
Line editor:
• abs value
Σ(function, initial value, end value[, increment])
11
The previous calculation result can be used in the subsequent
calculation. However, it cannot be recalled after entering multiple
instructions or when the calculation result is in matrix/list format.
Fraction Calculations
NORMAL
○: Available
1
2
Physical Constants and Metric Conversions
• To call a stored function or operation, press the corresponding
memory key. Calling a stored function will not work if the function
that is called would be unusable in the current context.
Random coin
dx
1. Press @ I.
6
• Refer to the calculation examples for each function.
•
7
|
5
×
When possible, calculation results will be displayed using
fractions, r, and π. When you press U, the display will
cycle through the following display styles:
To specify the letter “X”: ; X
• Parameters are entered in the following way:
Priority Levels in Calculation
×
1
MATRIX mode: b 4
• Functions that are printed in gray adjacent to the keys are
effective in specific modes.
Notes:
• Equations also include calculation ending instructions, such
as “=”.
○
STAT mode: b 1
In this manual, key operations are described as follows:
3. Press =.
• In addition to the amount of memory needed to store an
equation, the WriteView editor will require a certain amount
for the sake of display.
Mode selection (b)
Selecting the display notation and decimal places
Five display notation systems are used to display calculation
results: Two settings of Floating point (NORM1 and NORM2),
Fixed decimal point (FIX), Scientific notation (SCI), and
Engineering notation (ENG).
• When @ J 1 1 (SCI) is pressed, “SIG(0–9)?” will
be displayed and the number of significant digits can be set to
any value between 0 and 9. Entering 0 will set a 10-digit display.
d
Key Notations Used in this Manual
• The multi-line memory will be cleared by the following
operations:
• Equations that have one result require an additional eleven
characters’ worth of memory to store in order to hold the result.
○
→
Press @ o to turn the calculator off.
• To edit an equation after recalling it, press l or r.
@ Z , mode change, RESET, N-base conversion,
angular unit conversion, editor change (@ J 2
0 or @ J 2 1), and memory clear (@
P 1 0).
○
Mode Selection
Integral calculation (Simpson’s rule):
3
○
• To RESET the calculator, press 2 0. The RESET
operation will erase all data stored in memory and restore
the calculator’s default settings. You can do the same thing by
pressing the RESET switch on the back of the calculator.
Press j to turn the calculator on. The data that was onscreen when the power was turned off will appear on the display.
Using the CATALOG menu, you can select functions and
variables that are available for what you are doing in the
currently selected mode. To display the CATALOG menu,
press N 0.
Note: You cannot bring up the CATALOG menu when entering
values or items in STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or EQUATION
modes, or into solver functions or simulation calculations.
×
Power On and Off
Integral and differential calculations can be performed in
NORMAL mode.
• Press @ u or @ d to jump to the first or last item.
×
Press @ J 3, then + or & to adjust the
contrast. Press j to exit.
Integral/Differential Functions
• Press l or r to scroll up or down.
○
Adjusting the Display Contrast
The CATALOG Menu
• Press u or d to move the cursor ( ) and press e
to select.
@Z
• To clear all variables and memories (A−F, M, X, Y, F1−F4, D1−D4,
ANS, STAT, matA−D, and L1−L4) at once, press 1 0.
• Functions that are printed in orange above the key require
@ to be pressed first before the key. When you specify the
memory, press ; first. Numbers for input values are not
shown as keys, but as ordinary numbers.
• To clear all memory contents
×
• Display notation: NORM1
To specify e x: @ "
To specify ln: i
To specify E: ; E
• After replacing the battery
×
• Angular unit: DEG
: Indicates the mode of expression for results in CPLX mode.
♦ Press the RESET switch (on the back), with the tip of a
ball-point pen or similar object, only in the following cases:
• When using for the first time
×
• To initialize the display settings,
press 0. The parameters are
set as follows:
BEFORE USING THE CALCULATOR
NOTICE
×
Press @ P to display the menu.
When using for the first time, press the RESET switch (on the
back), with the tip of a ball-point pen or similar object.
• SHARP strongly recommends that separate permanent
written records be kept of all important data. Data may be
lost or altered in virtually any electronic memory product
under certain circumstances. Therefore, SHARP assumes
no responsibility for data lost or otherwise rendered
unusable whether as a result of improper use, repairs,
defects, battery replacement, use after the specified
battery life has expired, or any other cause.
×
Memory clear key
Indicates that a numerical value is stored in the
independent memory (M).
/
○
*5 List memories (L1, L2, L3, and L4)
ALPHA: Indicates that ;, x or t has been pressed,
and entry (recall) of memory contents and recall of
statistics can be performed.
• Clean with a soft, dry cloth. Do not use solvents or a wet cloth.
j
○: Clear
• During actual use, not all symbols are displayed at the same time.
Operational Notes
•
Entry A–F, F1–F4,
matA–D*4
ANS STAT*3
L1–L4*5
(Display) M, X, Y*1 D1–D4*2
Operation
DISPLAY
Displaying calculation results
improper fractions
• Mixed fractions (with or without π)
decimal numbers
(with or without π)
GRAD (g): @ J 0 2
• The WriteView Editor is only available in NORMAL mode.
PRINTED IN CHINA / IMPRIMÉ EN CHINE / IMPRESO EN CHINA
07HGK (TINSE1307EHZZ)
@ J 0 0 (default)
RAD (rad): @ J 0 1
Notes:
Thank you for purchasing the SHARP Scientific Calculator
Model EL-W506/W516/W546.
• If the equation grows too large, it may extend off the edge of the
display after you obtain the result. If you want to see the entire
equation, press l or r to return to the editing screen.
Press j to exit the SET UP menu.
• Use of t or ; will recall the value stored in memory
using up to 14 digits.
Formula memories (F1–F4)
You can store expressions in formula memories (F1–F4). Storing
a new expression in a memory space will automatically replace
any content that may already exist there.
12
Arithmetic operations and memory calculations can be performed
using fractions. In NORMAL mode, conversion between a decimal
number and a fraction can be performed by pressing U.
Notes:
• Improper/proper fractions will be converted to and displayed as
decimal numbers if the number of digits used in their expression
is greater than nine. In the case of mixed fractions, the maximum
number of displayable digits (including integers) is eight.
• To convert a sexagesimal value to a fraction, first convert it by
pressing @ :.
Binary, Pental, Octal, Decimal, and Hexadecimal
Operations (N-base)
Conversion to each system is performed with the following keys:
@ z (“BIN” appears), @ r (“PEN” appears),
@ g (“OCT” appears), @ h (“HEX” appears),
@ / (“BIN”, “PEN”, “OCT”, and “HEX” disappear)
Note: The hexadecimal numbers A–F are entered by pressing
A
B
C
D
E
F
K , m , A , l , i , and H.
In the binary, pental, octal, and hexadecimal systems, fractional
parts cannot be entered. When a decimal number having
a fractional part is converted into a binary, pental, octal, or
hexadecimal number, the fractional part will be truncated. Likewise,
when the result of a binary, pental, octal, or hexadecimal calculation
includes a fractional part, the fractional part will be truncated. In the
binary, pental, octal, and hexadecimal systems, negative numbers
are displayed as a complement.
Time, Decimal, and Sexagesimal Calculations
Degree
Minute
Second
Coordinate Conversions
• Expressions that are stored from the WriteView editor cannot
be recalled from within the Line editor, and vice versa.
• Before performing a calculation, select the angular unit.
15
• The calculation result is automatically stored in the X and Y
memories (r or x in X memory, and θ or y in Y memory).
• The results of coordinate conversions will be displayed as
decimal numbers even in the WriteView editor.
• Any recalled expressions will overwrite any expressions that
are currently being entered.
• You cannot store formulas in formula memories when entering
values or items in STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or EQUATION modes,
or into solver functions or simulation calculations.
14
You can convert between decimal and sexagesimal numbers, and
from sexagesimal numbers to seconds or minutes. In addition,
the four basic arithmetic operations and memory calculations
can be performed using the sexagesimal system. Notation for
sexagesimal is as follows:
Notes:
• You can only recall expressions stored from the Line editor
when entering values or items in STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or
EQUATION modes, or into solver functions or simulation
calculations.
13
Conversions can be performed between N-base numbers in
NORMAL mode. The four basic arithmetic operations, calculations
with parentheses, and memory calculations can also be performed,
along with the logical operations AND, OR, NOT, NEG, XOR, and
XNOR on binary, pental, octal, and hexadecimal numbers.
Rectangular coord.
Polar coord.
16
To recall a constant, press K, then select a physical constant
from the list. (Each item is labeled with a 2-digit number.)
Use @ u (l) or @ d (r) to jump to the
first or last page.
• Enter the first digit of the 2-digit item number to jump to the
page containing the number that begins with that digit.
• When you enter the second digit, the constant is displayed
automatically according to the display and decimal
placement settings.
• Physical constants can be recalled in NORMAL (excluding
N-base), STAT, CPLX, MATRIX, LIST, and EQUATION modes.
• The following table lists the physical constants. See the
calculation example sheet for physical constant symbols
and units.
Note: Physical constants and metric conversions are based
on the 2006 CODATA recommended values, or on
the 1995 Edition of the “Guide for the Use of the
International System of Units (SI)” released by NIST
(National Institute of Standards and Technology).
No.
Constant
01 Speed of light in vacuum
02 Newtonian constant of
gravitation
03 Standard acceleration of
gravity
04 Electron mass
05 Proton mass
06 Neutron mass
07 Muon mass
08 Atomic mass unit-kilogram
relationship
09 Elementary charge
10 Planck constant
11 Boltzmann constant
12 Magnetic constant
13 Electric constant
14 Classical electron radius
15 Fine-structure constant
16 Bohr radius
17 Rydberg constant
18 Magnetic flux quantum
19 Bohr magneton
20 Electron magnetic moment
21 Nuclear magneton
22 Proton magnetic moment
23 Neutron magnetic moment
24 Muon magnetic moment
25 Compton wavelength
26 Proton Compton wavelength
No.
Constant
27 Stefan-Boltzmann constant
28 Avogadro constant
29 Molar volume of ideal gas
(273.15 K, 101.325 kPa)
30 Molar gas constant
31 Faraday constant
32 Von Klitzing constant
33 Electron charge to mass
quotient
34 Quantum of circulation
35 Proton gyromagnetic ratio
36 Josephson constant
37 Electron volt
38 Celsius Temperature
39 Astronomical unit
40 Parsec
41 Molar mass of carbon-12
42 Planck constant over 2 pi
43 Hartree energy
44 Conductance quantum
45 Inverse fine-structure constant
46 Proton-electron mass ratio
47 Molar mass constant
48 Neutron Compton wavelength
49 First radiation constant
50 Second radiation constant
51 Characteristic impedance of
vacuum
52 Standard atmosphere
Metric conversions
Enter a value to be converted, then press @ L, and
select a metric conversion by entering its 2-digit number.
• The metric conversion list is used in the same manner as
the list of physical constants.
• Unit conversions can be performed in NORMAL (excluding
N-base), STAT, MATRIX, LIST, and EQUATION modes.
• The following table lists units used in metric conversion.
See the calculation example sheet for the metric
conversion reference table.
No.
Remarks
No.
Remarks
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
in
: inch
cm
: centimeter
ft
: foot
m
: meter
yd
: yard
m
: meter
mi
: mile
km
: kilometer
n mi
: nautical mile
m
: meter
acre
: acre*1
: square meter
m2
oz
: ounce (avoirdupois)
g
: gram
lb
: pound (avoirdupois)
kg
: kilogram
°F
: degree Fahrenheit
°C
: degree Celsius
gal (US) : gallon (US)
L
: liter
gal (UK) : gallon (UK)
L
: liter
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
fl oz(US) : fluid ounce (US)
mL
: milliliter
fl oz(UK) : fluid ounce (UK)
mL
: milliliter
: calorieth
calth
J
: joule
: calorie (15°C)
cal15
J
: joule
calIT
: calorieIT
J
: joule
hp
: horsepower (UK)
W
: watt
ps
: horsepower (metric)
W
: watt
(kgf/cm2)
Pa
: pascal
atm
: atmosphere
Pa
: pascal
(1 mmHg = 1 Torr)
Pa
: pascal
(kgf·m)
: newton meter
N·m
*1 based on US survey foot
ENGLISH
Hard Case
SCIENTIFIC CALCULATOR
MODEL
EL-W506
EL-W516
EL-W546
The WriteView and Line Editors
SET UP Menu
Notes:
This calculator has the following two editors in NORMAL mode:
WriteView and Line. You can select between them in the SET UP
menu.
Press @ J to display the
SET UP menu.
• The WriteView editor can only be used in NORMAL mode.
Determination of the angular unit
The following three angular units (degrees, radians, and grads)
can be specified.
Remove the hard case, holding it with your fingers in the
positions shown below.
The WriteView editor (default)
OPERATION MANUAL
DEG (°):
The Line editor
• In certain calculation examples, where you see the o
symbol, the key operations and calculation results are shown
as they would appear in the Line editor.
Clearing the Entry and Memories
INTRODUCTION
Symbol
About the calculation examples (including some formulas
and tables), refer to the calculation example sheet. Refer to
the number on the right of each title in the manual for use.
After reading this manual, store it in a convenient location for
future reference.
Dot
matrix
display
Notes:
• Some of the models described in this manual may not be
available in some countries.
Mantissa
• This product uses a period as a decimal point.
Exponent
• Do not carry the calculator around in your back pocket, as it
may break when you sit down. The display is made of glass
and is particularly fragile.
• Keep the calculator away from extreme heat such as on a
car dashboard or near a heater, and avoid exposing it to
excessively humid or dusty environments.
• Since this product is not waterproof, do not use it or store
it where fluids, for example water, can splash onto it.
Raindrops, water spray, juice, coffee, steam, perspiration,
etc. will also cause malfunction.
• Only the symbols required for the usage currently being explained
are shown in the display and calculation examples in this manual.
/ :
/
Indicates that some contents are hidden in the
directions shown.
2ndF:
Appears when @ is pressed, indicating that the
functions shown in orange are enabled.
HYP:
Indicates that H has been pressed and the
hyperbolic functions are enabled. If @ > is
pressed, the symbols 2ndF HYP appear, indicating that
inverse hyperbolic functions are enabled.
• Do not drop it or apply excessive force.
• Never dispose of batteries in a fire.
DEG/RAD/GRAD: Indicates angular units.
• Keep batteries out of the reach of children.
BUSY:
• For the sake of your health, try not to use this product for
long periods of time. If you need to use the product for an
extended period, be sure to allow your eyes, hands, arms,
and body adequate rest periods (about 10–15 minutes
every hour).
If you experience any pain or fatigue while using this
product, discontinue use immediately. If the discomfort
continues, please consult a doctor.
W-VIEW: Indicates that the WriteView editor is selected.
• This product, including accessories, may change due to
upgrading without prior notice.
M:
• SHARP will not be liable nor responsible for any incidental
or consequential economic or property damage caused
by misuse and/or malfunctions of this product and its
peripherals, unless such liability is acknowledged by law.
Appears during the execution of a calculation.
ENG/SCI/FIX/N2/N1: Indicates the notation used to display a
value and changes by SET UP menu. N1 is displayed
on-screen as “NORM1”, and N2 as “NORM2”.
• When an abnormal condition occurs and all keys are
inoperative
Do not use an object with a breakable or sharp tip. Note that
pressing the RESET switch erases all data stored in memory.
If service should be required on this calculator, use only a
SHARP servicing dealer, SHARP approved service facility, or
SHARP repair service where available.
Multi-line Playback Function
This calculator is equipped with a function to recall previous
equations and answers in NORMAL or CPLX modes. A
maximum of 340 characters can be stored in memory. When
the memory is full, stored equations will be deleted to make
room, starting with the oldest.
Pressing u will display the previous equation. Further
pressing u will display preceding equations (after returning
to the previous equation, press d to view equations in
order). In addition, @ u can be used to jump to the
oldest equation, and @ d to jump to the newest one.
• The multiplication operator “×” is differentiated from the letter
“X” in this manual as follows:
To specify the multiplication operator: k
This calculator performs operations according to the following
priority:
① Fractions (1m4, etc.) ② ∠, Engineering prefixes
③ Functions preceded by their argument (x −1, x 2, n!, etc.)
④ y x, xr ⑤ Implied multiplication of a memory value (2Y, etc.)
⑥ Functions followed by their argument (sin, cos, (−), etc.)
1
⑦ Implied multiplication of a function (2sin 30, A ⎯
4 , etc.) ⑧ nCr,
nPr, cv ⑨ ×, ÷ ⑩ +, − ⑪ AND ⑫ OR, XOR, XNOR ⑬ =,
M+, M−, ⇒M, ▶DEG, ▶RAD, ▶GRAD, DATA, r θ, xy, and
other calculation ending instructions
• If parentheses are used, parenthesized calculations have
precedence over any other calculations.
SCIENTIFIC CALCULATIONS
• Press b 0 to select NORMAL mode.
• In each example, press j to clear the display first. Unless
otherwise specified, calculation examples are performed in
the WriteView editor (@ J 2 0) with the default
display settings (@ P 0).
Arithmetic Operations
4
• The closing parenthesis ) just before = or m
may be omitted.
Constant Calculations
• In constant calculations, the addend becomes a constant.
Subtraction and division are performed in the same manner.
For multiplication, the multiplicand becomes a constant.
• In constant calculations, constants will be displayed as K.
• Constant calculations can be perfomed in NORMAL or STAT
modes.
Functions
Note: Since integral and differential calculations are performed
based on the following equations, correct results may
not be obtained, in certain rare cases, when performing
special calculations that contain discontinuous points.
• In the Line editor, the following symbols are used:
: to indicate an expression’s power. (m, @ ",
@ Y)
: to separate integers, numerators, and denominators.
(W, @ k)
• When using @ O or @ W in the Line editor,
values are entered in the following way:
×
×*6
○
@ P 0*7
○
×
×
×
×
×
@ P 1 0*7
○
○
○
○
○
○
@ P 2 0*7,*8
○
○
○
○
○
○
RESET switch*8
○
○
○
○
○
○
• When @ J 1 0 (FIX) or @ J 1 2
(ENG) is pressed, “TAB(0–9)?” will be displayed and the number
of decimal places (TAB) can be set to any value between 0 and 9.
• NORM1 (@ J 1 3): 0.000000001 ≤ | x | ≤ 9,999,999,999
• NORM2 (@ J 1 4): 0.01 ≤ | x | ≤ 9,999,999,999
*1 Press j x and then choose a memory to clear one
variable memory.
Selecting the editor
*2 Formula memories and definable memories. See “Memory
Calculations”.
Two editors are available in NORMAL mode:
*3 Statistical data (entered data)
• The Line editor (LINE): @ J 2 1
*4 Matrix memories (matA, matB, matC, and matD)
Note: Any entries will be cleared when you change the editor.
• The WriteView editor (W-VIEW): @ J 2 0 (default)
*6 Cleared when changing between sub-modes in STAT mode.
*7 See “Memory clear key”.
*8 The username you stored using the name display function will
be cleared as well.
Adjusting the display contrast
• Trigonometric calculations
• In trigonometric calculations,
when entering values such as
those in the table to the right,
results may be shown using r.
DEG
Entry value
multiples of 15
RAD
1
multiples of ⎯
12 π
50
GRAD multiples of ⎯
3
• Calculation results may extend
off the edges of the screen. You can see those parts by
pressing l or r (depending on whether the left or
right portion is hidden).
• Improper/proper fractions will be converted to and displayed
as decimal numbers if the number of digits used in their
expression is greater than nine. In the case of mixed
fractions, the maximum number of displayable digits
(including integers) is eight.
The Line Editor
Insert and overwrite entry methods
In the Line editor, you can enter
and display equations line by line.
Name display function
You can save a username in this calculator. When you turn the
power off, the saved username is displayed momentarily.
Up to 32 characters may be saved, split over two lines.
Entry and display
Notes:
• Up to three lines of text may be
viewed on the screen at one time.
• If the length of the equation exceeds three lines, parts of it
may be hidden from view after calculation. If you want to see
the rest of the equation, press l or r to return to the
editing screen.
• In the Line editor, calculation results are displayed in
decimal form or line fraction notation if possible.
Editing the Equation
Entering and editing the username:
1. Press @ J 5. The
editing screen appears with a
flashing cursor.
2. Use u and d to scroll
through the available characters. The following characters
can be entered (listed in the order that they appear):
Letters (A to Z, uppercase only), numbers (0 to 9), slash (/),
hyphen (-), colon (:), apostrophe (’), comma (,), period (.),
and space ( ).
Press @ u to jump to “A”, and press @ d or
j to jump to the space.
Used to perform arithmetic operations and function calculations.
• Arithmetic operations and memory calculations
Press @ J 3, then + or & to adjust the contrast.
Press j to exit.
After you switch to the overwrite method (by pressing @ J
4 1), the triangular cursor will change to a rectangular
one, and the number or function underneath it will be overwritten
as you make entries.
NORMAL mode: b 0 (default)
• In the following cases, calculation results may be displayed
using r:
• If the number of digits in the denominator of a fractional
result that uses π is greater than three, the result is
converted to and displayed as a decimal number.
When using the Line editor, you can change the entry method
from “INSERT” (the default) to “OVERWRITE”.
• N-base: DEC
decimal numbers
Notes:
Two settings are used to display a floating-point number: NORM1
(the default) and NORM2. A number is automatically displayed in
scientific notation outside a preset range:
×: Retain
• Proper fractions (with or without π)
• Irrational numbers (square roots, fractions made using
square roots)
decimal numbers
Setting the floating point number system in scientific notation
3. Pressing l or r moves the cursor to the left or right.
Used to perform statistical operations.
To modify a character, use l or r to move the
cursor to the character, then select another character using
u or d.
DRILL mode: b 2
Press @ l or @ r to jump to the beginning of
the first line or the end of the second.
Used to practice math and multiplication table drills.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 above to continue entering characters.
CPLX mode: b 3
5. Press = to save.
Used to perform complex number calculations.
Note: Press @ Z in the editing screen to clear all the
characters.
Just after obtaining an answer, pressing l brings you to
the end of the equation and pressing r brings you to the
beginning. Press l, r, u, or d to move the
cursor. Press @ l or @ r to jump the cursor to
the beginning or the end of the equation.
In the WriteView editor, you can use u and d to
move the cursor up and down—between the numerator and
denominator, for example.
Back space and delete key
To delete a number or function, move the cursor to the right of
it, then press N. You can also delete a number or function
that the cursor is directly over by pressing @ y.
The MATH Menu
Other functions may be available on this calculator besides
those printed on the key pad. These functions are accessed
using the MATH menu. The MATH menu has different contents
for each mode.
Press N to display the MATH
menu. For example, in NORMAL
mode, you can call the functions
shown on the right.
Notes:
Used to perform matrix calculations.
ENTERING, DISPLAYING, AND EDITING THE EQUATION
LIST mode: b 5
The WriteView Editor
Used to perform list calculations.
Entry and display
EQUATION mode: b 6
Used to solve equations.
In the WriteView editor, you can
enter and display fractions or certain
functions as you would write them.
Random Function
Definable memories (D1–D4)
The random function has four settings. (This function cannot be
selected while using the N-base function.) To generate further
random numbers in succession, press e. Press j to exit.
You can store functions or operations in definable memories
(D1–D4).
Calculations using physical constants
• To store a function or operation, press x, followed by a
definable memory key (I, J, K, or L), followed
by the operation you want to store. Menu-related operations,
such as @ J, cannot be stored. Press j to return to
the previous display.
• To scroll up or down the list of constants, press u
(l) or d (r).
Random numbers
A pseudo-random number, with three significant digits from 0 up
to 0.999, can be generated by pressing @ w 0 e.
Note: In the WriteView editor, if the result is not 0 it can be
shown as a fraction or decimal using U.
1
b−a
S = ⎯ h{ f (a) + 4{ f (a + h) + f (a + 3h) + ... + f (a + (N − 1)h)} h = ⎯
3
N
+ 2{ f (a + 2h) + f (a + 4h) + ... + f (a + (N − 2)h)} + f (b)} N = 2n
( )
a≤x≤b
f(x +
dx
dx
⎯ ) − f(x − ⎯ )
2
2
Differential calculation: f´(x) = —
2
• When the or symbols are displayed, you can use
u or d to display any hidden menu items.
• N does not function when entering values or items in
STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or EQUATION modes, or into solver
functions or simulation calculations.
Random dice
To simulate a die-rolling, a random integer between 1 and 6 can
be generated by pressing @ w 1 e.
• Any functions or operations that are stored in a definable memory
will be replaced when you save a new one into that memory.
Performing integral calculations
To simulate a coin flip, 0 (heads) or 1 (tails) can be randomly
generated by pressing @ w 2 e.
1. Press F.
Random integer
2. Specify the following parameters: range of integral (initial
value (a), end value (b)), function with variable x, and number
of subintervals (n).
9
Each time @ ] is pressed, the angular unit changes in
sequence.
Mode
WriteView editor:
b
a function[, subintervals]dx
Line editor:
(function, a, b[, subintervals])
• Integral calculations, depending on the integrands and
subintervals included, require longer calculation time. During
calculation, the BUSY symbol will be displayed. To cancel
calculation, press j.
0
Chain Calculations
An integer between 0 and 99 can be generated randomly by
pressing @ w 3 e.
Memory Calculations
Note that there will be greater integral errors when there are
large fluctuations in the
integral values during
minute shifting of the
y
integral range and for
periodic functions, etc.,
y
where positive and
x0
x2
b
negative integral values
a
a
bx
x x
exist depending on the
x
x
1
3
x
x
interval.
• You cannot store functions or operations in definable memories
when entering values or items in STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or
EQUATION modes, or into solver functions or simulation
calculations.
Angular Unit Conversions
You do not need to specify the number of subintervals. If the
number of subintervals is not specified, the default value of
n = 100 will be used.
10
ANS
M, F1–F4
A–F, X, Y
D1–D4
○
○
○
○
STAT
○
○
○
○
CPLX
○
○
×
○
MATRIX
○
○
○
○
LIST
○
○
○
○
×: Unavailable
Temporary memories (A–F, X and Y)
Press x and a variable key to store a value in memory.
Press t and a variable key to recall the value from that memory.
To place a variable in an equation, press ; and a variable key.
Independent memory (M)
In addition to all the features of temporary memories, a value can
be added to or subtracted from an existing memory value.
x
3
For the former case, divide integral intervals as small as
possible. For the latter case, separate the positive and negative
values. Following these tips will allow you to obtain results from
calculations with greater accuracy and will also shorten the
calculation time.
Press j x M to clear the independent memory (M).
Last answer memory (ANS)
The calculation result obtained by pressing = or any other
calculation ending instruction is automatically stored in the last
answer memory.
Performing differential calculations
When the calculation result is in matrix or list form, the full matrix
or list is not stored into ANS memory. Only the value of the
element covered by the cursor is stored.
1. Press @ G.
Notes:
2. Specify the following parameters: function with variable x,
value of x, and minute interval (dx).
• Calculation results from the functions indicated below are
automatically stored in the X or Y memories replacing any
existing values.
You do not need to specify the minute interval. If the minute
interval is not specified, it will automatically be set to 10−5
(while x = 0), or | x | × 10−5 (while x ≠ 0).
3. Press =.
•
•
r θ, xy: X memory (r or x), Y memory (θ or y)
Two x´ values from a quadratic regression calculation in
STAT mode: X memory (1:), Y memory (2:)
Note: Parameters are entered in the following way:
WriteView editor:
d(function)
–
dx
x = value of x[, minute interval]
Line editor:
d/dx (function, value of x[, minute interval])
8
∑ Function
The ∑ function returns the cumulative sum of a given expression
from an initial value to an end value in NORMAL mode.
Performing ∑ calculations
2. Specify the following parameters: initial value, end value,
function with variable x, and increment (n).
You do not need to specify the increment. If the increment is
not specified, the default value of n = 1 will be used.
3. Press =.
Note: Parameters are entered in the following way:
WriteView editor:
end value
Σ(function[, increment])
x = initial value
• logn (base, value)
Line editor:
• abs value
Σ(function, initial value, end value[, increment])
11
The previous calculation result can be used in the subsequent
calculation. However, it cannot be recalled after entering multiple
instructions or when the calculation result is in matrix/list format.
Fraction Calculations
NORMAL
○: Available
1
2
Physical Constants and Metric Conversions
• To call a stored function or operation, press the corresponding
memory key. Calling a stored function will not work if the function
that is called would be unusable in the current context.
Random coin
dx
1. Press @ I.
6
• Refer to the calculation examples for each function.
•
7
|
5
×
When possible, calculation results will be displayed using
fractions, r, and π. When you press U, the display will
cycle through the following display styles:
To specify the letter “X”: ; X
• Parameters are entered in the following way:
Priority Levels in Calculation
×
1
MATRIX mode: b 4
• Functions that are printed in gray adjacent to the keys are
effective in specific modes.
Notes:
• Equations also include calculation ending instructions, such
as “=”.
○
STAT mode: b 1
In this manual, key operations are described as follows:
3. Press =.
• In addition to the amount of memory needed to store an
equation, the WriteView editor will require a certain amount
for the sake of display.
Mode selection (b)
Selecting the display notation and decimal places
Five display notation systems are used to display calculation
results: Two settings of Floating point (NORM1 and NORM2),
Fixed decimal point (FIX), Scientific notation (SCI), and
Engineering notation (ENG).
• When @ J 1 1 (SCI) is pressed, “SIG(0–9)?” will
be displayed and the number of significant digits can be set to
any value between 0 and 9. Entering 0 will set a 10-digit display.
d
Key Notations Used in this Manual
• The multi-line memory will be cleared by the following
operations:
• Equations that have one result require an additional eleven
characters’ worth of memory to store in order to hold the result.
○
→
Press @ o to turn the calculator off.
• To edit an equation after recalling it, press l or r.
@ Z , mode change, RESET, N-base conversion,
angular unit conversion, editor change (@ J 2
0 or @ J 2 1), and memory clear (@
P 1 0).
○
Mode Selection
Integral calculation (Simpson’s rule):
3
○
• To RESET the calculator, press 2 0. The RESET
operation will erase all data stored in memory and restore
the calculator’s default settings. You can do the same thing by
pressing the RESET switch on the back of the calculator.
Press j to turn the calculator on. The data that was onscreen when the power was turned off will appear on the display.
Using the CATALOG menu, you can select functions and
variables that are available for what you are doing in the
currently selected mode. To display the CATALOG menu,
press N 0.
Note: You cannot bring up the CATALOG menu when entering
values or items in STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or EQUATION
modes, or into solver functions or simulation calculations.
×
Power On and Off
Integral and differential calculations can be performed in
NORMAL mode.
• Press @ u or @ d to jump to the first or last item.
×
Press @ J 3, then + or & to adjust the
contrast. Press j to exit.
Integral/Differential Functions
• Press l or r to scroll up or down.
○
Adjusting the Display Contrast
The CATALOG Menu
• Press u or d to move the cursor ( ) and press e
to select.
@Z
• To clear all variables and memories (A−F, M, X, Y, F1−F4, D1−D4,
ANS, STAT, matA−D, and L1−L4) at once, press 1 0.
• Functions that are printed in orange above the key require
@ to be pressed first before the key. When you specify the
memory, press ; first. Numbers for input values are not
shown as keys, but as ordinary numbers.
• To clear all memory contents
×
• Display notation: NORM1
To specify e x: @ "
To specify ln: i
To specify E: ; E
• After replacing the battery
×
• Angular unit: DEG
: Indicates the mode of expression for results in CPLX mode.
♦ Press the RESET switch (on the back), with the tip of a
ball-point pen or similar object, only in the following cases:
• When using for the first time
×
• To initialize the display settings,
press 0. The parameters are
set as follows:
BEFORE USING THE CALCULATOR
NOTICE
×
Press @ P to display the menu.
When using for the first time, press the RESET switch (on the
back), with the tip of a ball-point pen or similar object.
• SHARP strongly recommends that separate permanent
written records be kept of all important data. Data may be
lost or altered in virtually any electronic memory product
under certain circumstances. Therefore, SHARP assumes
no responsibility for data lost or otherwise rendered
unusable whether as a result of improper use, repairs,
defects, battery replacement, use after the specified
battery life has expired, or any other cause.
×
Memory clear key
Indicates that a numerical value is stored in the
independent memory (M).
/
○
*5 List memories (L1, L2, L3, and L4)
ALPHA: Indicates that ;, x or t has been pressed,
and entry (recall) of memory contents and recall of
statistics can be performed.
• Clean with a soft, dry cloth. Do not use solvents or a wet cloth.
j
○: Clear
• During actual use, not all symbols are displayed at the same time.
Operational Notes
•
Entry A–F, F1–F4,
matA–D*4
ANS STAT*3
L1–L4*5
(Display) M, X, Y*1 D1–D4*2
Operation
DISPLAY
Displaying calculation results
improper fractions
• Mixed fractions (with or without π)
decimal numbers
(with or without π)
GRAD (g): @ J 0 2
• The WriteView Editor is only available in NORMAL mode.
PRINTED IN CHINA / IMPRIMÉ EN CHINE / IMPRESO EN CHINA
07HGK (TINSE1307EHZZ)
@ J 0 0 (default)
RAD (rad): @ J 0 1
Notes:
Thank you for purchasing the SHARP Scientific Calculator
Model EL-W506/W516/W546.
• If the equation grows too large, it may extend off the edge of the
display after you obtain the result. If you want to see the entire
equation, press l or r to return to the editing screen.
Press j to exit the SET UP menu.
• Use of t or ; will recall the value stored in memory
using up to 14 digits.
Formula memories (F1–F4)
You can store expressions in formula memories (F1–F4). Storing
a new expression in a memory space will automatically replace
any content that may already exist there.
12
Arithmetic operations and memory calculations can be performed
using fractions. In NORMAL mode, conversion between a decimal
number and a fraction can be performed by pressing U.
Notes:
• Improper/proper fractions will be converted to and displayed as
decimal numbers if the number of digits used in their expression
is greater than nine. In the case of mixed fractions, the maximum
number of displayable digits (including integers) is eight.
• To convert a sexagesimal value to a fraction, first convert it by
pressing @ :.
Binary, Pental, Octal, Decimal, and Hexadecimal
Operations (N-base)
Conversion to each system is performed with the following keys:
@ z (“BIN” appears), @ r (“PEN” appears),
@ g (“OCT” appears), @ h (“HEX” appears),
@ / (“BIN”, “PEN”, “OCT”, and “HEX” disappear)
Note: The hexadecimal numbers A–F are entered by pressing
A
B
C
D
E
F
K , m , A , l , i , and H.
In the binary, pental, octal, and hexadecimal systems, fractional
parts cannot be entered. When a decimal number having
a fractional part is converted into a binary, pental, octal, or
hexadecimal number, the fractional part will be truncated. Likewise,
when the result of a binary, pental, octal, or hexadecimal calculation
includes a fractional part, the fractional part will be truncated. In the
binary, pental, octal, and hexadecimal systems, negative numbers
are displayed as a complement.
Time, Decimal, and Sexagesimal Calculations
Degree
Minute
Second
Coordinate Conversions
• Expressions that are stored from the WriteView editor cannot
be recalled from within the Line editor, and vice versa.
• Before performing a calculation, select the angular unit.
15
• The calculation result is automatically stored in the X and Y
memories (r or x in X memory, and θ or y in Y memory).
• The results of coordinate conversions will be displayed as
decimal numbers even in the WriteView editor.
• Any recalled expressions will overwrite any expressions that
are currently being entered.
• You cannot store formulas in formula memories when entering
values or items in STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or EQUATION modes,
or into solver functions or simulation calculations.
14
You can convert between decimal and sexagesimal numbers, and
from sexagesimal numbers to seconds or minutes. In addition,
the four basic arithmetic operations and memory calculations
can be performed using the sexagesimal system. Notation for
sexagesimal is as follows:
Notes:
• You can only recall expressions stored from the Line editor
when entering values or items in STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or
EQUATION modes, or into solver functions or simulation
calculations.
13
Conversions can be performed between N-base numbers in
NORMAL mode. The four basic arithmetic operations, calculations
with parentheses, and memory calculations can also be performed,
along with the logical operations AND, OR, NOT, NEG, XOR, and
XNOR on binary, pental, octal, and hexadecimal numbers.
Rectangular coord.
Polar coord.
16
To recall a constant, press K, then select a physical constant
from the list. (Each item is labeled with a 2-digit number.)
Use @ u (l) or @ d (r) to jump to the
first or last page.
• Enter the first digit of the 2-digit item number to jump to the
page containing the number that begins with that digit.
• When you enter the second digit, the constant is displayed
automatically according to the display and decimal
placement settings.
• Physical constants can be recalled in NORMAL (excluding
N-base), STAT, CPLX, MATRIX, LIST, and EQUATION modes.
• The following table lists the physical constants. See the
calculation example sheet for physical constant symbols
and units.
Note: Physical constants and metric conversions are based
on the 2006 CODATA recommended values, or on
the 1995 Edition of the “Guide for the Use of the
International System of Units (SI)” released by NIST
(National Institute of Standards and Technology).
No.
Constant
01 Speed of light in vacuum
02 Newtonian constant of
gravitation
03 Standard acceleration of
gravity
04 Electron mass
05 Proton mass
06 Neutron mass
07 Muon mass
08 Atomic mass unit-kilogram
relationship
09 Elementary charge
10 Planck constant
11 Boltzmann constant
12 Magnetic constant
13 Electric constant
14 Classical electron radius
15 Fine-structure constant
16 Bohr radius
17 Rydberg constant
18 Magnetic flux quantum
19 Bohr magneton
20 Electron magnetic moment
21 Nuclear magneton
22 Proton magnetic moment
23 Neutron magnetic moment
24 Muon magnetic moment
25 Compton wavelength
26 Proton Compton wavelength
No.
Constant
27 Stefan-Boltzmann constant
28 Avogadro constant
29 Molar volume of ideal gas
(273.15 K, 101.325 kPa)
30 Molar gas constant
31 Faraday constant
32 Von Klitzing constant
33 Electron charge to mass
quotient
34 Quantum of circulation
35 Proton gyromagnetic ratio
36 Josephson constant
37 Electron volt
38 Celsius Temperature
39 Astronomical unit
40 Parsec
41 Molar mass of carbon-12
42 Planck constant over 2 pi
43 Hartree energy
44 Conductance quantum
45 Inverse fine-structure constant
46 Proton-electron mass ratio
47 Molar mass constant
48 Neutron Compton wavelength
49 First radiation constant
50 Second radiation constant
51 Characteristic impedance of
vacuum
52 Standard atmosphere
Metric conversions
Enter a value to be converted, then press @ L, and
select a metric conversion by entering its 2-digit number.
• The metric conversion list is used in the same manner as
the list of physical constants.
• Unit conversions can be performed in NORMAL (excluding
N-base), STAT, MATRIX, LIST, and EQUATION modes.
• The following table lists units used in metric conversion.
See the calculation example sheet for the metric
conversion reference table.
No.
Remarks
No.
Remarks
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
in
: inch
cm
: centimeter
ft
: foot
m
: meter
yd
: yard
m
: meter
mi
: mile
km
: kilometer
n mi
: nautical mile
m
: meter
acre
: acre*1
: square meter
m2
oz
: ounce (avoirdupois)
g
: gram
lb
: pound (avoirdupois)
kg
: kilogram
°F
: degree Fahrenheit
°C
: degree Celsius
gal (US) : gallon (US)
L
: liter
gal (UK) : gallon (UK)
L
: liter
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
fl oz(US) : fluid ounce (US)
mL
: milliliter
fl oz(UK) : fluid ounce (UK)
mL
: milliliter
: calorieth
calth
J
: joule
: calorie (15°C)
cal15
J
: joule
calIT
: calorieIT
J
: joule
hp
: horsepower (UK)
W
: watt
ps
: horsepower (metric)
W
: watt
(kgf/cm2)
Pa
: pascal
atm
: atmosphere
Pa
: pascal
(1 mmHg = 1 Torr)
Pa
: pascal
(kgf·m)
: newton meter
N·m
*1 based on US survey foot
ENGLISH
Hard Case
SCIENTIFIC CALCULATOR
MODEL
EL-W506
EL-W516
EL-W546
The WriteView and Line Editors
SET UP Menu
Notes:
This calculator has the following two editors in NORMAL mode:
WriteView and Line. You can select between them in the SET UP
menu.
Press @ J to display the
SET UP menu.
• The WriteView editor can only be used in NORMAL mode.
Determination of the angular unit
The following three angular units (degrees, radians, and grads)
can be specified.
Remove the hard case, holding it with your fingers in the
positions shown below.
The WriteView editor (default)
OPERATION MANUAL
DEG (°):
The Line editor
• In certain calculation examples, where you see the o
symbol, the key operations and calculation results are shown
as they would appear in the Line editor.
Clearing the Entry and Memories
INTRODUCTION
Symbol
About the calculation examples (including some formulas
and tables), refer to the calculation example sheet. Refer to
the number on the right of each title in the manual for use.
After reading this manual, store it in a convenient location for
future reference.
Dot
matrix
display
Notes:
• Some of the models described in this manual may not be
available in some countries.
Mantissa
• This product uses a period as a decimal point.
Exponent
• Do not carry the calculator around in your back pocket, as it
may break when you sit down. The display is made of glass
and is particularly fragile.
• Keep the calculator away from extreme heat such as on a
car dashboard or near a heater, and avoid exposing it to
excessively humid or dusty environments.
• Since this product is not waterproof, do not use it or store
it where fluids, for example water, can splash onto it.
Raindrops, water spray, juice, coffee, steam, perspiration,
etc. will also cause malfunction.
• Only the symbols required for the usage currently being explained
are shown in the display and calculation examples in this manual.
/ :
/
Indicates that some contents are hidden in the
directions shown.
2ndF:
Appears when @ is pressed, indicating that the
functions shown in orange are enabled.
HYP:
Indicates that H has been pressed and the
hyperbolic functions are enabled. If @ > is
pressed, the symbols 2ndF HYP appear, indicating that
inverse hyperbolic functions are enabled.
• Do not drop it or apply excessive force.
• Never dispose of batteries in a fire.
DEG/RAD/GRAD: Indicates angular units.
• Keep batteries out of the reach of children.
BUSY:
• For the sake of your health, try not to use this product for
long periods of time. If you need to use the product for an
extended period, be sure to allow your eyes, hands, arms,
and body adequate rest periods (about 10–15 minutes
every hour).
If you experience any pain or fatigue while using this
product, discontinue use immediately. If the discomfort
continues, please consult a doctor.
W-VIEW: Indicates that the WriteView editor is selected.
• This product, including accessories, may change due to
upgrading without prior notice.
M:
• SHARP will not be liable nor responsible for any incidental
or consequential economic or property damage caused
by misuse and/or malfunctions of this product and its
peripherals, unless such liability is acknowledged by law.
Appears during the execution of a calculation.
ENG/SCI/FIX/N2/N1: Indicates the notation used to display a
value and changes by SET UP menu. N1 is displayed
on-screen as “NORM1”, and N2 as “NORM2”.
• When an abnormal condition occurs and all keys are
inoperative
Do not use an object with a breakable or sharp tip. Note that
pressing the RESET switch erases all data stored in memory.
If service should be required on this calculator, use only a
SHARP servicing dealer, SHARP approved service facility, or
SHARP repair service where available.
Multi-line Playback Function
This calculator is equipped with a function to recall previous
equations and answers in NORMAL or CPLX modes. A
maximum of 340 characters can be stored in memory. When
the memory is full, stored equations will be deleted to make
room, starting with the oldest.
Pressing u will display the previous equation. Further
pressing u will display preceding equations (after returning
to the previous equation, press d to view equations in
order). In addition, @ u can be used to jump to the
oldest equation, and @ d to jump to the newest one.
• The multiplication operator “×” is differentiated from the letter
“X” in this manual as follows:
To specify the multiplication operator: k
This calculator performs operations according to the following
priority:
① Fractions (1m4, etc.) ② ∠, Engineering prefixes
③ Functions preceded by their argument (x −1, x 2, n!, etc.)
④ y x, xr ⑤ Implied multiplication of a memory value (2Y, etc.)
⑥ Functions followed by their argument (sin, cos, (−), etc.)
1
⑦ Implied multiplication of a function (2sin 30, A ⎯
4 , etc.) ⑧ nCr,
nPr, cv ⑨ ×, ÷ ⑩ +, − ⑪ AND ⑫ OR, XOR, XNOR ⑬ =,
M+, M−, ⇒M, ▶DEG, ▶RAD, ▶GRAD, DATA, r θ, xy, and
other calculation ending instructions
• If parentheses are used, parenthesized calculations have
precedence over any other calculations.
SCIENTIFIC CALCULATIONS
• Press b 0 to select NORMAL mode.
• In each example, press j to clear the display first. Unless
otherwise specified, calculation examples are performed in
the WriteView editor (@ J 2 0) with the default
display settings (@ P 0).
Arithmetic Operations
4
• The closing parenthesis ) just before = or m
may be omitted.
Constant Calculations
• In constant calculations, the addend becomes a constant.
Subtraction and division are performed in the same manner.
For multiplication, the multiplicand becomes a constant.
• In constant calculations, constants will be displayed as K.
• Constant calculations can be perfomed in NORMAL or STAT
modes.
Functions
Note: Since integral and differential calculations are performed
based on the following equations, correct results may
not be obtained, in certain rare cases, when performing
special calculations that contain discontinuous points.
• In the Line editor, the following symbols are used:
: to indicate an expression’s power. (m, @ ",
@ Y)
: to separate integers, numerators, and denominators.
(W, @ k)
• When using @ O or @ W in the Line editor,
values are entered in the following way:
×
×*6
○
@ P 0*7
○
×
×
×
×
×
@ P 1 0*7
○
○
○
○
○
○
@ P 2 0*7,*8
○
○
○
○
○
○
RESET switch*8
○
○
○
○
○
○
• When @ J 1 0 (FIX) or @ J 1 2
(ENG) is pressed, “TAB(0–9)?” will be displayed and the number
of decimal places (TAB) can be set to any value between 0 and 9.
• NORM1 (@ J 1 3): 0.000000001 ≤ | x | ≤ 9,999,999,999
• NORM2 (@ J 1 4): 0.01 ≤ | x | ≤ 9,999,999,999
*1 Press j x and then choose a memory to clear one
variable memory.
Selecting the editor
*2 Formula memories and definable memories. See “Memory
Calculations”.
Two editors are available in NORMAL mode:
*3 Statistical data (entered data)
• The Line editor (LINE): @ J 2 1
*4 Matrix memories (matA, matB, matC, and matD)
Note: Any entries will be cleared when you change the editor.
• The WriteView editor (W-VIEW): @ J 2 0 (default)
*6 Cleared when changing between sub-modes in STAT mode.
*7 See “Memory clear key”.
*8 The username you stored using the name display function will
be cleared as well.
Adjusting the display contrast
• Trigonometric calculations
• In trigonometric calculations,
when entering values such as
those in the table to the right,
results may be shown using r.
DEG
Entry value
multiples of 15
RAD
1
multiples of ⎯
12 π
50
GRAD multiples of ⎯
3
• Calculation results may extend
off the edges of the screen. You can see those parts by
pressing l or r (depending on whether the left or
right portion is hidden).
• Improper/proper fractions will be converted to and displayed
as decimal numbers if the number of digits used in their
expression is greater than nine. In the case of mixed
fractions, the maximum number of displayable digits
(including integers) is eight.
The Line Editor
Insert and overwrite entry methods
In the Line editor, you can enter
and display equations line by line.
Name display function
You can save a username in this calculator. When you turn the
power off, the saved username is displayed momentarily.
Up to 32 characters may be saved, split over two lines.
Entry and display
Notes:
• Up to three lines of text may be
viewed on the screen at one time.
• If the length of the equation exceeds three lines, parts of it
may be hidden from view after calculation. If you want to see
the rest of the equation, press l or r to return to the
editing screen.
• In the Line editor, calculation results are displayed in
decimal form or line fraction notation if possible.
Editing the Equation
Entering and editing the username:
1. Press @ J 5. The
editing screen appears with a
flashing cursor.
2. Use u and d to scroll
through the available characters. The following characters
can be entered (listed in the order that they appear):
Letters (A to Z, uppercase only), numbers (0 to 9), slash (/),
hyphen (-), colon (:), apostrophe (’), comma (,), period (.),
and space ( ).
Press @ u to jump to “A”, and press @ d or
j to jump to the space.
Used to perform arithmetic operations and function calculations.
• Arithmetic operations and memory calculations
Press @ J 3, then + or & to adjust the contrast.
Press j to exit.
After you switch to the overwrite method (by pressing @ J
4 1), the triangular cursor will change to a rectangular
one, and the number or function underneath it will be overwritten
as you make entries.
NORMAL mode: b 0 (default)
• In the following cases, calculation results may be displayed
using r:
• If the number of digits in the denominator of a fractional
result that uses π is greater than three, the result is
converted to and displayed as a decimal number.
When using the Line editor, you can change the entry method
from “INSERT” (the default) to “OVERWRITE”.
• N-base: DEC
decimal numbers
Notes:
Two settings are used to display a floating-point number: NORM1
(the default) and NORM2. A number is automatically displayed in
scientific notation outside a preset range:
×: Retain
• Proper fractions (with or without π)
• Irrational numbers (square roots, fractions made using
square roots)
decimal numbers
Setting the floating point number system in scientific notation
3. Pressing l or r moves the cursor to the left or right.
Used to perform statistical operations.
To modify a character, use l or r to move the
cursor to the character, then select another character using
u or d.
DRILL mode: b 2
Press @ l or @ r to jump to the beginning of
the first line or the end of the second.
Used to practice math and multiplication table drills.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 above to continue entering characters.
CPLX mode: b 3
5. Press = to save.
Used to perform complex number calculations.
Note: Press @ Z in the editing screen to clear all the
characters.
Just after obtaining an answer, pressing l brings you to
the end of the equation and pressing r brings you to the
beginning. Press l, r, u, or d to move the
cursor. Press @ l or @ r to jump the cursor to
the beginning or the end of the equation.
In the WriteView editor, you can use u and d to
move the cursor up and down—between the numerator and
denominator, for example.
Back space and delete key
To delete a number or function, move the cursor to the right of
it, then press N. You can also delete a number or function
that the cursor is directly over by pressing @ y.
The MATH Menu
Other functions may be available on this calculator besides
those printed on the key pad. These functions are accessed
using the MATH menu. The MATH menu has different contents
for each mode.
Press N to display the MATH
menu. For example, in NORMAL
mode, you can call the functions
shown on the right.
Notes:
Used to perform matrix calculations.
ENTERING, DISPLAYING, AND EDITING THE EQUATION
LIST mode: b 5
The WriteView Editor
Used to perform list calculations.
Entry and display
EQUATION mode: b 6
Used to solve equations.
In the WriteView editor, you can
enter and display fractions or certain
functions as you would write them.
Random Function
Definable memories (D1–D4)
The random function has four settings. (This function cannot be
selected while using the N-base function.) To generate further
random numbers in succession, press e. Press j to exit.
You can store functions or operations in definable memories
(D1–D4).
Calculations using physical constants
• To store a function or operation, press x, followed by a
definable memory key (I, J, K, or L), followed
by the operation you want to store. Menu-related operations,
such as @ J, cannot be stored. Press j to return to
the previous display.
• To scroll up or down the list of constants, press u
(l) or d (r).
Random numbers
A pseudo-random number, with three significant digits from 0 up
to 0.999, can be generated by pressing @ w 0 e.
Note: In the WriteView editor, if the result is not 0 it can be
shown as a fraction or decimal using U.
1
b−a
S = ⎯ h{ f (a) + 4{ f (a + h) + f (a + 3h) + ... + f (a + (N − 1)h)} h = ⎯
3
N
+ 2{ f (a + 2h) + f (a + 4h) + ... + f (a + (N − 2)h)} + f (b)} N = 2n
( )
a≤x≤b
f(x +
dx
dx
⎯ ) − f(x − ⎯ )
2
2
Differential calculation: f´(x) = —
2
• When the or symbols are displayed, you can use
u or d to display any hidden menu items.
• N does not function when entering values or items in
STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or EQUATION modes, or into solver
functions or simulation calculations.
Random dice
To simulate a die-rolling, a random integer between 1 and 6 can
be generated by pressing @ w 1 e.
• Any functions or operations that are stored in a definable memory
will be replaced when you save a new one into that memory.
Performing integral calculations
To simulate a coin flip, 0 (heads) or 1 (tails) can be randomly
generated by pressing @ w 2 e.
1. Press F.
Random integer
2. Specify the following parameters: range of integral (initial
value (a), end value (b)), function with variable x, and number
of subintervals (n).
9
Each time @ ] is pressed, the angular unit changes in
sequence.
Mode
WriteView editor:
b
a function[, subintervals]dx
Line editor:
(function, a, b[, subintervals])
• Integral calculations, depending on the integrands and
subintervals included, require longer calculation time. During
calculation, the BUSY symbol will be displayed. To cancel
calculation, press j.
0
Chain Calculations
An integer between 0 and 99 can be generated randomly by
pressing @ w 3 e.
Memory Calculations
Note that there will be greater integral errors when there are
large fluctuations in the
integral values during
minute shifting of the
y
integral range and for
periodic functions, etc.,
y
where positive and
x0
x2
b
negative integral values
a
a
bx
x x
exist depending on the
x
x
1
3
x
x
interval.
• You cannot store functions or operations in definable memories
when entering values or items in STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or
EQUATION modes, or into solver functions or simulation
calculations.
Angular Unit Conversions
You do not need to specify the number of subintervals. If the
number of subintervals is not specified, the default value of
n = 100 will be used.
10
ANS
M, F1–F4
A–F, X, Y
D1–D4
○
○
○
○
STAT
○
○
○
○
CPLX
○
○
×
○
MATRIX
○
○
○
○
LIST
○
○
○
○
×: Unavailable
Temporary memories (A–F, X and Y)
Press x and a variable key to store a value in memory.
Press t and a variable key to recall the value from that memory.
To place a variable in an equation, press ; and a variable key.
Independent memory (M)
In addition to all the features of temporary memories, a value can
be added to or subtracted from an existing memory value.
x
3
For the former case, divide integral intervals as small as
possible. For the latter case, separate the positive and negative
values. Following these tips will allow you to obtain results from
calculations with greater accuracy and will also shorten the
calculation time.
Press j x M to clear the independent memory (M).
Last answer memory (ANS)
The calculation result obtained by pressing = or any other
calculation ending instruction is automatically stored in the last
answer memory.
Performing differential calculations
When the calculation result is in matrix or list form, the full matrix
or list is not stored into ANS memory. Only the value of the
element covered by the cursor is stored.
1. Press @ G.
Notes:
2. Specify the following parameters: function with variable x,
value of x, and minute interval (dx).
• Calculation results from the functions indicated below are
automatically stored in the X or Y memories replacing any
existing values.
You do not need to specify the minute interval. If the minute
interval is not specified, it will automatically be set to 10−5
(while x = 0), or | x | × 10−5 (while x ≠ 0).
3. Press =.
•
•
r θ, xy: X memory (r or x), Y memory (θ or y)
Two x´ values from a quadratic regression calculation in
STAT mode: X memory (1:), Y memory (2:)
Note: Parameters are entered in the following way:
WriteView editor:
d(function)
–
dx
x = value of x[, minute interval]
Line editor:
d/dx (function, value of x[, minute interval])
8
∑ Function
The ∑ function returns the cumulative sum of a given expression
from an initial value to an end value in NORMAL mode.
Performing ∑ calculations
2. Specify the following parameters: initial value, end value,
function with variable x, and increment (n).
You do not need to specify the increment. If the increment is
not specified, the default value of n = 1 will be used.
3. Press =.
Note: Parameters are entered in the following way:
WriteView editor:
end value
Σ(function[, increment])
x = initial value
• logn (base, value)
Line editor:
• abs value
Σ(function, initial value, end value[, increment])
11
The previous calculation result can be used in the subsequent
calculation. However, it cannot be recalled after entering multiple
instructions or when the calculation result is in matrix/list format.
Fraction Calculations
NORMAL
○: Available
1
2
Physical Constants and Metric Conversions
• To call a stored function or operation, press the corresponding
memory key. Calling a stored function will not work if the function
that is called would be unusable in the current context.
Random coin
dx
1. Press @ I.
6
• Refer to the calculation examples for each function.
•
7
|
5
×
When possible, calculation results will be displayed using
fractions, r, and π. When you press U, the display will
cycle through the following display styles:
To specify the letter “X”: ; X
• Parameters are entered in the following way:
Priority Levels in Calculation
×
1
MATRIX mode: b 4
• Functions that are printed in gray adjacent to the keys are
effective in specific modes.
Notes:
• Equations also include calculation ending instructions, such
as “=”.
○
STAT mode: b 1
In this manual, key operations are described as follows:
3. Press =.
• In addition to the amount of memory needed to store an
equation, the WriteView editor will require a certain amount
for the sake of display.
Mode selection (b)
Selecting the display notation and decimal places
Five display notation systems are used to display calculation
results: Two settings of Floating point (NORM1 and NORM2),
Fixed decimal point (FIX), Scientific notation (SCI), and
Engineering notation (ENG).
• When @ J 1 1 (SCI) is pressed, “SIG(0–9)?” will
be displayed and the number of significant digits can be set to
any value between 0 and 9. Entering 0 will set a 10-digit display.
d
Key Notations Used in this Manual
• The multi-line memory will be cleared by the following
operations:
• Equations that have one result require an additional eleven
characters’ worth of memory to store in order to hold the result.
○
→
Press @ o to turn the calculator off.
• To edit an equation after recalling it, press l or r.
@ Z , mode change, RESET, N-base conversion,
angular unit conversion, editor change (@ J 2
0 or @ J 2 1), and memory clear (@
P 1 0).
○
Mode Selection
Integral calculation (Simpson’s rule):
3
○
• To RESET the calculator, press 2 0. The RESET
operation will erase all data stored in memory and restore
the calculator’s default settings. You can do the same thing by
pressing the RESET switch on the back of the calculator.
Press j to turn the calculator on. The data that was onscreen when the power was turned off will appear on the display.
Using the CATALOG menu, you can select functions and
variables that are available for what you are doing in the
currently selected mode. To display the CATALOG menu,
press N 0.
Note: You cannot bring up the CATALOG menu when entering
values or items in STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or EQUATION
modes, or into solver functions or simulation calculations.
×
Power On and Off
Integral and differential calculations can be performed in
NORMAL mode.
• Press @ u or @ d to jump to the first or last item.
×
Press @ J 3, then + or & to adjust the
contrast. Press j to exit.
Integral/Differential Functions
• Press l or r to scroll up or down.
○
Adjusting the Display Contrast
The CATALOG Menu
• Press u or d to move the cursor ( ) and press e
to select.
@Z
• To clear all variables and memories (A−F, M, X, Y, F1−F4, D1−D4,
ANS, STAT, matA−D, and L1−L4) at once, press 1 0.
• Functions that are printed in orange above the key require
@ to be pressed first before the key. When you specify the
memory, press ; first. Numbers for input values are not
shown as keys, but as ordinary numbers.
• To clear all memory contents
×
• Display notation: NORM1
To specify e x: @ "
To specify ln: i
To specify E: ; E
• After replacing the battery
×
• Angular unit: DEG
: Indicates the mode of expression for results in CPLX mode.
♦ Press the RESET switch (on the back), with the tip of a
ball-point pen or similar object, only in the following cases:
• When using for the first time
×
• To initialize the display settings,
press 0. The parameters are
set as follows:
BEFORE USING THE CALCULATOR
NOTICE
×
Press @ P to display the menu.
When using for the first time, press the RESET switch (on the
back), with the tip of a ball-point pen or similar object.
• SHARP strongly recommends that separate permanent
written records be kept of all important data. Data may be
lost or altered in virtually any electronic memory product
under certain circumstances. Therefore, SHARP assumes
no responsibility for data lost or otherwise rendered
unusable whether as a result of improper use, repairs,
defects, battery replacement, use after the specified
battery life has expired, or any other cause.
×
Memory clear key
Indicates that a numerical value is stored in the
independent memory (M).
/
○
*5 List memories (L1, L2, L3, and L4)
ALPHA: Indicates that ;, x or t has been pressed,
and entry (recall) of memory contents and recall of
statistics can be performed.
• Clean with a soft, dry cloth. Do not use solvents or a wet cloth.
j
○: Clear
• During actual use, not all symbols are displayed at the same time.
Operational Notes
•
Entry A–F, F1–F4,
matA–D*4
ANS STAT*3
L1–L4*5
(Display) M, X, Y*1 D1–D4*2
Operation
DISPLAY
Displaying calculation results
improper fractions
• Mixed fractions (with or without π)
decimal numbers
(with or without π)
GRAD (g): @ J 0 2
• The WriteView Editor is only available in NORMAL mode.
PRINTED IN CHINA / IMPRIMÉ EN CHINE / IMPRESO EN CHINA
07HGK (TINSE1307EHZZ)
@ J 0 0 (default)
RAD (rad): @ J 0 1
Notes:
Thank you for purchasing the SHARP Scientific Calculator
Model EL-W506/W516/W546.
• If the equation grows too large, it may extend off the edge of the
display after you obtain the result. If you want to see the entire
equation, press l or r to return to the editing screen.
Press j to exit the SET UP menu.
• Use of t or ; will recall the value stored in memory
using up to 14 digits.
Formula memories (F1–F4)
You can store expressions in formula memories (F1–F4). Storing
a new expression in a memory space will automatically replace
any content that may already exist there.
12
Arithmetic operations and memory calculations can be performed
using fractions. In NORMAL mode, conversion between a decimal
number and a fraction can be performed by pressing U.
Notes:
• Improper/proper fractions will be converted to and displayed as
decimal numbers if the number of digits used in their expression
is greater than nine. In the case of mixed fractions, the maximum
number of displayable digits (including integers) is eight.
• To convert a sexagesimal value to a fraction, first convert it by
pressing @ :.
Binary, Pental, Octal, Decimal, and Hexadecimal
Operations (N-base)
Conversion to each system is performed with the following keys:
@ z (“BIN” appears), @ r (“PEN” appears),
@ g (“OCT” appears), @ h (“HEX” appears),
@ / (“BIN”, “PEN”, “OCT”, and “HEX” disappear)
Note: The hexadecimal numbers A–F are entered by pressing
A
B
C
D
E
F
K , m , A , l , i , and H.
In the binary, pental, octal, and hexadecimal systems, fractional
parts cannot be entered. When a decimal number having
a fractional part is converted into a binary, pental, octal, or
hexadecimal number, the fractional part will be truncated. Likewise,
when the result of a binary, pental, octal, or hexadecimal calculation
includes a fractional part, the fractional part will be truncated. In the
binary, pental, octal, and hexadecimal systems, negative numbers
are displayed as a complement.
Time, Decimal, and Sexagesimal Calculations
Degree
Minute
Second
Coordinate Conversions
• Expressions that are stored from the WriteView editor cannot
be recalled from within the Line editor, and vice versa.
• Before performing a calculation, select the angular unit.
15
• The calculation result is automatically stored in the X and Y
memories (r or x in X memory, and θ or y in Y memory).
• The results of coordinate conversions will be displayed as
decimal numbers even in the WriteView editor.
• Any recalled expressions will overwrite any expressions that
are currently being entered.
• You cannot store formulas in formula memories when entering
values or items in STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or EQUATION modes,
or into solver functions or simulation calculations.
14
You can convert between decimal and sexagesimal numbers, and
from sexagesimal numbers to seconds or minutes. In addition,
the four basic arithmetic operations and memory calculations
can be performed using the sexagesimal system. Notation for
sexagesimal is as follows:
Notes:
• You can only recall expressions stored from the Line editor
when entering values or items in STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or
EQUATION modes, or into solver functions or simulation
calculations.
13
Conversions can be performed between N-base numbers in
NORMAL mode. The four basic arithmetic operations, calculations
with parentheses, and memory calculations can also be performed,
along with the logical operations AND, OR, NOT, NEG, XOR, and
XNOR on binary, pental, octal, and hexadecimal numbers.
Rectangular coord.
Polar coord.
16
To recall a constant, press K, then select a physical constant
from the list. (Each item is labeled with a 2-digit number.)
Use @ u (l) or @ d (r) to jump to the
first or last page.
• Enter the first digit of the 2-digit item number to jump to the
page containing the number that begins with that digit.
• When you enter the second digit, the constant is displayed
automatically according to the display and decimal
placement settings.
• Physical constants can be recalled in NORMAL (excluding
N-base), STAT, CPLX, MATRIX, LIST, and EQUATION modes.
• The following table lists the physical constants. See the
calculation example sheet for physical constant symbols
and units.
Note: Physical constants and metric conversions are based
on the 2006 CODATA recommended values, or on
the 1995 Edition of the “Guide for the Use of the
International System of Units (SI)” released by NIST
(National Institute of Standards and Technology).
No.
Constant
01 Speed of light in vacuum
02 Newtonian constant of
gravitation
03 Standard acceleration of
gravity
04 Electron mass
05 Proton mass
06 Neutron mass
07 Muon mass
08 Atomic mass unit-kilogram
relationship
09 Elementary charge
10 Planck constant
11 Boltzmann constant
12 Magnetic constant
13 Electric constant
14 Classical electron radius
15 Fine-structure constant
16 Bohr radius
17 Rydberg constant
18 Magnetic flux quantum
19 Bohr magneton
20 Electron magnetic moment
21 Nuclear magneton
22 Proton magnetic moment
23 Neutron magnetic moment
24 Muon magnetic moment
25 Compton wavelength
26 Proton Compton wavelength
No.
Constant
27 Stefan-Boltzmann constant
28 Avogadro constant
29 Molar volume of ideal gas
(273.15 K, 101.325 kPa)
30 Molar gas constant
31 Faraday constant
32 Von Klitzing constant
33 Electron charge to mass
quotient
34 Quantum of circulation
35 Proton gyromagnetic ratio
36 Josephson constant
37 Electron volt
38 Celsius Temperature
39 Astronomical unit
40 Parsec
41 Molar mass of carbon-12
42 Planck constant over 2 pi
43 Hartree energy
44 Conductance quantum
45 Inverse fine-structure constant
46 Proton-electron mass ratio
47 Molar mass constant
48 Neutron Compton wavelength
49 First radiation constant
50 Second radiation constant
51 Characteristic impedance of
vacuum
52 Standard atmosphere
Metric conversions
Enter a value to be converted, then press @ L, and
select a metric conversion by entering its 2-digit number.
• The metric conversion list is used in the same manner as
the list of physical constants.
• Unit conversions can be performed in NORMAL (excluding
N-base), STAT, MATRIX, LIST, and EQUATION modes.
• The following table lists units used in metric conversion.
See the calculation example sheet for the metric
conversion reference table.
No.
Remarks
No.
Remarks
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
in
: inch
cm
: centimeter
ft
: foot
m
: meter
yd
: yard
m
: meter
mi
: mile
km
: kilometer
n mi
: nautical mile
m
: meter
acre
: acre*1
: square meter
m2
oz
: ounce (avoirdupois)
g
: gram
lb
: pound (avoirdupois)
kg
: kilogram
°F
: degree Fahrenheit
°C
: degree Celsius
gal (US) : gallon (US)
L
: liter
gal (UK) : gallon (UK)
L
: liter
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
fl oz(US) : fluid ounce (US)
mL
: milliliter
fl oz(UK) : fluid ounce (UK)
mL
: milliliter
: calorieth
calth
J
: joule
: calorie (15°C)
cal15
J
: joule
calIT
: calorieIT
J
: joule
hp
: horsepower (UK)
W
: watt
ps
: horsepower (metric)
W
: watt
(kgf/cm2)
Pa
: pascal
atm
: atmosphere
Pa
: pascal
(1 mmHg = 1 Torr)
Pa
: pascal
(kgf·m)
: newton meter
N·m
*1 based on US survey foot
Calculations Using Engineering Prefixes
17
Calculation can be executed in NORMAL mode (excluding
N-base) using the following 9 types of prefixes.
Prefix
Operation
(kilo)
N30
103
M
(Mega)
N31
106
G
(Giga)
N32
109
T
(Tera)
N33
1012
m
(milli)
N34
10–3
µ
(micro)
N35
n
(nano)
N36
p
(pico)
f
(femto)
Correction before pressing _ immediately after a data entry:
Statistical calculations can be performed in STAT mode.
There are eight sub-modes within STAT mode. Press b 1,
then press the number key that corresponds to your choice:
Unit
k
Data correction
STATISTICAL CALCULATIONS
Delete incorrect data with j, then enter the correct data.
3 (S#a# 3 [E_EXP]): Euler exponential regression
Press d to display the data set in ascending (oldest first)
order. To reverse the display order to descending (latest first),
press the u key. Press @ u or @ d to jump
the cursor to the beginning or end of the data set.
10–6
4 (S#a# 4 [LOG]): Logarithmic regression
Each data set is displayed with “X:”, “Y:”, or “F:”.
10–9
5 (S#a# 5 [POWER]): Power regression
N37
10–12
6 (S#a# 6 [INV]): Inverse regression
N38
10–15
7 (S#a# 7 [G_EXP]): General exponential regression
1 (S#a# 1 [LINE]): Linear regression
2 (S#a# 2 [QUAD]): Quadratic regression
18
Decimal calculation results are internally obtained in scientific
notation, with up to 14 digits in the mantissa. However, since
calculation results are displayed in the form designated by the
display notation and the number of decimal places indicated,
the internal calculation result may differ from that shown in the
display. By using the modify function (@ n), the internal
value is converted to match that of the display, so that the
displayed value can be used without change in subsequent
operations.
• When using the WriteView editor, if the calculation result is
displayed using fractions or irrational numbers, press U
to convert it to decimal form first.
• The modify function can be used in NORMAL, STAT, MATRIX,
or LIST modes.
Simulation Calculation (ALGB)
19
If you have to find values consecutively using the same
expression, such as plotting a curve line for 2x2 + 1, or finding the
variable values for 2x + 2y =14, once you enter the expression,
all you have to do is to specify the value for the variable in the
equation.
Usable variables: A–F, M, X and Y
• Simulation calculations can only be executed in NORMAL
mode.
Statistical Calculations and Variables
21
Data set number
Data x
Data y
Frequency
Math Drill sample
Statistics of ① and the value of the normal probability function.
Linear regression calculation
Statistics of ① and ②. In addition, the estimate of y for a given x
(estimate y´) and the estimate of x for a given y (estimate x´).
Quadratic regression calculation
Statistics of ① and ②, and coefficients a, b, c in the quadratic
regression formula ( y = a + bx + cx 2). (For quadratic regression
calculations, no correlation coefficient (r) can be obtained.) When
there are two x´ values, each value will be displayed with “1:” or
“2:”, and stored separately in the X and Y memories.
Display and move the cursor to the data item to be modified
by using u and d, enter the correct value, then press
_ or e.
Type
Euler exponential regression, logarithmic regression, power
regression, inverse regression, and general exponential
regression calculations
Linear
Statistics of ① and ②. In addition, the estimate of y for a given x
and the estimate of x for a given y. (Since the calculator converts
each formula into a linear regression formula before actual
calculation takes place, it obtains all statistics, except coefficients a
and b, from converted data rather than entered data.)
Euler exponential
–x
Quadratic
Logarithmic
Power
Inverse
General exponential
sx
Sample standard deviation (x data)
Population standard deviation (x data)
• The absolute value of the intermediate result or calculation
result is equal to or greater than 1 × 10100.
23
Number of questions
Operator type
• An attempt is made to take the square root of a negative number.
Sum of squares of samples (x data)
• No solution exists in the quadratic regression calculation.
Mean of samples (y data)
Normal Probability Calculations
sy
Sample standard deviation (y data)
Population standard deviation (y data)
Σy
Sum of samples ( y data)
In STAT mode, the three probability density functions can be
accessed under the MATH menu, with a random number used as
a normal distribution variable.
Σy 2
Sum of squares of samples (y data)
Notes:
Σxy
Sum of products of samples (x, y)
r
Correlation coefficient
a
Coefficient of regression equation
• P(t), Q(t), and R(t) will always take positive values, even when
t < 0, because these functions follow the same principle used
when solving for an area.
b
Coefficient of regression equation
c
Coefficient of quadratic regression equation
• U does not function in STAT mode.
• This function uses Newton’s method to obtain an
approximation. Depending on the function (e.g. periodic) or
start value, an error may occur (ERROR 02) due to there
being no convergence to the solution for the equation.
Data Entry and Correction
• The value obtained by this function may include a margin of
error. If it is larger than acceptable, recalculate the solution
after changing the “Start” and dx values.
Single-variable data
• Change the “Start” value (e.g. to a negative value) or dx
value (e.g. to a smaller value) if:
22
Before entering new data, clear the memory contents (@ Z ).
Data entry
• to improve arithmetic precision.
• The calculation result is automatically stored in the X memory.
• Press j to exit the solver function.
Performing solver function
1. Press b 0.
2. Input an expression with an x variable.
3. Press N 2.
4. Enter a “Start” value and press e. The default value is “0”.
5. Enter a dx value (minute interval).
6. Press e.
trans matrix name
mat→list
(N 7)
matA→list
(N 8)
Returns the matrix with the columns
transposed to rows and the rows
transposed to columns.
Creates lists with elements from the
left column of each matrix. (matA→L1,
matB→L2, matC→L3, matD→L4)
Mode changes from MATRIX mode to
LIST mode.
Creates lists with elements from each
column of the matrix. (matA→L1, L2,
L3, L4)
Mode changes from MATRIX mode to
LIST mode.
Using Lists in Calculations
Lists stored in memories (L1–L4) can be used in arithmetic
calculations and calculations that use x3, x2, and x−1. You can
also use the following list-specific functions that are available in
the MATH menu.
• If the calculation result is a matrix, it will be displayed in the
matrix entry screen (note that this replaces any existing
data in the buffer). To store the calculation result, first press
j to exit the matrix entry screen. Press N 4 and
select a memory (matA–matD) to store the newly-created
matrix in.
• When the calculation results are in matrix form, pressing
neither l nor r will bring you back to the original
expression.
You can store and calculate up to
four lists of up to sixteen elements
each in LIST mode.
Press b 5 to enter LIST
mode.
Note: You can use the MATH menu in LIST mode to edit, recall,
and store lists, as well as to call list-specific functions.
1. Press b 5 to enter LIST mode.
2. Press N 2 to bring up the list entry screen.
• Any list data remaining in the buffer, along with any
previously entered, loaded, or calculated list data, will be
displayed.
3. Define the list size (up to sixteen elements) by entering a
value using the number keys and pressing e.
List size
Element fields
Entry field
List entry screen (example)
4. Enter each element in the list by entering a value in the
entry field and pressing e.
• Each list element can display up to eight digits (the
decimal point counts as one digit). If an element exceeds
eight digits in length, it will be displayed in exponent
notation within the list.
• A maximum of six elements can be displayed at one
time. Use u, d, l, and r to move the
cursor through the list.
5. When you have entered a value for each element, press
j to exit the list entry screen.
6. Press N 4 and select a memory (L1–L4) to store
the newly-created list in.
Modifying a stored list
1. To load a stored list into the list entry screen, press N
3, then select the memory (L1–L4) that holds the list
you wish to modify.
• Loading new data into the screen will automatically
replace any data that may already exist there.
2. Using the list entry screen, you can modify the values of
elements in the list. Assign new values wherever necessary
and press e after each one.
• If you wish to modify the size of a list, first press j
N 2. You can then enter new values for the list size.
3. When you have finished making changes, press j to
exit the list entry screen.
4. Press N 4 and select a memory (L1–L4) to store
the newly-created list in.
+]>)
Mixed operators: Questions within all the above
ranges are displayed.
DRILL MODE
Math Drill: b 2 0
Math operation questions with positive integers and 0 are
displayed randomly. It is possible to select the number of
questions and operator type.
② @ u: Polar coordinate system
(The
symbol appears.)
2. Math Drill: Use u and d to select the number of
questions (25, 50, or 100).
× Table: Use u and d to select a row in the
multiplication table (1 to 12).
① Rectangular coordinates
x-coordinate + y-coordinate O
4. Press e to start.
When using Math Drill or × Table (random order only),
questions are randomly selected and will not repeat except
by chance.
Quadratic and Cubic Equations
Quadratic (ax2 + bx + c = 0 ) or cubic (ax3 + bx2 + cx + d = 0)
equations may be solved using the following functions.
① Quadratic equation solver: b 6 2
② Cubic equation solver: b 6 3
dim (list name, size)
Returns a list with size changed as specified.
Enters the specified value for all items.
• Coefficients for these equations can be entered in the same
manner as those for simultaneous linear equations.
Returns a new list using the difference
between adjacent items in the list.
Errors
aug (list name, list name)
Returns a list appending the specified lists.
min list name
Returns the minimum value in the list.
max list name
Returns the maximum value in the list.
mean list name
Returns the mean value of items in the list.
med list name
Returns the median value of items in the list.
sum list name
Returns the sum of items in the list.
rQθ
ERROR 01: Syntax error
vari list name
Returns the variance of the list.
• An attempt was made to perform an invalid operation.
Ex. 2 + & 5 =
Returns a random matrix with
specified values of rows and columns.
det matrix name
Returns the determinant of a square
matrix.
Calculation Ranges
Replacement Procedure
30
• Within the ranges specified, this calculator is accurate to
±1 of the 10th digit of the mantissa. However, a calculation
error increases in continuous calculations due to
accumulation of each calculation error. (This is the same
for y x, xr, n!, e x, ln, Matrix/List calculations, etc., where
continuous calculations are performed internally.)
Additionally, a calculation error will accumulate and
become larger in the vicinity of inflection points and
singular points of functions.
Calculation results may be displayed using r when all of the
following conditions are met:
P
f
• When each coefficient falls into the following ranges:
1 ≤ a < 100; 1 < b < 1,000; 0 ≤ c < 100;
1 ≤ d < 1,000; 1 ≤ e < 100; 1 ≤ f < 100
ERROR 02: Calculation error
• When the number of terms in the intermediate and final
calculation results is one or two.
This calculator will turn itself off to save battery power if no
key is pressed for approximately 10 minutes.
SPECIFICATIONS
BATTERY REPLACEMENT
Creates a matrix with column data from
each list. (L1, L2, L3, L4→matA)
Mode changes from LIST mode to MATRIX
mode.
ERROR 03: Nesting error
Notes on Battery Replacement
• The available number of buffers was exceeded. (There are
10 buffers* for numeric values and 64 buffers for calculation
instructions).
Improper handling of batteries can cause electrolyte leakage or
explosion. Be sure to observe the following handling rules:
* 5 buffers in CPLX mode, and 1 buffer for matrix/list data.
• When installing, orient the battery properly as indicated in the
calculator.
Calculation features:
ERROR 04: Data over error
• If the calculation result is a list, it will be displayed in the list
entry screen (note that this replaces any existing data in the
buffer). To store the calculation result, first press j to exit
the list entry screen. Press N 4 and select a memory
(L1–L4) to store the newly-created list in.
• Data items exceeded 100 in STAT mode.
• When the calculation results are in list form, pressing neither
l nor r will bring you back to the original expression.
ERROR 08: DIM unmatched error
EQUATION SOLVERS
ERROR 09: Invalid DIM error
• The battery is factory-installed before shipment, and may
be exhausted before it reaches the service life stated in the
specifications.
ERROR 07: Definition error
• Matrix/List definition error or the attempted entering of an
invalid value.
• Matrix/List dimensions inconsistent while calculating.
When to Replace the Battery
ERROR 10: Undefined error
Simultaneous Linear Equations
• Undefined matrix/list used in calculation.
Simultaneous linear equations with two unknowns (2-VLE) or
with three unknowns (3-VLE) may be solved using the following
functions.
If the display has poor contrast or nothing appears on the display
when j is pressed in dim lighting, even after adjusting the
display contrast, it is time to replace the battery.
Alert Messages
a1x + b1y + c1z = d1
a2x + b2y + c2z = d2
a3x + b3y + c3z = d3
29
Cannot delete!
D =
a1 b1 c1
a2 b2 c2
a3 b3 c3
• If the determinant D = 0, an error occurs.
• If the absolute value of an intermediate result or calculation
result is 1 × 10100 or more, an error occurs.
Solving simultaneous linear equations
1. Press b 6 0 or b 6 1.
2. Enter the value for each coefficient (a1, etc.).
• Coefficients can be entered using ordinary arithmetic
operations.
• To clear the entered coefficient, press j.
• Press u or d to move the cursor up or down through
the coefficients. Press @ u or @ d to jump to
the first or last coefficient.
3. When all coefficients have been entered, press e to solve
the equation.
• While the solution is displayed, press e or j to
return to the coefficient entry display. To clear all the
coefficients, press @ Z .
96 × 32 dot matrix liquid crystal
display
Display of calculation results:
Mantissa: 10 digits
Exponent: 2 digits
Internal calculations:
Mantissas of up to 14 digits
Pending operations:
64 calculations 10 numeric values
(5 numeric values in CPLX mode, and
1 numeric value for Matrix/List data.)
Power source:
Built-in solar cells
1.5 V —
… (DC): Backup battery
(Alkaline battery (LR44 or equivalent)
× 1)
The results obtained by these functions may include a margin
of error.
② 3-VLE: b 6 1
Math Drill and Multiplication Table
Display:
Notes on erasure of memory contents
When the battery is replaced, the memory contents are erased.
Erasure can also occur if the calculator is defective or when it
is repaired. Make a note of all important memory contents in
case accidental erasure occurs.
Scientific calculations, complex
number calculations, equation solvers,
statistical calculations, etc.
Drill features:
• Make sure the new battery is the correct type.
• Size of matrix/list exceeds calculation range.
a1 b1
a2 b2
Automatic Power Off Function
• The absolute value of an intermediate or final calculation
result equals or exceeds 10100.
• The calculation ranges were exceeded while performing
calculations.
D =
• Make sure that the display appears as shown below. If the
display does not appear as shown, remove the battery,
reinstall it, and check the display once again.
P
Note: The result of two fractional terms that include r will be
reduced to a common denominator.
a1x + b1y = c1
a2x + b2y = c2
8. Adjust the display contrast. See “Adjusting the Display
Contrast”.
b
c d
±a⎯
e ± ⎯
• An attempt was made to divide by zero (or an intermediate
calculation resulted in zero).
① 2-VLE: b 6 0
5. Install one new battery. Make sure the
“+” side is facing up.
7. Press the RESET switch (on the back)
with the tip of a ball-point pen or similar object.
Creates matrices with left column data from
each list. (L1→matA, L2→matB, L3→matC,
L4→matD)
Mode changes from LIST mode to MATRIX
mode.
28
4. Remove the used battery by prying it
out with a ball-point pen or other similar
pointed device. (Fig. 2)
Fig. 2
6. Replace the cover and screws.
list→mat
(N 7)
• When the list entry screen is displayed, you cannot perform list
calculations because the MATH menu is not available.
3. Slide the battery cover slightly and lift it
to remove.
±10−99 to ±9.999999999 × 1099 and 0.
Returns the absolute value of the list (vector).
Notes:
1. Turn the power off by pressing @ o.
Fig. 1
2. Remove the two screws. (Fig. 1)
If the absolute value of an entry or a final or intermediate
result of a calculation is less than 10−99, the value is
considered to be 0 in calculations and in the display.
abs_list list name
list→matA
(N 8)
Returns the cumulative matrix.
rnd_mat (row, column)
• When intermediate and final calculation results are displayed
in the following form:
Returns the multiplication of items in the list.
cumul matrix name
• On selecting another mode, the imaginary part of any complex
number stored in the independent memory (M) and the last
answer memory (ANS) will be cleared.
Error codes and error types
Returns the standard deviation of the list.
Fills each element with a specified
value.
Returns the identity matrix with
specified value of rows and columns.
Display of results using r
prod list name
fill (value, row, column)
θ: argument
An error will occur if an operation exceeds the calculation ranges,
or if a mathematically illegal operation is attempted. When an error
occurs, pressing l or r automatically moves the cursor
back to the place in the equation where the error occurred. Edit
the equation or press j or @ Z to clear the equation.
stdDv list name
Matrices stored in memories (matA–matD) can be used in
arithmetic calculations (with the exception of division between
matrices) and calculations that use x3, x2, and x−1. You can
also use the following matrix-specific functions that are
available in the MATH menu.
identity value
r : absolute value
• Calculation ranges
ERRORS AND CALCULATION RANGES
Using Matrices in Calculations
aug (matrix name, matrix name) Appends the second matrix to the
first matrix as new columns. The first
and second matrices must have the
same number of rows.
or x-coordinate + O y-coordinate
② Polar coordinates
3. When you have finished making changes, press j to
exit the matrix entry screen.
dim (matrix name, row, column) Returns a matrix with dimensions
changed as specified.
Complex Number Entry
3. Math Drill: Use l and r to select the operator type for
questions (+, −, ×, ÷, or +−×÷).
× Table: Use l and r to select the order type (“Serial”
or “Random”).
• If you wish to modify the number of rows or columns, first
press j N 2. You can then enter new values
for the matrix dimensions.
25
Results of complex number calculations are expressed using two
systems:
1. Press b 2 0 for Math Drill or b 2 1 for
× Table.
2. Using the matrix entry screen, you can modify the values
of elements in the matrix. Assign new values wherever
necessary and press e after each one.
4. Press N 4 and select a memory (matA–matD) to
store the newly-created matrix in.
To carry out addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division
using complex numbers, press b 3 to select CPLX mode.
① @ E: Rectangular coordinate system
symbol appears.)
(The
fill (value, size)
Sequentially cumulates each item in the list.
COMPLEX NUMBER CALCULATIONS
Using Math Drill and × Table
• Press b 6 2 or b 6 3.
Entering and Storing Lists
Before performing list calculations, a list must be created.
Follow the steps below to enter and store lists.
Division operator: “0 ÷ 1” to “144 ÷ 12”; answers are
positive integers from 1 to 12 and 0, dividends of up to
144, and divisors of up to 12.
Solving quadratic and cubic equations
o_prod (list name, list name) Returns the outer product of 2 lists (vectors).
27
Multiplication operator: “1 × 0” or “0 × 1” to “12 × 12”
)
Sorts list in ascending order.
i_prod (list name, list name) Returns the inner product of 2 lists (vectors).
LIST CALCULATIONS
>
Sorts list in descending order.
Notes:
• When the matrix entry screen is displayed, you cannot
perform matrix calculations because the MATH menu is not
available.
• The standardization conversion formula is as follows:
x−x
t=—
σx
sortA list name
cumul list name
• Loading new data into the screen will automatically
replace any data that may already exist there.
The range of questions for each operator type is as follows.
• Values for P(t), Q(t), and R(t) are given to six decimal places.
sortD list name
df_list list name
Ranges of Math Drill Questions
Addition operator: “0 + 0” to “20 + 20”
To exit DRILL mode, press b and select another mode.
Note: Up to 100 data items can be entered. With the singlevariable data, a data item without frequency assignment
is counted as one data item, while an item assigned with
frequency is stored as a set of two data items. With the
two-variable data, a set of data items without frequency
assignment is counted as two data items, while a set of
items assigned with frequency is stored as a set of three
data items.
1. To load a stored matrix into the matrix entry screen, press
N 3, then select the memory (matA–matD) that
holds the matrix you wish to modify.
Subtraction operator: “0 − 0” to “20 − 20”; answers are
positive integers and 0.
Data H frequency _ (To enter multiples of the same
data)
Data x H data y H frequency _ (To enter multiples
of the same data x and y)
Modifying a stored matrix
Percentage correct
Correct answers
+
Data _
Data x H data y _
• more than two solutions appear to be possible (e.g. a
cubic equation).
6. Press N 4 and select a memory (matA–matD) to
store the newly-created matrix in.
Multiplicand
Order type
]
Multiplication Table (× Table): b 2 1
Questions from each row of the multiplication table (1 to 12) are
displayed serially or randomly.
Two-variable data
• no solution can be found (ERROR 02).
5. When you have entered a value for each element, press
j to exit the matrix entry screen.
⋮
24
σy
• Use ; and t to perform a variable calculation in STAT
mode.
• A maximum of three rows by three columns can be
displayed at one time. Use u, d, l, and r
to move the cursor through the matrix.
See step 6 above.
Σx 2
–
y
• Performing simulation calculation will cause values in
memory to be overwritten with new values.
• Each matrix element can display up to seven digits (the
decimal point counts as one digit). If an element exceeds
seven digits in length, it may be displayed in exponent
notation within the matrix.
Question
2. Input an expression with at least one variable.
• Variables and numerical values stored in the memories
will be displayed in the variable entry screen. If you do
not want to change any values, simply press e.
4. Enter each element in the matrix by entering a value in the
entry field and pressing e.
Total remaining questions
• The denominator is zero.
②
Entry field
Matrix entry screen (example)
× Table sample
Sum of samples (x data)
4. The variable entry screen will appear. Enter a value,
then press e to confirm. The calculation result will be
displayed after you have entered a value for each variable
used in the equation.
Matrix dimensions (row × column)
Element fields
Percentage correct
Correct answers
Number of samples
3. Press N 1.
Note: You can use the MATH menu in MATRIX mode to edit,
recall, and store matrices, as well as to call matrixspecific functions.
3. Define the matrix dimensions (up to four rows by four
columns) by entering the required dimensions using the
number keys and pressing e.
⋮
An error will occur when:
σx
Press b 4 to enter MATRIX mode.
• Any matrix data remaining in the buffer, along with any
previously entered, loaded, or calculated matrix data, will
be displayed.
See step 6 above.
Regression formula
y = a + bx
y = a + bx + cx 2
y = a ⋅ ebx
y = a + b ⋅ ln x
y = a ⋅ xb
1
y=a+b⎯
x
y = a ⋅ bx
26
2. Press N 2 to bring up the matrix entry screen.
⋮
Mean of samples (x data)
MATRIX CALCULATIONS
You can store and calculate up to
four matrices containing up to four
rows and four columns each in
MATRIX mode.
1. Press b 4 to enter MATRIX mode.
⋮
• To delete a data set, display and move the cursor to an item
of the data set to delete by using u and d, then press
@ #. The data set will be deleted.
Statistical Calculation Formulas
• Press N 1 to return the complex conjugate of the
specified complex number.
Before performing matrix calculations, a matrix must be
created. Follow the steps below to enter and store matrices.
Question
• To add a new data set, press j to exit the display of previously
entered data and input the values, then press _.
• A complex number expressed in rectangular coordinates
with the y-value equal to zero, or expressed in polar
coordinates with the angle equal to zero, is treated as a real
number.
Entering and Storing Matrices
Current question/
Total questions
Σx
The solver function finds the value for x that reduces the
entered expression to zero.
• If you press e without entering an answer, the correct
answer is displayed and then the next question is displayed.
This will be counted as an incorrect answer.
9. Press e to return to the initial screen for your current drill.
n
20
• If the answer is wrong, “ ” appears and the same question
is displayed. This will be counted as an incorrect answer.
8. After you finish, press e and the number and percentage
of correct answers are displayed.
1. Press b 0.
Solver Function
” appears and the next question
Single-variable statistical calculation
①
• After completing the calculation, press N 1 to
perform calculations using the same equation.
• If the answer is correct, “
is displayed.
7. Continue answering the series of questions by entering the
answer and pressing e.
Data set number
Data x
Frequency
The following statistics can be obtained for each statistical
calculation (refer to the table below):
• Calculation ending instructions other than = cannot be
used.
Performing calculations
6. Press e.
Correction after pressing _:
Use u and d to display the previously entered data set.
0 (S#a# 0 [SD]): Single-variable statistics
Modify Function
5. Enter your answer. If you make a mistake, press j or N
to clear any entered numbers, and enter your answer again.
• The selected item cannot be deleted by pressing N or
@ y in the WriteView editor.
Operating time:
Approx. 3,000 hours when
(varies according to
continuously displaying 55555. at
use and other factors) 25°C (77°F), using the alkaline battery
only
Cautions
Operating temperature: 0°C–40°C (32°F–104°F)
• An exhausted battery left in the calculator may leak and
damage the calculator.
External dimensions:
79.6 mm (W) × 161.5 mm (D) ×
15.5 mm (H)
3-1/8” (W) × 6-11/32” (D) × 5/8” (H)
Ex. @ * 5 r A l N
• Fluid from a leaking battery accidentally entering an eye could
result in serious injury. Should this occur, wash with clean
water and immediately consult a doctor.
Weight:
Approx. 102 g (0.23 lb) (including
battery)
In this example, delete the exponent before attempting to
delete the parentheses.
• Should fluid from a leaking battery come in contact with your
skin or clothes, immediately wash with clean water.
Accessories:
Battery × 1 (installed), operation
manual, calculation examples, and
hard case
Cannot call!
• The function or operation stored in definable memory (D1 to
D4) cannot be called.
Ex. An attempt was made to recall a statistical variable from
within NORMAL mode.
• Expressions stored in formula memories (F1 to F4) cannot be
called.
Buffer full!
• The equation (including any calculation ending instructions)
exceeded its maximum input buffer (159 characters in the
WriteView editor or 161 characters in the Line editor). An
equation may not exceed its maximum input buffer.
• If the product is not to be used for some time, to avoid damage
to the unit from a leaking battery, remove it and store in a safe
place.
• Do not leave an exhausted battery inside the product.
• Keep batteries out of the reach of children.
FOR MORE INFORMATION
ABOUT SCIENTIFIC CALCULATORS
• Explosion risk may be caused by incorrect handling.
Visit our Web site.
• Do not throw batteries into a fire as they may explode.
http://sharp-world.com/calculator/
Calculations Using Engineering Prefixes
17
Calculation can be executed in NORMAL mode (excluding
N-base) using the following 9 types of prefixes.
Prefix
Operation
(kilo)
N30
103
M
(Mega)
N31
106
G
(Giga)
N32
109
T
(Tera)
N33
1012
m
(milli)
N34
10–3
µ
(micro)
N35
n
(nano)
N36
p
(pico)
f
(femto)
Correction before pressing _ immediately after a data entry:
Statistical calculations can be performed in STAT mode.
There are eight sub-modes within STAT mode. Press b 1,
then press the number key that corresponds to your choice:
Unit
k
Data correction
STATISTICAL CALCULATIONS
Delete incorrect data with j, then enter the correct data.
3 (S#a# 3 [E_EXP]): Euler exponential regression
Press d to display the data set in ascending (oldest first)
order. To reverse the display order to descending (latest first),
press the u key. Press @ u or @ d to jump
the cursor to the beginning or end of the data set.
10–6
4 (S#a# 4 [LOG]): Logarithmic regression
Each data set is displayed with “X:”, “Y:”, or “F:”.
10–9
5 (S#a# 5 [POWER]): Power regression
N37
10–12
6 (S#a# 6 [INV]): Inverse regression
N38
10–15
7 (S#a# 7 [G_EXP]): General exponential regression
1 (S#a# 1 [LINE]): Linear regression
2 (S#a# 2 [QUAD]): Quadratic regression
18
Decimal calculation results are internally obtained in scientific
notation, with up to 14 digits in the mantissa. However, since
calculation results are displayed in the form designated by the
display notation and the number of decimal places indicated,
the internal calculation result may differ from that shown in the
display. By using the modify function (@ n), the internal
value is converted to match that of the display, so that the
displayed value can be used without change in subsequent
operations.
• When using the WriteView editor, if the calculation result is
displayed using fractions or irrational numbers, press U
to convert it to decimal form first.
• The modify function can be used in NORMAL, STAT, MATRIX,
or LIST modes.
Simulation Calculation (ALGB)
19
If you have to find values consecutively using the same
expression, such as plotting a curve line for 2x2 + 1, or finding the
variable values for 2x + 2y =14, once you enter the expression,
all you have to do is to specify the value for the variable in the
equation.
Usable variables: A–F, M, X and Y
• Simulation calculations can only be executed in NORMAL
mode.
Statistical Calculations and Variables
21
Data set number
Data x
Data y
Frequency
Math Drill sample
Statistics of ① and the value of the normal probability function.
Linear regression calculation
Statistics of ① and ②. In addition, the estimate of y for a given x
(estimate y´) and the estimate of x for a given y (estimate x´).
Quadratic regression calculation
Statistics of ① and ②, and coefficients a, b, c in the quadratic
regression formula ( y = a + bx + cx 2). (For quadratic regression
calculations, no correlation coefficient (r) can be obtained.) When
there are two x´ values, each value will be displayed with “1:” or
“2:”, and stored separately in the X and Y memories.
Display and move the cursor to the data item to be modified
by using u and d, enter the correct value, then press
_ or e.
Type
Euler exponential regression, logarithmic regression, power
regression, inverse regression, and general exponential
regression calculations
Linear
Statistics of ① and ②. In addition, the estimate of y for a given x
and the estimate of x for a given y. (Since the calculator converts
each formula into a linear regression formula before actual
calculation takes place, it obtains all statistics, except coefficients a
and b, from converted data rather than entered data.)
Euler exponential
–x
Quadratic
Logarithmic
Power
Inverse
General exponential
sx
Sample standard deviation (x data)
Population standard deviation (x data)
• The absolute value of the intermediate result or calculation
result is equal to or greater than 1 × 10100.
23
Number of questions
Operator type
• An attempt is made to take the square root of a negative number.
Sum of squares of samples (x data)
• No solution exists in the quadratic regression calculation.
Mean of samples (y data)
Normal Probability Calculations
sy
Sample standard deviation (y data)
Population standard deviation (y data)
Σy
Sum of samples ( y data)
In STAT mode, the three probability density functions can be
accessed under the MATH menu, with a random number used as
a normal distribution variable.
Σy 2
Sum of squares of samples (y data)
Notes:
Σxy
Sum of products of samples (x, y)
r
Correlation coefficient
a
Coefficient of regression equation
• P(t), Q(t), and R(t) will always take positive values, even when
t < 0, because these functions follow the same principle used
when solving for an area.
b
Coefficient of regression equation
c
Coefficient of quadratic regression equation
• U does not function in STAT mode.
• This function uses Newton’s method to obtain an
approximation. Depending on the function (e.g. periodic) or
start value, an error may occur (ERROR 02) due to there
being no convergence to the solution for the equation.
Data Entry and Correction
• The value obtained by this function may include a margin of
error. If it is larger than acceptable, recalculate the solution
after changing the “Start” and dx values.
Single-variable data
• Change the “Start” value (e.g. to a negative value) or dx
value (e.g. to a smaller value) if:
22
Before entering new data, clear the memory contents (@ Z ).
Data entry
• to improve arithmetic precision.
• The calculation result is automatically stored in the X memory.
• Press j to exit the solver function.
Performing solver function
1. Press b 0.
2. Input an expression with an x variable.
3. Press N 2.
4. Enter a “Start” value and press e. The default value is “0”.
5. Enter a dx value (minute interval).
6. Press e.
trans matrix name
mat→list
(N 7)
matA→list
(N 8)
Returns the matrix with the columns
transposed to rows and the rows
transposed to columns.
Creates lists with elements from the
left column of each matrix. (matA→L1,
matB→L2, matC→L3, matD→L4)
Mode changes from MATRIX mode to
LIST mode.
Creates lists with elements from each
column of the matrix. (matA→L1, L2,
L3, L4)
Mode changes from MATRIX mode to
LIST mode.
Using Lists in Calculations
Lists stored in memories (L1–L4) can be used in arithmetic
calculations and calculations that use x3, x2, and x−1. You can
also use the following list-specific functions that are available in
the MATH menu.
• If the calculation result is a matrix, it will be displayed in the
matrix entry screen (note that this replaces any existing
data in the buffer). To store the calculation result, first press
j to exit the matrix entry screen. Press N 4 and
select a memory (matA–matD) to store the newly-created
matrix in.
• When the calculation results are in matrix form, pressing
neither l nor r will bring you back to the original
expression.
You can store and calculate up to
four lists of up to sixteen elements
each in LIST mode.
Press b 5 to enter LIST
mode.
Note: You can use the MATH menu in LIST mode to edit, recall,
and store lists, as well as to call list-specific functions.
1. Press b 5 to enter LIST mode.
2. Press N 2 to bring up the list entry screen.
• Any list data remaining in the buffer, along with any
previously entered, loaded, or calculated list data, will be
displayed.
3. Define the list size (up to sixteen elements) by entering a
value using the number keys and pressing e.
List size
Element fields
Entry field
List entry screen (example)
4. Enter each element in the list by entering a value in the
entry field and pressing e.
• Each list element can display up to eight digits (the
decimal point counts as one digit). If an element exceeds
eight digits in length, it will be displayed in exponent
notation within the list.
• A maximum of six elements can be displayed at one
time. Use u, d, l, and r to move the
cursor through the list.
5. When you have entered a value for each element, press
j to exit the list entry screen.
6. Press N 4 and select a memory (L1–L4) to store
the newly-created list in.
Modifying a stored list
1. To load a stored list into the list entry screen, press N
3, then select the memory (L1–L4) that holds the list
you wish to modify.
• Loading new data into the screen will automatically
replace any data that may already exist there.
2. Using the list entry screen, you can modify the values of
elements in the list. Assign new values wherever necessary
and press e after each one.
• If you wish to modify the size of a list, first press j
N 2. You can then enter new values for the list size.
3. When you have finished making changes, press j to
exit the list entry screen.
4. Press N 4 and select a memory (L1–L4) to store
the newly-created list in.
+]>)
Mixed operators: Questions within all the above
ranges are displayed.
DRILL MODE
Math Drill: b 2 0
Math operation questions with positive integers and 0 are
displayed randomly. It is possible to select the number of
questions and operator type.
② @ u: Polar coordinate system
(The
symbol appears.)
2. Math Drill: Use u and d to select the number of
questions (25, 50, or 100).
× Table: Use u and d to select a row in the
multiplication table (1 to 12).
① Rectangular coordinates
x-coordinate + y-coordinate O
4. Press e to start.
When using Math Drill or × Table (random order only),
questions are randomly selected and will not repeat except
by chance.
Quadratic and Cubic Equations
Quadratic (ax2 + bx + c = 0 ) or cubic (ax3 + bx2 + cx + d = 0)
equations may be solved using the following functions.
① Quadratic equation solver: b 6 2
② Cubic equation solver: b 6 3
dim (list name, size)
Returns a list with size changed as specified.
Enters the specified value for all items.
• Coefficients for these equations can be entered in the same
manner as those for simultaneous linear equations.
Returns a new list using the difference
between adjacent items in the list.
Errors
aug (list name, list name)
Returns a list appending the specified lists.
min list name
Returns the minimum value in the list.
max list name
Returns the maximum value in the list.
mean list name
Returns the mean value of items in the list.
med list name
Returns the median value of items in the list.
sum list name
Returns the sum of items in the list.
rQθ
ERROR 01: Syntax error
vari list name
Returns the variance of the list.
• An attempt was made to perform an invalid operation.
Ex. 2 + & 5 =
Returns a random matrix with
specified values of rows and columns.
det matrix name
Returns the determinant of a square
matrix.
Calculation Ranges
Replacement Procedure
30
• Within the ranges specified, this calculator is accurate to
±1 of the 10th digit of the mantissa. However, a calculation
error increases in continuous calculations due to
accumulation of each calculation error. (This is the same
for y x, xr, n!, e x, ln, Matrix/List calculations, etc., where
continuous calculations are performed internally.)
Additionally, a calculation error will accumulate and
become larger in the vicinity of inflection points and
singular points of functions.
Calculation results may be displayed using r when all of the
following conditions are met:
P
f
• When each coefficient falls into the following ranges:
1 ≤ a < 100; 1 < b < 1,000; 0 ≤ c < 100;
1 ≤ d < 1,000; 1 ≤ e < 100; 1 ≤ f < 100
ERROR 02: Calculation error
• When the number of terms in the intermediate and final
calculation results is one or two.
This calculator will turn itself off to save battery power if no
key is pressed for approximately 10 minutes.
SPECIFICATIONS
BATTERY REPLACEMENT
Creates a matrix with column data from
each list. (L1, L2, L3, L4→matA)
Mode changes from LIST mode to MATRIX
mode.
ERROR 03: Nesting error
Notes on Battery Replacement
• The available number of buffers was exceeded. (There are
10 buffers* for numeric values and 64 buffers for calculation
instructions).
Improper handling of batteries can cause electrolyte leakage or
explosion. Be sure to observe the following handling rules:
* 5 buffers in CPLX mode, and 1 buffer for matrix/list data.
• When installing, orient the battery properly as indicated in the
calculator.
Calculation features:
ERROR 04: Data over error
• If the calculation result is a list, it will be displayed in the list
entry screen (note that this replaces any existing data in the
buffer). To store the calculation result, first press j to exit
the list entry screen. Press N 4 and select a memory
(L1–L4) to store the newly-created list in.
• Data items exceeded 100 in STAT mode.
• When the calculation results are in list form, pressing neither
l nor r will bring you back to the original expression.
ERROR 08: DIM unmatched error
EQUATION SOLVERS
ERROR 09: Invalid DIM error
• The battery is factory-installed before shipment, and may
be exhausted before it reaches the service life stated in the
specifications.
ERROR 07: Definition error
• Matrix/List definition error or the attempted entering of an
invalid value.
• Matrix/List dimensions inconsistent while calculating.
When to Replace the Battery
ERROR 10: Undefined error
Simultaneous Linear Equations
• Undefined matrix/list used in calculation.
Simultaneous linear equations with two unknowns (2-VLE) or
with three unknowns (3-VLE) may be solved using the following
functions.
If the display has poor contrast or nothing appears on the display
when j is pressed in dim lighting, even after adjusting the
display contrast, it is time to replace the battery.
Alert Messages
a1x + b1y + c1z = d1
a2x + b2y + c2z = d2
a3x + b3y + c3z = d3
29
Cannot delete!
D =
a1 b1 c1
a2 b2 c2
a3 b3 c3
• If the determinant D = 0, an error occurs.
• If the absolute value of an intermediate result or calculation
result is 1 × 10100 or more, an error occurs.
Solving simultaneous linear equations
1. Press b 6 0 or b 6 1.
2. Enter the value for each coefficient (a1, etc.).
• Coefficients can be entered using ordinary arithmetic
operations.
• To clear the entered coefficient, press j.
• Press u or d to move the cursor up or down through
the coefficients. Press @ u or @ d to jump to
the first or last coefficient.
3. When all coefficients have been entered, press e to solve
the equation.
• While the solution is displayed, press e or j to
return to the coefficient entry display. To clear all the
coefficients, press @ Z .
96 × 32 dot matrix liquid crystal
display
Display of calculation results:
Mantissa: 10 digits
Exponent: 2 digits
Internal calculations:
Mantissas of up to 14 digits
Pending operations:
64 calculations 10 numeric values
(5 numeric values in CPLX mode, and
1 numeric value for Matrix/List data.)
Power source:
Built-in solar cells
1.5 V —
… (DC): Backup battery
(Alkaline battery (LR44 or equivalent)
× 1)
The results obtained by these functions may include a margin
of error.
② 3-VLE: b 6 1
Math Drill and Multiplication Table
Display:
Notes on erasure of memory contents
When the battery is replaced, the memory contents are erased.
Erasure can also occur if the calculator is defective or when it
is repaired. Make a note of all important memory contents in
case accidental erasure occurs.
Scientific calculations, complex
number calculations, equation solvers,
statistical calculations, etc.
Drill features:
• Make sure the new battery is the correct type.
• Size of matrix/list exceeds calculation range.
a1 b1
a2 b2
Automatic Power Off Function
• The absolute value of an intermediate or final calculation
result equals or exceeds 10100.
• The calculation ranges were exceeded while performing
calculations.
D =
• Make sure that the display appears as shown below. If the
display does not appear as shown, remove the battery,
reinstall it, and check the display once again.
P
Note: The result of two fractional terms that include r will be
reduced to a common denominator.
a1x + b1y = c1
a2x + b2y = c2
8. Adjust the display contrast. See “Adjusting the Display
Contrast”.
b
c d
±a⎯
e ± ⎯
• An attempt was made to divide by zero (or an intermediate
calculation resulted in zero).
① 2-VLE: b 6 0
5. Install one new battery. Make sure the
“+” side is facing up.
7. Press the RESET switch (on the back)
with the tip of a ball-point pen or similar object.
Creates matrices with left column data from
each list. (L1→matA, L2→matB, L3→matC,
L4→matD)
Mode changes from LIST mode to MATRIX
mode.
28
4. Remove the used battery by prying it
out with a ball-point pen or other similar
pointed device. (Fig. 2)
Fig. 2
6. Replace the cover and screws.
list→mat
(N 7)
• When the list entry screen is displayed, you cannot perform list
calculations because the MATH menu is not available.
3. Slide the battery cover slightly and lift it
to remove.
±10−99 to ±9.999999999 × 1099 and 0.
Returns the absolute value of the list (vector).
Notes:
1. Turn the power off by pressing @ o.
Fig. 1
2. Remove the two screws. (Fig. 1)
If the absolute value of an entry or a final or intermediate
result of a calculation is less than 10−99, the value is
considered to be 0 in calculations and in the display.
abs_list list name
list→matA
(N 8)
Returns the cumulative matrix.
rnd_mat (row, column)
• When intermediate and final calculation results are displayed
in the following form:
Returns the multiplication of items in the list.
cumul matrix name
• On selecting another mode, the imaginary part of any complex
number stored in the independent memory (M) and the last
answer memory (ANS) will be cleared.
Error codes and error types
Returns the standard deviation of the list.
Fills each element with a specified
value.
Returns the identity matrix with
specified value of rows and columns.
Display of results using r
prod list name
fill (value, row, column)
θ: argument
An error will occur if an operation exceeds the calculation ranges,
or if a mathematically illegal operation is attempted. When an error
occurs, pressing l or r automatically moves the cursor
back to the place in the equation where the error occurred. Edit
the equation or press j or @ Z to clear the equation.
stdDv list name
Matrices stored in memories (matA–matD) can be used in
arithmetic calculations (with the exception of division between
matrices) and calculations that use x3, x2, and x−1. You can
also use the following matrix-specific functions that are
available in the MATH menu.
identity value
r : absolute value
• Calculation ranges
ERRORS AND CALCULATION RANGES
Using Matrices in Calculations
aug (matrix name, matrix name) Appends the second matrix to the
first matrix as new columns. The first
and second matrices must have the
same number of rows.
or x-coordinate + O y-coordinate
② Polar coordinates
3. When you have finished making changes, press j to
exit the matrix entry screen.
dim (matrix name, row, column) Returns a matrix with dimensions
changed as specified.
Complex Number Entry
3. Math Drill: Use l and r to select the operator type for
questions (+, −, ×, ÷, or +−×÷).
× Table: Use l and r to select the order type (“Serial”
or “Random”).
• If you wish to modify the number of rows or columns, first
press j N 2. You can then enter new values
for the matrix dimensions.
25
Results of complex number calculations are expressed using two
systems:
1. Press b 2 0 for Math Drill or b 2 1 for
× Table.
2. Using the matrix entry screen, you can modify the values
of elements in the matrix. Assign new values wherever
necessary and press e after each one.
4. Press N 4 and select a memory (matA–matD) to
store the newly-created matrix in.
To carry out addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division
using complex numbers, press b 3 to select CPLX mode.
① @ E: Rectangular coordinate system
symbol appears.)
(The
fill (value, size)
Sequentially cumulates each item in the list.
COMPLEX NUMBER CALCULATIONS
Using Math Drill and × Table
• Press b 6 2 or b 6 3.
Entering and Storing Lists
Before performing list calculations, a list must be created.
Follow the steps below to enter and store lists.
Division operator: “0 ÷ 1” to “144 ÷ 12”; answers are
positive integers from 1 to 12 and 0, dividends of up to
144, and divisors of up to 12.
Solving quadratic and cubic equations
o_prod (list name, list name) Returns the outer product of 2 lists (vectors).
27
Multiplication operator: “1 × 0” or “0 × 1” to “12 × 12”
)
Sorts list in ascending order.
i_prod (list name, list name) Returns the inner product of 2 lists (vectors).
LIST CALCULATIONS
>
Sorts list in descending order.
Notes:
• When the matrix entry screen is displayed, you cannot
perform matrix calculations because the MATH menu is not
available.
• The standardization conversion formula is as follows:
x−x
t=—
σx
sortA list name
cumul list name
• Loading new data into the screen will automatically
replace any data that may already exist there.
The range of questions for each operator type is as follows.
• Values for P(t), Q(t), and R(t) are given to six decimal places.
sortD list name
df_list list name
Ranges of Math Drill Questions
Addition operator: “0 + 0” to “20 + 20”
To exit DRILL mode, press b and select another mode.
Note: Up to 100 data items can be entered. With the singlevariable data, a data item without frequency assignment
is counted as one data item, while an item assigned with
frequency is stored as a set of two data items. With the
two-variable data, a set of data items without frequency
assignment is counted as two data items, while a set of
items assigned with frequency is stored as a set of three
data items.
1. To load a stored matrix into the matrix entry screen, press
N 3, then select the memory (matA–matD) that
holds the matrix you wish to modify.
Subtraction operator: “0 − 0” to “20 − 20”; answers are
positive integers and 0.
Data H frequency _ (To enter multiples of the same
data)
Data x H data y H frequency _ (To enter multiples
of the same data x and y)
Modifying a stored matrix
Percentage correct
Correct answers
+
Data _
Data x H data y _
• more than two solutions appear to be possible (e.g. a
cubic equation).
6. Press N 4 and select a memory (matA–matD) to
store the newly-created matrix in.
Multiplicand
Order type
]
Multiplication Table (× Table): b 2 1
Questions from each row of the multiplication table (1 to 12) are
displayed serially or randomly.
Two-variable data
• no solution can be found (ERROR 02).
5. When you have entered a value for each element, press
j to exit the matrix entry screen.
⋮
24
σy
• Use ; and t to perform a variable calculation in STAT
mode.
• A maximum of three rows by three columns can be
displayed at one time. Use u, d, l, and r
to move the cursor through the matrix.
See step 6 above.
Σx 2
–
y
• Performing simulation calculation will cause values in
memory to be overwritten with new values.
• Each matrix element can display up to seven digits (the
decimal point counts as one digit). If an element exceeds
seven digits in length, it may be displayed in exponent
notation within the matrix.
Question
2. Input an expression with at least one variable.
• Variables and numerical values stored in the memories
will be displayed in the variable entry screen. If you do
not want to change any values, simply press e.
4. Enter each element in the matrix by entering a value in the
entry field and pressing e.
Total remaining questions
• The denominator is zero.
②
Entry field
Matrix entry screen (example)
× Table sample
Sum of samples (x data)
4. The variable entry screen will appear. Enter a value,
then press e to confirm. The calculation result will be
displayed after you have entered a value for each variable
used in the equation.
Matrix dimensions (row × column)
Element fields
Percentage correct
Correct answers
Number of samples
3. Press N 1.
Note: You can use the MATH menu in MATRIX mode to edit,
recall, and store matrices, as well as to call matrixspecific functions.
3. Define the matrix dimensions (up to four rows by four
columns) by entering the required dimensions using the
number keys and pressing e.
⋮
An error will occur when:
σx
Press b 4 to enter MATRIX mode.
• Any matrix data remaining in the buffer, along with any
previously entered, loaded, or calculated matrix data, will
be displayed.
See step 6 above.
Regression formula
y = a + bx
y = a + bx + cx 2
y = a ⋅ ebx
y = a + b ⋅ ln x
y = a ⋅ xb
1
y=a+b⎯
x
y = a ⋅ bx
26
2. Press N 2 to bring up the matrix entry screen.
⋮
Mean of samples (x data)
MATRIX CALCULATIONS
You can store and calculate up to
four matrices containing up to four
rows and four columns each in
MATRIX mode.
1. Press b 4 to enter MATRIX mode.
⋮
• To delete a data set, display and move the cursor to an item
of the data set to delete by using u and d, then press
@ #. The data set will be deleted.
Statistical Calculation Formulas
• Press N 1 to return the complex conjugate of the
specified complex number.
Before performing matrix calculations, a matrix must be
created. Follow the steps below to enter and store matrices.
Question
• To add a new data set, press j to exit the display of previously
entered data and input the values, then press _.
• A complex number expressed in rectangular coordinates
with the y-value equal to zero, or expressed in polar
coordinates with the angle equal to zero, is treated as a real
number.
Entering and Storing Matrices
Current question/
Total questions
Σx
The solver function finds the value for x that reduces the
entered expression to zero.
• If you press e without entering an answer, the correct
answer is displayed and then the next question is displayed.
This will be counted as an incorrect answer.
9. Press e to return to the initial screen for your current drill.
n
20
• If the answer is wrong, “ ” appears and the same question
is displayed. This will be counted as an incorrect answer.
8. After you finish, press e and the number and percentage
of correct answers are displayed.
1. Press b 0.
Solver Function
” appears and the next question
Single-variable statistical calculation
①
• After completing the calculation, press N 1 to
perform calculations using the same equation.
• If the answer is correct, “
is displayed.
7. Continue answering the series of questions by entering the
answer and pressing e.
Data set number
Data x
Frequency
The following statistics can be obtained for each statistical
calculation (refer to the table below):
• Calculation ending instructions other than = cannot be
used.
Performing calculations
6. Press e.
Correction after pressing _:
Use u and d to display the previously entered data set.
0 (S#a# 0 [SD]): Single-variable statistics
Modify Function
5. Enter your answer. If you make a mistake, press j or N
to clear any entered numbers, and enter your answer again.
• The selected item cannot be deleted by pressing N or
@ y in the WriteView editor.
Operating time:
Approx. 3,000 hours when
(varies according to
continuously displaying 55555. at
use and other factors) 25°C (77°F), using the alkaline battery
only
Cautions
Operating temperature: 0°C–40°C (32°F–104°F)
• An exhausted battery left in the calculator may leak and
damage the calculator.
External dimensions:
79.6 mm (W) × 161.5 mm (D) ×
15.5 mm (H)
3-1/8” (W) × 6-11/32” (D) × 5/8” (H)
Ex. @ * 5 r A l N
• Fluid from a leaking battery accidentally entering an eye could
result in serious injury. Should this occur, wash with clean
water and immediately consult a doctor.
Weight:
Approx. 102 g (0.23 lb) (including
battery)
In this example, delete the exponent before attempting to
delete the parentheses.
• Should fluid from a leaking battery come in contact with your
skin or clothes, immediately wash with clean water.
Accessories:
Battery × 1 (installed), operation
manual, calculation examples, and
hard case
Cannot call!
• The function or operation stored in definable memory (D1 to
D4) cannot be called.
Ex. An attempt was made to recall a statistical variable from
within NORMAL mode.
• Expressions stored in formula memories (F1 to F4) cannot be
called.
Buffer full!
• The equation (including any calculation ending instructions)
exceeded its maximum input buffer (159 characters in the
WriteView editor or 161 characters in the Line editor). An
equation may not exceed its maximum input buffer.
• If the product is not to be used for some time, to avoid damage
to the unit from a leaking battery, remove it and store in a safe
place.
• Do not leave an exhausted battery inside the product.
• Keep batteries out of the reach of children.
FOR MORE INFORMATION
ABOUT SCIENTIFIC CALCULATORS
• Explosion risk may be caused by incorrect handling.
Visit our Web site.
• Do not throw batteries into a fire as they may explode.
http://sharp-world.com/calculator/
Calculations Using Engineering Prefixes
17
Calculation can be executed in NORMAL mode (excluding
N-base) using the following 9 types of prefixes.
Prefix
Operation
(kilo)
N30
103
M
(Mega)
N31
106
G
(Giga)
N32
109
T
(Tera)
N33
1012
m
(milli)
N34
10–3
µ
(micro)
N35
n
(nano)
N36
p
(pico)
f
(femto)
Correction before pressing _ immediately after a data entry:
Statistical calculations can be performed in STAT mode.
There are eight sub-modes within STAT mode. Press b 1,
then press the number key that corresponds to your choice:
Unit
k
Data correction
STATISTICAL CALCULATIONS
Delete incorrect data with j, then enter the correct data.
3 (S#a# 3 [E_EXP]): Euler exponential regression
Press d to display the data set in ascending (oldest first)
order. To reverse the display order to descending (latest first),
press the u key. Press @ u or @ d to jump
the cursor to the beginning or end of the data set.
10–6
4 (S#a# 4 [LOG]): Logarithmic regression
Each data set is displayed with “X:”, “Y:”, or “F:”.
10–9
5 (S#a# 5 [POWER]): Power regression
N37
10–12
6 (S#a# 6 [INV]): Inverse regression
N38
10–15
7 (S#a# 7 [G_EXP]): General exponential regression
1 (S#a# 1 [LINE]): Linear regression
2 (S#a# 2 [QUAD]): Quadratic regression
18
Decimal calculation results are internally obtained in scientific
notation, with up to 14 digits in the mantissa. However, since
calculation results are displayed in the form designated by the
display notation and the number of decimal places indicated,
the internal calculation result may differ from that shown in the
display. By using the modify function (@ n), the internal
value is converted to match that of the display, so that the
displayed value can be used without change in subsequent
operations.
• When using the WriteView editor, if the calculation result is
displayed using fractions or irrational numbers, press U
to convert it to decimal form first.
• The modify function can be used in NORMAL, STAT, MATRIX,
or LIST modes.
Simulation Calculation (ALGB)
19
If you have to find values consecutively using the same
expression, such as plotting a curve line for 2x2 + 1, or finding the
variable values for 2x + 2y =14, once you enter the expression,
all you have to do is to specify the value for the variable in the
equation.
Usable variables: A–F, M, X and Y
• Simulation calculations can only be executed in NORMAL
mode.
Statistical Calculations and Variables
21
Data set number
Data x
Data y
Frequency
Math Drill sample
Statistics of ① and the value of the normal probability function.
Linear regression calculation
Statistics of ① and ②. In addition, the estimate of y for a given x
(estimate y´) and the estimate of x for a given y (estimate x´).
Quadratic regression calculation
Statistics of ① and ②, and coefficients a, b, c in the quadratic
regression formula ( y = a + bx + cx 2). (For quadratic regression
calculations, no correlation coefficient (r) can be obtained.) When
there are two x´ values, each value will be displayed with “1:” or
“2:”, and stored separately in the X and Y memories.
Display and move the cursor to the data item to be modified
by using u and d, enter the correct value, then press
_ or e.
Type
Euler exponential regression, logarithmic regression, power
regression, inverse regression, and general exponential
regression calculations
Linear
Statistics of ① and ②. In addition, the estimate of y for a given x
and the estimate of x for a given y. (Since the calculator converts
each formula into a linear regression formula before actual
calculation takes place, it obtains all statistics, except coefficients a
and b, from converted data rather than entered data.)
Euler exponential
–x
Quadratic
Logarithmic
Power
Inverse
General exponential
sx
Sample standard deviation (x data)
Population standard deviation (x data)
• The absolute value of the intermediate result or calculation
result is equal to or greater than 1 × 10100.
23
Number of questions
Operator type
• An attempt is made to take the square root of a negative number.
Sum of squares of samples (x data)
• No solution exists in the quadratic regression calculation.
Mean of samples (y data)
Normal Probability Calculations
sy
Sample standard deviation (y data)
Population standard deviation (y data)
Σy
Sum of samples ( y data)
In STAT mode, the three probability density functions can be
accessed under the MATH menu, with a random number used as
a normal distribution variable.
Σy 2
Sum of squares of samples (y data)
Notes:
Σxy
Sum of products of samples (x, y)
r
Correlation coefficient
a
Coefficient of regression equation
• P(t), Q(t), and R(t) will always take positive values, even when
t < 0, because these functions follow the same principle used
when solving for an area.
b
Coefficient of regression equation
c
Coefficient of quadratic regression equation
• U does not function in STAT mode.
• This function uses Newton’s method to obtain an
approximation. Depending on the function (e.g. periodic) or
start value, an error may occur (ERROR 02) due to there
being no convergence to the solution for the equation.
Data Entry and Correction
• The value obtained by this function may include a margin of
error. If it is larger than acceptable, recalculate the solution
after changing the “Start” and dx values.
Single-variable data
• Change the “Start” value (e.g. to a negative value) or dx
value (e.g. to a smaller value) if:
22
Before entering new data, clear the memory contents (@ Z ).
Data entry
• to improve arithmetic precision.
• The calculation result is automatically stored in the X memory.
• Press j to exit the solver function.
Performing solver function
1. Press b 0.
2. Input an expression with an x variable.
3. Press N 2.
4. Enter a “Start” value and press e. The default value is “0”.
5. Enter a dx value (minute interval).
6. Press e.
trans matrix name
mat→list
(N 7)
matA→list
(N 8)
Returns the matrix with the columns
transposed to rows and the rows
transposed to columns.
Creates lists with elements from the
left column of each matrix. (matA→L1,
matB→L2, matC→L3, matD→L4)
Mode changes from MATRIX mode to
LIST mode.
Creates lists with elements from each
column of the matrix. (matA→L1, L2,
L3, L4)
Mode changes from MATRIX mode to
LIST mode.
Using Lists in Calculations
Lists stored in memories (L1–L4) can be used in arithmetic
calculations and calculations that use x3, x2, and x−1. You can
also use the following list-specific functions that are available in
the MATH menu.
• If the calculation result is a matrix, it will be displayed in the
matrix entry screen (note that this replaces any existing
data in the buffer). To store the calculation result, first press
j to exit the matrix entry screen. Press N 4 and
select a memory (matA–matD) to store the newly-created
matrix in.
• When the calculation results are in matrix form, pressing
neither l nor r will bring you back to the original
expression.
You can store and calculate up to
four lists of up to sixteen elements
each in LIST mode.
Press b 5 to enter LIST
mode.
Note: You can use the MATH menu in LIST mode to edit, recall,
and store lists, as well as to call list-specific functions.
1. Press b 5 to enter LIST mode.
2. Press N 2 to bring up the list entry screen.
• Any list data remaining in the buffer, along with any
previously entered, loaded, or calculated list data, will be
displayed.
3. Define the list size (up to sixteen elements) by entering a
value using the number keys and pressing e.
List size
Element fields
Entry field
List entry screen (example)
4. Enter each element in the list by entering a value in the
entry field and pressing e.
• Each list element can display up to eight digits (the
decimal point counts as one digit). If an element exceeds
eight digits in length, it will be displayed in exponent
notation within the list.
• A maximum of six elements can be displayed at one
time. Use u, d, l, and r to move the
cursor through the list.
5. When you have entered a value for each element, press
j to exit the list entry screen.
6. Press N 4 and select a memory (L1–L4) to store
the newly-created list in.
Modifying a stored list
1. To load a stored list into the list entry screen, press N
3, then select the memory (L1–L4) that holds the list
you wish to modify.
• Loading new data into the screen will automatically
replace any data that may already exist there.
2. Using the list entry screen, you can modify the values of
elements in the list. Assign new values wherever necessary
and press e after each one.
• If you wish to modify the size of a list, first press j
N 2. You can then enter new values for the list size.
3. When you have finished making changes, press j to
exit the list entry screen.
4. Press N 4 and select a memory (L1–L4) to store
the newly-created list in.
+]>)
Mixed operators: Questions within all the above
ranges are displayed.
DRILL MODE
Math Drill: b 2 0
Math operation questions with positive integers and 0 are
displayed randomly. It is possible to select the number of
questions and operator type.
② @ u: Polar coordinate system
(The
symbol appears.)
2. Math Drill: Use u and d to select the number of
questions (25, 50, or 100).
× Table: Use u and d to select a row in the
multiplication table (1 to 12).
① Rectangular coordinates
x-coordinate + y-coordinate O
4. Press e to start.
When using Math Drill or × Table (random order only),
questions are randomly selected and will not repeat except
by chance.
Quadratic and Cubic Equations
Quadratic (ax2 + bx + c = 0 ) or cubic (ax3 + bx2 + cx + d = 0)
equations may be solved using the following functions.
① Quadratic equation solver: b 6 2
② Cubic equation solver: b 6 3
dim (list name, size)
Returns a list with size changed as specified.
Enters the specified value for all items.
• Coefficients for these equations can be entered in the same
manner as those for simultaneous linear equations.
Returns a new list using the difference
between adjacent items in the list.
Errors
aug (list name, list name)
Returns a list appending the specified lists.
min list name
Returns the minimum value in the list.
max list name
Returns the maximum value in the list.
mean list name
Returns the mean value of items in the list.
med list name
Returns the median value of items in the list.
sum list name
Returns the sum of items in the list.
rQθ
ERROR 01: Syntax error
vari list name
Returns the variance of the list.
• An attempt was made to perform an invalid operation.
Ex. 2 + & 5 =
Returns a random matrix with
specified values of rows and columns.
det matrix name
Returns the determinant of a square
matrix.
Calculation Ranges
Replacement Procedure
30
• Within the ranges specified, this calculator is accurate to
±1 of the 10th digit of the mantissa. However, a calculation
error increases in continuous calculations due to
accumulation of each calculation error. (This is the same
for y x, xr, n!, e x, ln, Matrix/List calculations, etc., where
continuous calculations are performed internally.)
Additionally, a calculation error will accumulate and
become larger in the vicinity of inflection points and
singular points of functions.
Calculation results may be displayed using r when all of the
following conditions are met:
P
f
• When each coefficient falls into the following ranges:
1 ≤ a < 100; 1 < b < 1,000; 0 ≤ c < 100;
1 ≤ d < 1,000; 1 ≤ e < 100; 1 ≤ f < 100
ERROR 02: Calculation error
• When the number of terms in the intermediate and final
calculation results is one or two.
This calculator will turn itself off to save battery power if no
key is pressed for approximately 10 minutes.
SPECIFICATIONS
BATTERY REPLACEMENT
Creates a matrix with column data from
each list. (L1, L2, L3, L4→matA)
Mode changes from LIST mode to MATRIX
mode.
ERROR 03: Nesting error
Notes on Battery Replacement
• The available number of buffers was exceeded. (There are
10 buffers* for numeric values and 64 buffers for calculation
instructions).
Improper handling of batteries can cause electrolyte leakage or
explosion. Be sure to observe the following handling rules:
* 5 buffers in CPLX mode, and 1 buffer for matrix/list data.
• When installing, orient the battery properly as indicated in the
calculator.
Calculation features:
ERROR 04: Data over error
• If the calculation result is a list, it will be displayed in the list
entry screen (note that this replaces any existing data in the
buffer). To store the calculation result, first press j to exit
the list entry screen. Press N 4 and select a memory
(L1–L4) to store the newly-created list in.
• Data items exceeded 100 in STAT mode.
• When the calculation results are in list form, pressing neither
l nor r will bring you back to the original expression.
ERROR 08: DIM unmatched error
EQUATION SOLVERS
ERROR 09: Invalid DIM error
• The battery is factory-installed before shipment, and may
be exhausted before it reaches the service life stated in the
specifications.
ERROR 07: Definition error
• Matrix/List definition error or the attempted entering of an
invalid value.
• Matrix/List dimensions inconsistent while calculating.
When to Replace the Battery
ERROR 10: Undefined error
Simultaneous Linear Equations
• Undefined matrix/list used in calculation.
Simultaneous linear equations with two unknowns (2-VLE) or
with three unknowns (3-VLE) may be solved using the following
functions.
If the display has poor contrast or nothing appears on the display
when j is pressed in dim lighting, even after adjusting the
display contrast, it is time to replace the battery.
Alert Messages
a1x + b1y + c1z = d1
a2x + b2y + c2z = d2
a3x + b3y + c3z = d3
29
Cannot delete!
D =
a1 b1 c1
a2 b2 c2
a3 b3 c3
• If the determinant D = 0, an error occurs.
• If the absolute value of an intermediate result or calculation
result is 1 × 10100 or more, an error occurs.
Solving simultaneous linear equations
1. Press b 6 0 or b 6 1.
2. Enter the value for each coefficient (a1, etc.).
• Coefficients can be entered using ordinary arithmetic
operations.
• To clear the entered coefficient, press j.
• Press u or d to move the cursor up or down through
the coefficients. Press @ u or @ d to jump to
the first or last coefficient.
3. When all coefficients have been entered, press e to solve
the equation.
• While the solution is displayed, press e or j to
return to the coefficient entry display. To clear all the
coefficients, press @ Z .
96 × 32 dot matrix liquid crystal
display
Display of calculation results:
Mantissa: 10 digits
Exponent: 2 digits
Internal calculations:
Mantissas of up to 14 digits
Pending operations:
64 calculations 10 numeric values
(5 numeric values in CPLX mode, and
1 numeric value for Matrix/List data.)
Power source:
Built-in solar cells
1.5 V —
… (DC): Backup battery
(Alkaline battery (LR44 or equivalent)
× 1)
The results obtained by these functions may include a margin
of error.
② 3-VLE: b 6 1
Math Drill and Multiplication Table
Display:
Notes on erasure of memory contents
When the battery is replaced, the memory contents are erased.
Erasure can also occur if the calculator is defective or when it
is repaired. Make a note of all important memory contents in
case accidental erasure occurs.
Scientific calculations, complex
number calculations, equation solvers,
statistical calculations, etc.
Drill features:
• Make sure the new battery is the correct type.
• Size of matrix/list exceeds calculation range.
a1 b1
a2 b2
Automatic Power Off Function
• The absolute value of an intermediate or final calculation
result equals or exceeds 10100.
• The calculation ranges were exceeded while performing
calculations.
D =
• Make sure that the display appears as shown below. If the
display does not appear as shown, remove the battery,
reinstall it, and check the display once again.
P
Note: The result of two fractional terms that include r will be
reduced to a common denominator.
a1x + b1y = c1
a2x + b2y = c2
8. Adjust the display contrast. See “Adjusting the Display
Contrast”.
b
c d
±a⎯
e ± ⎯
• An attempt was made to divide by zero (or an intermediate
calculation resulted in zero).
① 2-VLE: b 6 0
5. Install one new battery. Make sure the
“+” side is facing up.
7. Press the RESET switch (on the back)
with the tip of a ball-point pen or similar object.
Creates matrices with left column data from
each list. (L1→matA, L2→matB, L3→matC,
L4→matD)
Mode changes from LIST mode to MATRIX
mode.
28
4. Remove the used battery by prying it
out with a ball-point pen or other similar
pointed device. (Fig. 2)
Fig. 2
6. Replace the cover and screws.
list→mat
(N 7)
• When the list entry screen is displayed, you cannot perform list
calculations because the MATH menu is not available.
3. Slide the battery cover slightly and lift it
to remove.
±10−99 to ±9.999999999 × 1099 and 0.
Returns the absolute value of the list (vector).
Notes:
1. Turn the power off by pressing @ o.
Fig. 1
2. Remove the two screws. (Fig. 1)
If the absolute value of an entry or a final or intermediate
result of a calculation is less than 10−99, the value is
considered to be 0 in calculations and in the display.
abs_list list name
list→matA
(N 8)
Returns the cumulative matrix.
rnd_mat (row, column)
• When intermediate and final calculation results are displayed
in the following form:
Returns the multiplication of items in the list.
cumul matrix name
• On selecting another mode, the imaginary part of any complex
number stored in the independent memory (M) and the last
answer memory (ANS) will be cleared.
Error codes and error types
Returns the standard deviation of the list.
Fills each element with a specified
value.
Returns the identity matrix with
specified value of rows and columns.
Display of results using r
prod list name
fill (value, row, column)
θ: argument
An error will occur if an operation exceeds the calculation ranges,
or if a mathematically illegal operation is attempted. When an error
occurs, pressing l or r automatically moves the cursor
back to the place in the equation where the error occurred. Edit
the equation or press j or @ Z to clear the equation.
stdDv list name
Matrices stored in memories (matA–matD) can be used in
arithmetic calculations (with the exception of division between
matrices) and calculations that use x3, x2, and x−1. You can
also use the following matrix-specific functions that are
available in the MATH menu.
identity value
r : absolute value
• Calculation ranges
ERRORS AND CALCULATION RANGES
Using Matrices in Calculations
aug (matrix name, matrix name) Appends the second matrix to the
first matrix as new columns. The first
and second matrices must have the
same number of rows.
or x-coordinate + O y-coordinate
② Polar coordinates
3. When you have finished making changes, press j to
exit the matrix entry screen.
dim (matrix name, row, column) Returns a matrix with dimensions
changed as specified.
Complex Number Entry
3. Math Drill: Use l and r to select the operator type for
questions (+, −, ×, ÷, or +−×÷).
× Table: Use l and r to select the order type (“Serial”
or “Random”).
• If you wish to modify the number of rows or columns, first
press j N 2. You can then enter new values
for the matrix dimensions.
25
Results of complex number calculations are expressed using two
systems:
1. Press b 2 0 for Math Drill or b 2 1 for
× Table.
2. Using the matrix entry screen, you can modify the values
of elements in the matrix. Assign new values wherever
necessary and press e after each one.
4. Press N 4 and select a memory (matA–matD) to
store the newly-created matrix in.
To carry out addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division
using complex numbers, press b 3 to select CPLX mode.
① @ E: Rectangular coordinate system
symbol appears.)
(The
fill (value, size)
Sequentially cumulates each item in the list.
COMPLEX NUMBER CALCULATIONS
Using Math Drill and × Table
• Press b 6 2 or b 6 3.
Entering and Storing Lists
Before performing list calculations, a list must be created.
Follow the steps below to enter and store lists.
Division operator: “0 ÷ 1” to “144 ÷ 12”; answers are
positive integers from 1 to 12 and 0, dividends of up to
144, and divisors of up to 12.
Solving quadratic and cubic equations
o_prod (list name, list name) Returns the outer product of 2 lists (vectors).
27
Multiplication operator: “1 × 0” or “0 × 1” to “12 × 12”
)
Sorts list in ascending order.
i_prod (list name, list name) Returns the inner product of 2 lists (vectors).
LIST CALCULATIONS
>
Sorts list in descending order.
Notes:
• When the matrix entry screen is displayed, you cannot
perform matrix calculations because the MATH menu is not
available.
• The standardization conversion formula is as follows:
x−x
t=—
σx
sortA list name
cumul list name
• Loading new data into the screen will automatically
replace any data that may already exist there.
The range of questions for each operator type is as follows.
• Values for P(t), Q(t), and R(t) are given to six decimal places.
sortD list name
df_list list name
Ranges of Math Drill Questions
Addition operator: “0 + 0” to “20 + 20”
To exit DRILL mode, press b and select another mode.
Note: Up to 100 data items can be entered. With the singlevariable data, a data item without frequency assignment
is counted as one data item, while an item assigned with
frequency is stored as a set of two data items. With the
two-variable data, a set of data items without frequency
assignment is counted as two data items, while a set of
items assigned with frequency is stored as a set of three
data items.
1. To load a stored matrix into the matrix entry screen, press
N 3, then select the memory (matA–matD) that
holds the matrix you wish to modify.
Subtraction operator: “0 − 0” to “20 − 20”; answers are
positive integers and 0.
Data H frequency _ (To enter multiples of the same
data)
Data x H data y H frequency _ (To enter multiples
of the same data x and y)
Modifying a stored matrix
Percentage correct
Correct answers
+
Data _
Data x H data y _
• more than two solutions appear to be possible (e.g. a
cubic equation).
6. Press N 4 and select a memory (matA–matD) to
store the newly-created matrix in.
Multiplicand
Order type
]
Multiplication Table (× Table): b 2 1
Questions from each row of the multiplication table (1 to 12) are
displayed serially or randomly.
Two-variable data
• no solution can be found (ERROR 02).
5. When you have entered a value for each element, press
j to exit the matrix entry screen.
⋮
24
σy
• Use ; and t to perform a variable calculation in STAT
mode.
• A maximum of three rows by three columns can be
displayed at one time. Use u, d, l, and r
to move the cursor through the matrix.
See step 6 above.
Σx 2
–
y
• Performing simulation calculation will cause values in
memory to be overwritten with new values.
• Each matrix element can display up to seven digits (the
decimal point counts as one digit). If an element exceeds
seven digits in length, it may be displayed in exponent
notation within the matrix.
Question
2. Input an expression with at least one variable.
• Variables and numerical values stored in the memories
will be displayed in the variable entry screen. If you do
not want to change any values, simply press e.
4. Enter each element in the matrix by entering a value in the
entry field and pressing e.
Total remaining questions
• The denominator is zero.
②
Entry field
Matrix entry screen (example)
× Table sample
Sum of samples (x data)
4. The variable entry screen will appear. Enter a value,
then press e to confirm. The calculation result will be
displayed after you have entered a value for each variable
used in the equation.
Matrix dimensions (row × column)
Element fields
Percentage correct
Correct answers
Number of samples
3. Press N 1.
Note: You can use the MATH menu in MATRIX mode to edit,
recall, and store matrices, as well as to call matrixspecific functions.
3. Define the matrix dimensions (up to four rows by four
columns) by entering the required dimensions using the
number keys and pressing e.
⋮
An error will occur when:
σx
Press b 4 to enter MATRIX mode.
• Any matrix data remaining in the buffer, along with any
previously entered, loaded, or calculated matrix data, will
be displayed.
See step 6 above.
Regression formula
y = a + bx
y = a + bx + cx 2
y = a ⋅ ebx
y = a + b ⋅ ln x
y = a ⋅ xb
1
y=a+b⎯
x
y = a ⋅ bx
26
2. Press N 2 to bring up the matrix entry screen.
⋮
Mean of samples (x data)
MATRIX CALCULATIONS
You can store and calculate up to
four matrices containing up to four
rows and four columns each in
MATRIX mode.
1. Press b 4 to enter MATRIX mode.
⋮
• To delete a data set, display and move the cursor to an item
of the data set to delete by using u and d, then press
@ #. The data set will be deleted.
Statistical Calculation Formulas
• Press N 1 to return the complex conjugate of the
specified complex number.
Before performing matrix calculations, a matrix must be
created. Follow the steps below to enter and store matrices.
Question
• To add a new data set, press j to exit the display of previously
entered data and input the values, then press _.
• A complex number expressed in rectangular coordinates
with the y-value equal to zero, or expressed in polar
coordinates with the angle equal to zero, is treated as a real
number.
Entering and Storing Matrices
Current question/
Total questions
Σx
The solver function finds the value for x that reduces the
entered expression to zero.
• If you press e without entering an answer, the correct
answer is displayed and then the next question is displayed.
This will be counted as an incorrect answer.
9. Press e to return to the initial screen for your current drill.
n
20
• If the answer is wrong, “ ” appears and the same question
is displayed. This will be counted as an incorrect answer.
8. After you finish, press e and the number and percentage
of correct answers are displayed.
1. Press b 0.
Solver Function
” appears and the next question
Single-variable statistical calculation
①
• After completing the calculation, press N 1 to
perform calculations using the same equation.
• If the answer is correct, “
is displayed.
7. Continue answering the series of questions by entering the
answer and pressing e.
Data set number
Data x
Frequency
The following statistics can be obtained for each statistical
calculation (refer to the table below):
• Calculation ending instructions other than = cannot be
used.
Performing calculations
6. Press e.
Correction after pressing _:
Use u and d to display the previously entered data set.
0 (S#a# 0 [SD]): Single-variable statistics
Modify Function
5. Enter your answer. If you make a mistake, press j or N
to clear any entered numbers, and enter your answer again.
• The selected item cannot be deleted by pressing N or
@ y in the WriteView editor.
Operating time:
Approx. 3,000 hours when
(varies according to
continuously displaying 55555. at
use and other factors) 25°C (77°F), using the alkaline battery
only
Cautions
Operating temperature: 0°C–40°C (32°F–104°F)
• An exhausted battery left in the calculator may leak and
damage the calculator.
External dimensions:
79.6 mm (W) × 161.5 mm (D) ×
15.5 mm (H)
3-1/8” (W) × 6-11/32” (D) × 5/8” (H)
Ex. @ * 5 r A l N
• Fluid from a leaking battery accidentally entering an eye could
result in serious injury. Should this occur, wash with clean
water and immediately consult a doctor.
Weight:
Approx. 102 g (0.23 lb) (including
battery)
In this example, delete the exponent before attempting to
delete the parentheses.
• Should fluid from a leaking battery come in contact with your
skin or clothes, immediately wash with clean water.
Accessories:
Battery × 1 (installed), operation
manual, calculation examples, and
hard case
Cannot call!
• The function or operation stored in definable memory (D1 to
D4) cannot be called.
Ex. An attempt was made to recall a statistical variable from
within NORMAL mode.
• Expressions stored in formula memories (F1 to F4) cannot be
called.
Buffer full!
• The equation (including any calculation ending instructions)
exceeded its maximum input buffer (159 characters in the
WriteView editor or 161 characters in the Line editor). An
equation may not exceed its maximum input buffer.
• If the product is not to be used for some time, to avoid damage
to the unit from a leaking battery, remove it and store in a safe
place.
• Do not leave an exhausted battery inside the product.
• Keep batteries out of the reach of children.
FOR MORE INFORMATION
ABOUT SCIENTIFIC CALCULATORS
• Explosion risk may be caused by incorrect handling.
Visit our Web site.
• Do not throw batteries into a fire as they may explode.
http://sharp-world.com/calculator/
Calculations Using Engineering Prefixes
17
Calculation can be executed in NORMAL mode (excluding
N-base) using the following 9 types of prefixes.
Prefix
Operation
(kilo)
N30
103
M
(Mega)
N31
106
G
(Giga)
N32
109
T
(Tera)
N33
1012
m
(milli)
N34
10–3
µ
(micro)
N35
n
(nano)
N36
p
(pico)
f
(femto)
Correction before pressing _ immediately after a data entry:
Statistical calculations can be performed in STAT mode.
There are eight sub-modes within STAT mode. Press b 1,
then press the number key that corresponds to your choice:
Unit
k
Data correction
STATISTICAL CALCULATIONS
Delete incorrect data with j, then enter the correct data.
3 (S#a# 3 [E_EXP]): Euler exponential regression
Press d to display the data set in ascending (oldest first)
order. To reverse the display order to descending (latest first),
press the u key. Press @ u or @ d to jump
the cursor to the beginning or end of the data set.
10–6
4 (S#a# 4 [LOG]): Logarithmic regression
Each data set is displayed with “X:”, “Y:”, or “F:”.
10–9
5 (S#a# 5 [POWER]): Power regression
N37
10–12
6 (S#a# 6 [INV]): Inverse regression
N38
10–15
7 (S#a# 7 [G_EXP]): General exponential regression
1 (S#a# 1 [LINE]): Linear regression
2 (S#a# 2 [QUAD]): Quadratic regression
18
Decimal calculation results are internally obtained in scientific
notation, with up to 14 digits in the mantissa. However, since
calculation results are displayed in the form designated by the
display notation and the number of decimal places indicated,
the internal calculation result may differ from that shown in the
display. By using the modify function (@ n), the internal
value is converted to match that of the display, so that the
displayed value can be used without change in subsequent
operations.
• When using the WriteView editor, if the calculation result is
displayed using fractions or irrational numbers, press U
to convert it to decimal form first.
• The modify function can be used in NORMAL, STAT, MATRIX,
or LIST modes.
Simulation Calculation (ALGB)
19
If you have to find values consecutively using the same
expression, such as plotting a curve line for 2x2 + 1, or finding the
variable values for 2x + 2y =14, once you enter the expression,
all you have to do is to specify the value for the variable in the
equation.
Usable variables: A–F, M, X and Y
• Simulation calculations can only be executed in NORMAL
mode.
Statistical Calculations and Variables
21
Data set number
Data x
Data y
Frequency
Math Drill sample
Statistics of ① and the value of the normal probability function.
Linear regression calculation
Statistics of ① and ②. In addition, the estimate of y for a given x
(estimate y´) and the estimate of x for a given y (estimate x´).
Quadratic regression calculation
Statistics of ① and ②, and coefficients a, b, c in the quadratic
regression formula ( y = a + bx + cx 2). (For quadratic regression
calculations, no correlation coefficient (r) can be obtained.) When
there are two x´ values, each value will be displayed with “1:” or
“2:”, and stored separately in the X and Y memories.
Display and move the cursor to the data item to be modified
by using u and d, enter the correct value, then press
_ or e.
Type
Euler exponential regression, logarithmic regression, power
regression, inverse regression, and general exponential
regression calculations
Linear
Statistics of ① and ②. In addition, the estimate of y for a given x
and the estimate of x for a given y. (Since the calculator converts
each formula into a linear regression formula before actual
calculation takes place, it obtains all statistics, except coefficients a
and b, from converted data rather than entered data.)
Euler exponential
–x
Quadratic
Logarithmic
Power
Inverse
General exponential
sx
Sample standard deviation (x data)
Population standard deviation (x data)
• The absolute value of the intermediate result or calculation
result is equal to or greater than 1 × 10100.
23
Number of questions
Operator type
• An attempt is made to take the square root of a negative number.
Sum of squares of samples (x data)
• No solution exists in the quadratic regression calculation.
Mean of samples (y data)
Normal Probability Calculations
sy
Sample standard deviation (y data)
Population standard deviation (y data)
Σy
Sum of samples ( y data)
In STAT mode, the three probability density functions can be
accessed under the MATH menu, with a random number used as
a normal distribution variable.
Σy 2
Sum of squares of samples (y data)
Notes:
Σxy
Sum of products of samples (x, y)
r
Correlation coefficient
a
Coefficient of regression equation
• P(t), Q(t), and R(t) will always take positive values, even when
t < 0, because these functions follow the same principle used
when solving for an area.
b
Coefficient of regression equation
c
Coefficient of quadratic regression equation
• U does not function in STAT mode.
• This function uses Newton’s method to obtain an
approximation. Depending on the function (e.g. periodic) or
start value, an error may occur (ERROR 02) due to there
being no convergence to the solution for the equation.
Data Entry and Correction
• The value obtained by this function may include a margin of
error. If it is larger than acceptable, recalculate the solution
after changing the “Start” and dx values.
Single-variable data
• Change the “Start” value (e.g. to a negative value) or dx
value (e.g. to a smaller value) if:
22
Before entering new data, clear the memory contents (@ Z ).
Data entry
• to improve arithmetic precision.
• The calculation result is automatically stored in the X memory.
• Press j to exit the solver function.
Performing solver function
1. Press b 0.
2. Input an expression with an x variable.
3. Press N 2.
4. Enter a “Start” value and press e. The default value is “0”.
5. Enter a dx value (minute interval).
6. Press e.
trans matrix name
mat→list
(N 7)
matA→list
(N 8)
Returns the matrix with the columns
transposed to rows and the rows
transposed to columns.
Creates lists with elements from the
left column of each matrix. (matA→L1,
matB→L2, matC→L3, matD→L4)
Mode changes from MATRIX mode to
LIST mode.
Creates lists with elements from each
column of the matrix. (matA→L1, L2,
L3, L4)
Mode changes from MATRIX mode to
LIST mode.
Using Lists in Calculations
Lists stored in memories (L1–L4) can be used in arithmetic
calculations and calculations that use x3, x2, and x−1. You can
also use the following list-specific functions that are available in
the MATH menu.
• If the calculation result is a matrix, it will be displayed in the
matrix entry screen (note that this replaces any existing
data in the buffer). To store the calculation result, first press
j to exit the matrix entry screen. Press N 4 and
select a memory (matA–matD) to store the newly-created
matrix in.
• When the calculation results are in matrix form, pressing
neither l nor r will bring you back to the original
expression.
You can store and calculate up to
four lists of up to sixteen elements
each in LIST mode.
Press b 5 to enter LIST
mode.
Note: You can use the MATH menu in LIST mode to edit, recall,
and store lists, as well as to call list-specific functions.
1. Press b 5 to enter LIST mode.
2. Press N 2 to bring up the list entry screen.
• Any list data remaining in the buffer, along with any
previously entered, loaded, or calculated list data, will be
displayed.
3. Define the list size (up to sixteen elements) by entering a
value using the number keys and pressing e.
List size
Element fields
Entry field
List entry screen (example)
4. Enter each element in the list by entering a value in the
entry field and pressing e.
• Each list element can display up to eight digits (the
decimal point counts as one digit). If an element exceeds
eight digits in length, it will be displayed in exponent
notation within the list.
• A maximum of six elements can be displayed at one
time. Use u, d, l, and r to move the
cursor through the list.
5. When you have entered a value for each element, press
j to exit the list entry screen.
6. Press N 4 and select a memory (L1–L4) to store
the newly-created list in.
Modifying a stored list
1. To load a stored list into the list entry screen, press N
3, then select the memory (L1–L4) that holds the list
you wish to modify.
• Loading new data into the screen will automatically
replace any data that may already exist there.
2. Using the list entry screen, you can modify the values of
elements in the list. Assign new values wherever necessary
and press e after each one.
• If you wish to modify the size of a list, first press j
N 2. You can then enter new values for the list size.
3. When you have finished making changes, press j to
exit the list entry screen.
4. Press N 4 and select a memory (L1–L4) to store
the newly-created list in.
+]>)
Mixed operators: Questions within all the above
ranges are displayed.
DRILL MODE
Math Drill: b 2 0
Math operation questions with positive integers and 0 are
displayed randomly. It is possible to select the number of
questions and operator type.
② @ u: Polar coordinate system
(The
symbol appears.)
2. Math Drill: Use u and d to select the number of
questions (25, 50, or 100).
× Table: Use u and d to select a row in the
multiplication table (1 to 12).
① Rectangular coordinates
x-coordinate + y-coordinate O
4. Press e to start.
When using Math Drill or × Table (random order only),
questions are randomly selected and will not repeat except
by chance.
Quadratic and Cubic Equations
Quadratic (ax2 + bx + c = 0 ) or cubic (ax3 + bx2 + cx + d = 0)
equations may be solved using the following functions.
① Quadratic equation solver: b 6 2
② Cubic equation solver: b 6 3
dim (list name, size)
Returns a list with size changed as specified.
Enters the specified value for all items.
• Coefficients for these equations can be entered in the same
manner as those for simultaneous linear equations.
Returns a new list using the difference
between adjacent items in the list.
Errors
aug (list name, list name)
Returns a list appending the specified lists.
min list name
Returns the minimum value in the list.
max list name
Returns the maximum value in the list.
mean list name
Returns the mean value of items in the list.
med list name
Returns the median value of items in the list.
sum list name
Returns the sum of items in the list.
rQθ
ERROR 01: Syntax error
vari list name
Returns the variance of the list.
• An attempt was made to perform an invalid operation.
Ex. 2 + & 5 =
Returns a random matrix with
specified values of rows and columns.
det matrix name
Returns the determinant of a square
matrix.
Calculation Ranges
Replacement Procedure
30
• Within the ranges specified, this calculator is accurate to
±1 of the 10th digit of the mantissa. However, a calculation
error increases in continuous calculations due to
accumulation of each calculation error. (This is the same
for y x, xr, n!, e x, ln, Matrix/List calculations, etc., where
continuous calculations are performed internally.)
Additionally, a calculation error will accumulate and
become larger in the vicinity of inflection points and
singular points of functions.
Calculation results may be displayed using r when all of the
following conditions are met:
P
f
• When each coefficient falls into the following ranges:
1 ≤ a < 100; 1 < b < 1,000; 0 ≤ c < 100;
1 ≤ d < 1,000; 1 ≤ e < 100; 1 ≤ f < 100
ERROR 02: Calculation error
• When the number of terms in the intermediate and final
calculation results is one or two.
This calculator will turn itself off to save battery power if no
key is pressed for approximately 10 minutes.
SPECIFICATIONS
BATTERY REPLACEMENT
Creates a matrix with column data from
each list. (L1, L2, L3, L4→matA)
Mode changes from LIST mode to MATRIX
mode.
ERROR 03: Nesting error
Notes on Battery Replacement
• The available number of buffers was exceeded. (There are
10 buffers* for numeric values and 64 buffers for calculation
instructions).
Improper handling of batteries can cause electrolyte leakage or
explosion. Be sure to observe the following handling rules:
* 5 buffers in CPLX mode, and 1 buffer for matrix/list data.
• When installing, orient the battery properly as indicated in the
calculator.
Calculation features:
ERROR 04: Data over error
• If the calculation result is a list, it will be displayed in the list
entry screen (note that this replaces any existing data in the
buffer). To store the calculation result, first press j to exit
the list entry screen. Press N 4 and select a memory
(L1–L4) to store the newly-created list in.
• Data items exceeded 100 in STAT mode.
• When the calculation results are in list form, pressing neither
l nor r will bring you back to the original expression.
ERROR 08: DIM unmatched error
EQUATION SOLVERS
ERROR 09: Invalid DIM error
• The battery is factory-installed before shipment, and may
be exhausted before it reaches the service life stated in the
specifications.
ERROR 07: Definition error
• Matrix/List definition error or the attempted entering of an
invalid value.
• Matrix/List dimensions inconsistent while calculating.
When to Replace the Battery
ERROR 10: Undefined error
Simultaneous Linear Equations
• Undefined matrix/list used in calculation.
Simultaneous linear equations with two unknowns (2-VLE) or
with three unknowns (3-VLE) may be solved using the following
functions.
If the display has poor contrast or nothing appears on the display
when j is pressed in dim lighting, even after adjusting the
display contrast, it is time to replace the battery.
Alert Messages
a1x + b1y + c1z = d1
a2x + b2y + c2z = d2
a3x + b3y + c3z = d3
29
Cannot delete!
D =
a1 b1 c1
a2 b2 c2
a3 b3 c3
• If the determinant D = 0, an error occurs.
• If the absolute value of an intermediate result or calculation
result is 1 × 10100 or more, an error occurs.
Solving simultaneous linear equations
1. Press b 6 0 or b 6 1.
2. Enter the value for each coefficient (a1, etc.).
• Coefficients can be entered using ordinary arithmetic
operations.
• To clear the entered coefficient, press j.
• Press u or d to move the cursor up or down through
the coefficients. Press @ u or @ d to jump to
the first or last coefficient.
3. When all coefficients have been entered, press e to solve
the equation.
• While the solution is displayed, press e or j to
return to the coefficient entry display. To clear all the
coefficients, press @ Z .
96 × 32 dot matrix liquid crystal
display
Display of calculation results:
Mantissa: 10 digits
Exponent: 2 digits
Internal calculations:
Mantissas of up to 14 digits
Pending operations:
64 calculations 10 numeric values
(5 numeric values in CPLX mode, and
1 numeric value for Matrix/List data.)
Power source:
Built-in solar cells
1.5 V —
… (DC): Backup battery
(Alkaline battery (LR44 or equivalent)
× 1)
The results obtained by these functions may include a margin
of error.
② 3-VLE: b 6 1
Math Drill and Multiplication Table
Display:
Notes on erasure of memory contents
When the battery is replaced, the memory contents are erased.
Erasure can also occur if the calculator is defective or when it
is repaired. Make a note of all important memory contents in
case accidental erasure occurs.
Scientific calculations, complex
number calculations, equation solvers,
statistical calculations, etc.
Drill features:
• Make sure the new battery is the correct type.
• Size of matrix/list exceeds calculation range.
a1 b1
a2 b2
Automatic Power Off Function
• The absolute value of an intermediate or final calculation
result equals or exceeds 10100.
• The calculation ranges were exceeded while performing
calculations.
D =
• Make sure that the display appears as shown below. If the
display does not appear as shown, remove the battery,
reinstall it, and check the display once again.
P
Note: The result of two fractional terms that include r will be
reduced to a common denominator.
a1x + b1y = c1
a2x + b2y = c2
8. Adjust the display contrast. See “Adjusting the Display
Contrast”.
b
c d
±a⎯
e ± ⎯
• An attempt was made to divide by zero (or an intermediate
calculation resulted in zero).
① 2-VLE: b 6 0
5. Install one new battery. Make sure the
“+” side is facing up.
7. Press the RESET switch (on the back)
with the tip of a ball-point pen or similar object.
Creates matrices with left column data from
each list. (L1→matA, L2→matB, L3→matC,
L4→matD)
Mode changes from LIST mode to MATRIX
mode.
28
4. Remove the used battery by prying it
out with a ball-point pen or other similar
pointed device. (Fig. 2)
Fig. 2
6. Replace the cover and screws.
list→mat
(N 7)
• When the list entry screen is displayed, you cannot perform list
calculations because the MATH menu is not available.
3. Slide the battery cover slightly and lift it
to remove.
±10−99 to ±9.999999999 × 1099 and 0.
Returns the absolute value of the list (vector).
Notes:
1. Turn the power off by pressing @ o.
Fig. 1
2. Remove the two screws. (Fig. 1)
If the absolute value of an entry or a final or intermediate
result of a calculation is less than 10−99, the value is
considered to be 0 in calculations and in the display.
abs_list list name
list→matA
(N 8)
Returns the cumulative matrix.
rnd_mat (row, column)
• When intermediate and final calculation results are displayed
in the following form:
Returns the multiplication of items in the list.
cumul matrix name
• On selecting another mode, the imaginary part of any complex
number stored in the independent memory (M) and the last
answer memory (ANS) will be cleared.
Error codes and error types
Returns the standard deviation of the list.
Fills each element with a specified
value.
Returns the identity matrix with
specified value of rows and columns.
Display of results using r
prod list name
fill (value, row, column)
θ: argument
An error will occur if an operation exceeds the calculation ranges,
or if a mathematically illegal operation is attempted. When an error
occurs, pressing l or r automatically moves the cursor
back to the place in the equation where the error occurred. Edit
the equation or press j or @ Z to clear the equation.
stdDv list name
Matrices stored in memories (matA–matD) can be used in
arithmetic calculations (with the exception of division between
matrices) and calculations that use x3, x2, and x−1. You can
also use the following matrix-specific functions that are
available in the MATH menu.
identity value
r : absolute value
• Calculation ranges
ERRORS AND CALCULATION RANGES
Using Matrices in Calculations
aug (matrix name, matrix name) Appends the second matrix to the
first matrix as new columns. The first
and second matrices must have the
same number of rows.
or x-coordinate + O y-coordinate
② Polar coordinates
3. When you have finished making changes, press j to
exit the matrix entry screen.
dim (matrix name, row, column) Returns a matrix with dimensions
changed as specified.
Complex Number Entry
3. Math Drill: Use l and r to select the operator type for
questions (+, −, ×, ÷, or +−×÷).
× Table: Use l and r to select the order type (“Serial”
or “Random”).
• If you wish to modify the number of rows or columns, first
press j N 2. You can then enter new values
for the matrix dimensions.
25
Results of complex number calculations are expressed using two
systems:
1. Press b 2 0 for Math Drill or b 2 1 for
× Table.
2. Using the matrix entry screen, you can modify the values
of elements in the matrix. Assign new values wherever
necessary and press e after each one.
4. Press N 4 and select a memory (matA–matD) to
store the newly-created matrix in.
To carry out addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division
using complex numbers, press b 3 to select CPLX mode.
① @ E: Rectangular coordinate system
symbol appears.)
(The
fill (value, size)
Sequentially cumulates each item in the list.
COMPLEX NUMBER CALCULATIONS
Using Math Drill and × Table
• Press b 6 2 or b 6 3.
Entering and Storing Lists
Before performing list calculations, a list must be created.
Follow the steps below to enter and store lists.
Division operator: “0 ÷ 1” to “144 ÷ 12”; answers are
positive integers from 1 to 12 and 0, dividends of up to
144, and divisors of up to 12.
Solving quadratic and cubic equations
o_prod (list name, list name) Returns the outer product of 2 lists (vectors).
27
Multiplication operator: “1 × 0” or “0 × 1” to “12 × 12”
)
Sorts list in ascending order.
i_prod (list name, list name) Returns the inner product of 2 lists (vectors).
LIST CALCULATIONS
>
Sorts list in descending order.
Notes:
• When the matrix entry screen is displayed, you cannot
perform matrix calculations because the MATH menu is not
available.
• The standardization conversion formula is as follows:
x−x
t=—
σx
sortA list name
cumul list name
• Loading new data into the screen will automatically
replace any data that may already exist there.
The range of questions for each operator type is as follows.
• Values for P(t), Q(t), and R(t) are given to six decimal places.
sortD list name
df_list list name
Ranges of Math Drill Questions
Addition operator: “0 + 0” to “20 + 20”
To exit DRILL mode, press b and select another mode.
Note: Up to 100 data items can be entered. With the singlevariable data, a data item without frequency assignment
is counted as one data item, while an item assigned with
frequency is stored as a set of two data items. With the
two-variable data, a set of data items without frequency
assignment is counted as two data items, while a set of
items assigned with frequency is stored as a set of three
data items.
1. To load a stored matrix into the matrix entry screen, press
N 3, then select the memory (matA–matD) that
holds the matrix you wish to modify.
Subtraction operator: “0 − 0” to “20 − 20”; answers are
positive integers and 0.
Data H frequency _ (To enter multiples of the same
data)
Data x H data y H frequency _ (To enter multiples
of the same data x and y)
Modifying a stored matrix
Percentage correct
Correct answers
+
Data _
Data x H data y _
• more than two solutions appear to be possible (e.g. a
cubic equation).
6. Press N 4 and select a memory (matA–matD) to
store the newly-created matrix in.
Multiplicand
Order type
]
Multiplication Table (× Table): b 2 1
Questions from each row of the multiplication table (1 to 12) are
displayed serially or randomly.
Two-variable data
• no solution can be found (ERROR 02).
5. When you have entered a value for each element, press
j to exit the matrix entry screen.
⋮
24
σy
• Use ; and t to perform a variable calculation in STAT
mode.
• A maximum of three rows by three columns can be
displayed at one time. Use u, d, l, and r
to move the cursor through the matrix.
See step 6 above.
Σx 2
–
y
• Performing simulation calculation will cause values in
memory to be overwritten with new values.
• Each matrix element can display up to seven digits (the
decimal point counts as one digit). If an element exceeds
seven digits in length, it may be displayed in exponent
notation within the matrix.
Question
2. Input an expression with at least one variable.
• Variables and numerical values stored in the memories
will be displayed in the variable entry screen. If you do
not want to change any values, simply press e.
4. Enter each element in the matrix by entering a value in the
entry field and pressing e.
Total remaining questions
• The denominator is zero.
②
Entry field
Matrix entry screen (example)
× Table sample
Sum of samples (x data)
4. The variable entry screen will appear. Enter a value,
then press e to confirm. The calculation result will be
displayed after you have entered a value for each variable
used in the equation.
Matrix dimensions (row × column)
Element fields
Percentage correct
Correct answers
Number of samples
3. Press N 1.
Note: You can use the MATH menu in MATRIX mode to edit,
recall, and store matrices, as well as to call matrixspecific functions.
3. Define the matrix dimensions (up to four rows by four
columns) by entering the required dimensions using the
number keys and pressing e.
⋮
An error will occur when:
σx
Press b 4 to enter MATRIX mode.
• Any matrix data remaining in the buffer, along with any
previously entered, loaded, or calculated matrix data, will
be displayed.
See step 6 above.
Regression formula
y = a + bx
y = a + bx + cx 2
y = a ⋅ ebx
y = a + b ⋅ ln x
y = a ⋅ xb
1
y=a+b⎯
x
y = a ⋅ bx
26
2. Press N 2 to bring up the matrix entry screen.
⋮
Mean of samples (x data)
MATRIX CALCULATIONS
You can store and calculate up to
four matrices containing up to four
rows and four columns each in
MATRIX mode.
1. Press b 4 to enter MATRIX mode.
⋮
• To delete a data set, display and move the cursor to an item
of the data set to delete by using u and d, then press
@ #. The data set will be deleted.
Statistical Calculation Formulas
• Press N 1 to return the complex conjugate of the
specified complex number.
Before performing matrix calculations, a matrix must be
created. Follow the steps below to enter and store matrices.
Question
• To add a new data set, press j to exit the display of previously
entered data and input the values, then press _.
• A complex number expressed in rectangular coordinates
with the y-value equal to zero, or expressed in polar
coordinates with the angle equal to zero, is treated as a real
number.
Entering and Storing Matrices
Current question/
Total questions
Σx
The solver function finds the value for x that reduces the
entered expression to zero.
• If you press e without entering an answer, the correct
answer is displayed and then the next question is displayed.
This will be counted as an incorrect answer.
9. Press e to return to the initial screen for your current drill.
n
20
• If the answer is wrong, “ ” appears and the same question
is displayed. This will be counted as an incorrect answer.
8. After you finish, press e and the number and percentage
of correct answers are displayed.
1. Press b 0.
Solver Function
” appears and the next question
Single-variable statistical calculation
①
• After completing the calculation, press N 1 to
perform calculations using the same equation.
• If the answer is correct, “
is displayed.
7. Continue answering the series of questions by entering the
answer and pressing e.
Data set number
Data x
Frequency
The following statistics can be obtained for each statistical
calculation (refer to the table below):
• Calculation ending instructions other than = cannot be
used.
Performing calculations
6. Press e.
Correction after pressing _:
Use u and d to display the previously entered data set.
0 (S#a# 0 [SD]): Single-variable statistics
Modify Function
5. Enter your answer. If you make a mistake, press j or N
to clear any entered numbers, and enter your answer again.
• The selected item cannot be deleted by pressing N or
@ y in the WriteView editor.
Operating time:
Approx. 3,000 hours when
(varies according to
continuously displaying 55555. at
use and other factors) 25°C (77°F), using the alkaline battery
only
Cautions
Operating temperature: 0°C–40°C (32°F–104°F)
• An exhausted battery left in the calculator may leak and
damage the calculator.
External dimensions:
79.6 mm (W) × 161.5 mm (D) ×
15.5 mm (H)
3-1/8” (W) × 6-11/32” (D) × 5/8” (H)
Ex. @ * 5 r A l N
• Fluid from a leaking battery accidentally entering an eye could
result in serious injury. Should this occur, wash with clean
water and immediately consult a doctor.
Weight:
Approx. 102 g (0.23 lb) (including
battery)
In this example, delete the exponent before attempting to
delete the parentheses.
• Should fluid from a leaking battery come in contact with your
skin or clothes, immediately wash with clean water.
Accessories:
Battery × 1 (installed), operation
manual, calculation examples, and
hard case
Cannot call!
• The function or operation stored in definable memory (D1 to
D4) cannot be called.
Ex. An attempt was made to recall a statistical variable from
within NORMAL mode.
• Expressions stored in formula memories (F1 to F4) cannot be
called.
Buffer full!
• The equation (including any calculation ending instructions)
exceeded its maximum input buffer (159 characters in the
WriteView editor or 161 characters in the Line editor). An
equation may not exceed its maximum input buffer.
• If the product is not to be used for some time, to avoid damage
to the unit from a leaking battery, remove it and store in a safe
place.
• Do not leave an exhausted battery inside the product.
• Keep batteries out of the reach of children.
FOR MORE INFORMATION
ABOUT SCIENTIFIC CALCULATORS
• Explosion risk may be caused by incorrect handling.
Visit our Web site.
• Do not throw batteries into a fire as they may explode.
http://sharp-world.com/calculator/
sin 45 =
Q
2
⎯
2
v 45 =
2cos−1 0.5 [rad] =
8mS2r
&3m4r
k5A=
0.707106781
U
EL-W506
EL-W516
EL-W546
8−2 − 34 × 52 =
@J01
2 @ ^ 0.5 =
2
⎯
J
3
2.094395102
U
o
0.
@Z
CALCULATION EXAMPLES
EXEMPLES DE CALCUL
ANWENDUNGSBEISPIELE
EJEMPLOS DE CÁLCULO
EXEMPLOS DE CÁLCULO
ESEMPI DI CALCOLO
REKENVOORBEELDEN
PÉLDASZÁMÍTÁSOK
PŘÍKLADY VÝPOČTŮ
RÄKNEEXEMPEL
LASKENTAESIMERKKEJÄ
UDREGNINGSEKSEMPLER
① 3(5 + 2) =
3(5+2)=
21.
②3×5+2=
3k5+2=
17.
③ (5 + 3) × 2 =
( 5 + 3) k 2 =
16.
①
@u
21.
②
d
17.
+&kz()S`
4
陹ꩥ꾽
17.
u
②
CONTOH-CONTOH PERHITUNGAN
16.
d
③
45 + 285 ÷ 3 =
j 45 + 285 z 3
=
(18 + 6) ÷ (15 − 8) =
( 18 + 6 ) z
( 15 & 8 =
3
3⎯
7
(5 × 103) ÷ (4 × 10−3) = 5 ` 3 z
4`S3=
1'250'000.
34 + 57 =
34 + 57 =
45 + 57 =
45 =
68 × 25 =
68 k 25 =
68 × 40 =
J
1
j 100000 z 3
=UU
33'333.33333
3.3b04
[SCI: SIG 2] @ J 1 1 2
33'333.33333
@J13
[NORM1]
sin 60 [°] =
j 3 z 1000 =
U
0.003
0.003
@J13
[NORM1]
U
P
3 ×P
5 =
@ * 49 & 4
@ D 81 =
4.
@ q 27 =
3.
4! =
4@B=
10P3 =
10 @ e 3 =
24.
720.
10.
5@c2=
500 × 25% =
500 k 25 @ a
120 ÷ 400 = ?%
120 z 400 @ a
125.
30.
625.
400 − (400 × 30%) = 400 & 30 @ a
|5 − 9| =
@W5&9=
o
@W(5&9
)=
280.
4.
4.
π
tan−11 [g] =
x=1
∑ (x + 2)
j@I1r5r
;X+2
n=1
=
25.
n=2
llH2=
15.
o
j@I;X+2
H1H5)=
25.
llH2=
15.
(cosh 1.5 + sinh 1.5) = j ( H $
1.5 + H v
1.5 ) A = 20.08553692
2
ln 20 =
i 20 =
2.995732274
U
23
⎯
20
log 50 =
l 50 =
1.698970004
U
1.15
log2 16384 =
@ O 2 r 16384 =
14.
U
1⎯
o
@ O 2 H 16384 )
=
14.
@*3rk
@*5=
H
15
e3 =
@"3=
1÷e=
1z;V
=
101.7 =
@ Y 1.7 =
3
20
3.872983346
3Q
5+5Q
2
⎯
15
0.918618116
U
zrgh/dn4
pxC
BIN j @ / 25
@z
BIN
1
6
@ h 1AC
@z
BIN
@r
PEN
3203
OCT
@g
OCT
654
428.
@/
DEC
(1010 − 100)
× 11 =
[BIN]
@z(
1010 &
100) k 11
=
BIN
BIN (111) → NEG d 111 =
HEX (1FF) +
OCT (512) =
@ h 1FF
@g+
512 =
@h
HEX (?)
jxM
2FEC − 2C9E @ h 2FEC
& 2C9E m
⇒ M1
2000 &1901
m
⇒ M2
—
tM
M=
jxM
+) 2000 − 1901
1011 AND 101 = @ z 1011
[BIN]
4 101 =
10010
BIN 1111111001
1511
OCT
349
HEX
34E
HEX
6FF
HEX
A4D
HEX
→ [rad]
@]
0.927295218
→ [g]
@]
59.03344706
→ [°]
@]
53.13010235
;txmM<[]T
XIJKL
10
0.309523809
sin 62°12’24”
= [10]
(
(
( rθ == 1436 [°] ( xy ==
38: t
(K)
(J s)
07: mµ (kg)
25: λc
(m)
43: Eh
(J)
08: 1u
(kg)
26: λc, p
(m)
44: G0
(s)
09: e
(C)
27: σ
(W m–2 K–4) 45: α–1
10: h
(J s)
28: NA, L (mol–1)
11: k
(J K–1)
29: Vm
(m3 mol–1)
12: µ0
(N A–2)
30: R
(J mol–1 K–1) 48: λc, n
13: ε0
(F m–1)
31: F
(C mol–1)
7⎯
14: re
(m)
32: RK
(Ω)
123(40q40.8"
15: α
33: –e/me (C kg–1)
16: a0
34: h/2me
(m2 s–1)
17: R∞ (m–1)
35: γp
(s–1 T–1)
18: Φ0
36: KJ
(Hz V–1)
10(16 q21."
(m)
(Wb)
2(3q36."
86q400.
25.
j6H4
@u
r:
{:
7.211102551
33.69006753
14 H 36
@E
X:
Y:
11.32623792
8.228993532
tMk5@a
@M
110 x Y
110.
¥26,510 = $?
26510 z ; Y
=
241.
$2,750 = ¥?
2750 k ; Y
=
r = 3 cm (r ⇒ Y)
3xY
πr = ?
@s;Y
A=
U
28.27433388
24
2
⎯ 2⎯
4 + 6 = 5 …(A)
24 z ( 4 + 6
)=
47: Mu
ANS × 9 =
(m)
(W m2)
50: c2
(m K)
51: Z0
(Ω)
(Pa)
xI@>v
sinh−1 0.5 =
I 0.5 =
5
_
DATA SET=
2.
0.0
12
24
12 H 24 _
DATA SET=
3.
5
⎯
9
21
21
21
40
40
40
21 H 40 H 3
_
DATA SET=
4.
U
0.6
15
25
15 H 25 _
DATA SET=
5.
k 9 = *1
5.0
5z9=
5
⎯
9
0.6
3
⎯
5
UU
5.4
@J13
5.4
N 1 S 0.5 e
A = 2, B = 3
Start = 0
Start = 180
tG
sy =
15.67223812
25: fl oz(UK)→mL
40: Pa→atm
σx =
tp
σx= 12.37179148
n=
tc
n=
26: mL→fl oz(UK)
41: mmHg→Pa
27: calth→J
42: Pa→mmHg
13: oz→g
28: J→calth
43: kgf·m→N·m
Σx =
tg
Σx=
14: g→oz
29: cal15→J
44: N·m→kgf·m
Σx2 =
to
Σx2 =
15: lb→kg
30: J→cal15
sx =
tv
sx=
sx2 =
A=
( 95 &
;R)
(95 − –
x ) 10 50 z ; v
⎯ × + =
sx
k 10 + 50
=
13.3630621
sx2 = 178.5714286
30
3
30 H 3 _
DATA SET=
2.
70 H 10 _ DATA SET=
6.
80
7
80 H 7 _
DATA SET=
7.
90
3
8.
y
41
12 H 41 _
DATA SET=
1.
8
13
8 H 13 _
DATA SET=
2.
5
2
5H2_
DATA SET=
3.
23
200
23 H 200 _ DATA SET=
4.
15
71
15 H 71 _
DATA SET=
5.
ta
a=
a=
tS
y = 22
5.357506761
b=
tb
x = 10
-3.120289663
0.503334057
c=
y´ = ? 10 @ U
10 y´
24.4880159
x´ = ? 22 @ V
22 x´
1:
2:
9.63201409
-3.432772026
b10
@Z
S#a# 0 [SD]
20 _
DATA SET=
1.
30
30 _
DATA SET=
2.
40
40 H 2 _
DATA SET=
3.
50 _
DATA SET=
4.
DATA
20
50
0.
90 H 3 _
DATA SET=
–
x=
tR
–
x=
σx =
tp
σx= 16.48757108
DATA SET=
d@#
3.
45.
3.
N 2 35 N 1
)=
0.061713
Q(t)?
N 3 75 N 1
)=
0.312061
x = 85
R(t)?
N 4 85 N 1
)=
0.067845
t = 1.5
R(t)?
N 4 1.5 ) =
x = 75
X:
d 60 _
b3
(12 − 6i ) + (7 + 15i ) 12 - 6 O + 7 + 15 O
- ( 11 + 4 O
− (11 + 4i ) =
)=
8.
+5.K
6 × (7 − 9i )
× (−5 + 8i ) =
6k(7-9O)
k(S5+8O)
=
222.
+606.K
16 × (sin 30° +
icos 30°) ÷ (sin 60°
+ icos 60°) =
16 k ( v 30 + O
$ 30 ) z ( v 60
+ O $ 60 )
=
13.85640646
+8.K
y
@ u 8 Q 70 + 12 Q
25 =
18.5408873
∠42.76427608
θ1
r
θ
θ2
r2
B
x
r 1 = 8, θ1 = 70°
r 2 = 12, θ2 = 25°
r = ?, θ = ?°
r = ?, θ = ?°
60.
x 2 − nx– 2
Σ⎯
σx =
x 2 − nx– 2
sx = Σ⎯
n−1
y
Σ
–
y=⎯
n
Σx = x1 + x2 + … + xn
Σx2 = x1 2 + x2 2 + … + xn2
–2
Σ y 2 − ny
⎯
n−1
n
Σy2 −
ny– 2
⎯
n
Σxy = x1 y1 + x2 y2 + … + xn yn
Σy = y1 + y2 + … + yn
Σy 2 = y1 2 + y2 2 + … + yn2
σy =
1.
+1.K
1.414213562
∠45.
(2 − 3i )2 =
@E(2-3O)
A=
-5.
-12.K
1
⎯=
1+i
(1+O)@Z
=
0.5
-0.5K
CONJ(5 + 2i ) =
N1(5+2O)
=
5.
-2.K
23
n
@E1+O
=
@u
j
Σx
–
x=⎯
0.066807
25 b (CPLX)
1+i
60
60.4
P(t)?
x = 35
A
r1
DATA
30
sy =
64.43210706
1.
0.
10
x
12
7.
41'200.
DATA SET=
70
75.71428571
530.
20 H 1 _
5.
0.
12: m2→acre
1
60 H 13 _ DATA SET=
45
10: m→n mi
S#a# 0 [SD]
13
5.
–x =
b10
@Z
DATA
0.
DATA SET=
tR
33m20
60
S#a# 2 [QUAD]
b12
@Z
50 _
–x =
U
4.
F: ■
39: atm→Pa
1m13m20
DATA SET=
3_
24: mL→fl oz(US)
U
50 H 8 _
45
09: n mi→m
1.65
8
4.
38: Pa→kgf/cm2
1.25 + 2 W 5 =
50
DATA SET=
23: fl oz(US)→mL
1.65
24.61590706
75 H 3 _
08: km→mi
U
46 x´
X:
37: kgf/cm2→Pa
33
⎯
20
x´ = ? 46 @ V
d d d 45 _
22: L→gal (UK)
U
y = 46
45
07: mi→km
1⎯
5
* 4m5m6 = 4 ⎯
6
sy =
3.
36: W→ps
o
8.541216597
DATA SET=
21: gal (UK)→L
13
20
2
1.25 + ⎯ = 1.25 + 2 W 5 =
5
tv
_
06: m→yd
4
⎯
7
F
80
75
75
75
50
35: ps→W
4W;A=
A
x
2.
20: L→gal (US)
4
⎯=
20
DATA SET=
05: yd→m
7.
sx =
80 _
34: W→hp
j7xA
r=
80
19: gal (US)→L
7⇒A
sx =
1.
04: m→ft
1
⎯
2
r=
DATA SET=
33: hp→W
1`3W2`3=
0.995176343
95 _
18: °C→°F
1 × 103
⎯ =
2 × 103
tf
40
03: ft→m
0(31 q1.5"
1.826044386
S#a# 0 [SD]
DATA
95
1[2[3W2=
b=
b10
@Z
32: J→calIT
1°2’3”
⎯=
2
12
⎯
23
3.
GsijhfabS
VU
17: °F→°C
1.2 W 2.3 =
tb
21 _ H R v p c g o Q
02: cm→in
8m81
1.2
⎯=
2.3
DATA SET=
150.
31: calIT→J
2@1W(3m4
)=
b=
30.
e 180 e e
o
0.
22 _ H u d #
N20ee
8
⎯
81
1.050261097
c=
j v ; X - 0.5
2@1W3m4=
a=
20 N (SOLVER)
sin x − 0.5
23
3
ta
b=
H
29
⎯4 =
40 H 5 _
1
8
N1
e5e
8
⎯
15
5
1⎯
H
13
@ * 64 W 225 =
40
-2.
N1
2e3e
64
225
⎯ =
6.528394256
@*;AA
+;BA
A2 + B2
1
⎯
2
3 y´
j;X@1
-3;XA+2
x = −0.5
@q1W8=
1
y´ = ? 3 @ U
N (ALGB)
N1S1e
16807m3125
⎯=
8
a=
DATA
x = −1
16807
⎯
3125
x=3
5
* ⎯ × 9 = 5.5555555555555 × 10−1 × 9
9
3
*2 ⎯ × 9 = 0.6 × 9
5
f (x) = x − 3x + 2
4.641588834
24 N (→t, P(, Q(, R()
2
1
2
S#a# 1 [LINE]
1.
2
5
4.833333333
0.481211825
DATA SET=
5⎯
U
37.69911184
2H5_
k 9 = *2
[NORM1]
V=?
y
@n
[MDF]
29m6
1
5
5
U
U
2
5
x
5z9=
ANS × 9 =
(kg mol–1)
49: c1
52: atm
5 ÷ 9 = ANS
4m5m6*
3.
sinh−1 ⇒ D1
1'000.
j@J101
4.833333333
2⎯
2
100 N 3 4 k
10 N 3 0 =
U
7W5m5=
o
302'500.
3.
t[k4
z3=U
4
=
35.
b11
@Z
16: kg→lb
11:
250.
$1 = ¥110 (110 ⇒ Y)
DATA
01: in→cm
acre→m2
450.
150 k 3 m
665.
138.
5
0.
tM
nJ
A = 2, B = 5
46: mp /me
x @ L 01–44
1234(56 q47."
jxM
N (ENG)
3
24: µµ
663
1250
1
(x2 − 1)dx =
[FIX, TAB = 1]
19
06: mn (kg)
uEH
r=
θ = [°]
(J T–1)
42: -h
v 62 [ 12 [
24 =
0.884635235
0 [ 0 [ 1500
N5
[’]
(m3 kg–1 s–2) 20: µe
41: M(12C) (kg mol–1)
3 [ 45 & 1.69 =
@:
24 [ N 4
[”]
(J)
(J T–1)
[10] j 7 [ 31 [
49.44 @ :
3h 45m – 1.69h
= [60]
37: eV
(J T–1)
[:
1234°56’12” +
1234 [ 56 [
0°0’34.567” = [60] 12 + 0 [ 0
[ 34.567 =
19: µB
(J T–1)
23: µn
20
18
114.3
(kg)
-159.
3h 30m 45s +
3 [ 30 [ 45
6h 45m 36s = [60] + 6 [ 45 [
36 =
j 125@ L 05 =
UU
05: mp
@/
123.678 @ :
643.3325
(m)
→ DEC
[60]
c0
3
100 m × 10 k = ?
40: pc
@ h B3 C
2D =
HEX FFFFFFFF61
7°31’49.44”
01: c,
+
17
(J T–1)
B3 XNOR 2D =
[HEX]
0⇒M
80.
l l H 10 =
22: µp
BIN 1111101001
;Mk5=
50.11872336
(kg)
@ g 24 x
4=
OCT
(8 × 2) × 5 =
3xY
04: me
24 XOR 4 =
[OCT]
24 z ; M =
r = 3 cm (r ⇒ Y)
(m)
@zn
10110 =
24 ÷ (8 × 2) =
1
1⎯
2
0.367879441
K 01–52
(m s–1)
16.
j8k2xM
jF1
SFS1u1r
;XA&1r+
F1u3r;XA
8.
&1=
2
3
jF;XA&5
H2H8)=
138.
(x2 − 1)dx
−1
29
⎯
6
3W1W2
+4W3=
⎯
53.13010235
5
6
4⎯
U
@ w 0.8 =
o
1
o
j3@k1d2
r+W4d3=
sin−1 0.8 = [°]
@s;YA
x[
−
Wk
12
90.
πr 2 ⇒ F1
13
⎯
42
9.
@*=
@]
138.
39: AU
NOT 10110 =
[BIN]
2
ANS =
81.
→ [°]
l l H 10 =
(J T–1)
DB
jF2u8r
;XA&5
(x2 − 5)dx
44 + 37 =
7W5rm5=
FG
8
44 + 37 = ANS
256.
( ⎯75 )
2
7
A=
100.
n = 10
20.08553692
21: µN
@ h 5A p
C3 =
HEX
0 ≤ θ ≤ 200
ANS2 =
@]
32 ⎯
(m s–2)
5A OR C3 =
[HEX]
−100 ≤ θ ≤ 100
GRAD
16.
→ [g]
3 k ; < + 60
z;<=
03: gn
1
0≤θ≤π
8k2=
@Y2W3=
3 × (A) + 60 ÷ (A) =
• Physical constants and metric conversions are shown in the tables.
• Les constantes physiques et les conversions des unités sont
indiquées sur les tableaux.
• Physikalische Konstanten und metriche Umrechnungen sind in
der Tabelle aufgelistet.
• Las constants fisicas y conversiones métricas son mostradas
en las tables.
• Constantes fisicas e conversões métricas estão mostradas nas
tablelas.
• La constanti fisiche e le conversioni delle unità di misura vengono
mostrate nella tabella.
• De natuurconstanten en metrische omrekeningen staan in de
tabellen hiernaast.
• A fizikai konstansok és a metrikus átváltások a táblázatokban
találhatók.
• Fyzikální konstanty a převody do metrické soustavy jsou uvedeny
v tabulce.
• Fysikaliska konstanter och metriska omvandlingar visas i tabellerna.
• Fysikaaliset vakiot ja metrimuunnokset näkyvät taulukoista.
• Fysiske konstanter og metriske omskrivninger vises i tabellen.
•
•
• Konstanta fisika dan konversi metrik diperlihatkan di dalam tabel.
• 斲殯͑儆垫穢͑恂庲͑旇朞͑愕͑埮氊͑筞斶͑愯憛汆͑埪汒͑祢歆͑償枻城埪͟
02: G
BIN
π ≤θ≤⎯
π
−⎯
2
2
RAD
8 × 2 = ANS
10 3 =
138.
KL
110101100
PEN
0 ≤ θ ≤ 180
15.
1
J
⎯
2
=
V0 = 15.3 m/s
j 15.3 k 10 +
t = 10 s
2 @ Z k K 03
1 2
k 10 A =
V0t + ⎯ gt = ? m
U
2
125 yd = ? m
BIN
−90 ≤ θ ≤ 90
DEG
+5=
j 90 @ ]
n = 100
6@Z+7
@Z=
1
7
⎯+⎯=
16
11001
θ = cos−1 x
ANS + 5 =
90° → [rad]
3
U
HEX (1AC)
θ = sin−1 x, θ = tan−1 x
@J00
10.
]
9
–
M=
50.
j6+4=
1
4
3⎯ + ⎯ =
2
3
−) M2 × 5%
0.707106781
3
20
1⎯
130.5000029
+) $250: M1 + 250 ⇒ M2 250 m
Q
6 + 4 = ANS
50.
I
$150 × 3 ⇒ M1
2
⎯
2
@J02
@y1=
130.5000029
@G;Xm4
& 0.5 ; X @ 1
+6;XAH2
)=
5
0.866025403
@J01
$@sW4=
cos ⎯ [rad] =
4
7
P
5 ÷5= @ * 2 r z 3
2 ÷3+P
+@*5r
z5=
DEC (25)
Q
@>t(
5 z 7 ) = 0.895879734
U
x=6
y=4
4.
3
⎯
2
5
tanh−1 ⎯
=
j2W5r
+W3r4
=
3
4
⎯+⎯=
15
@ * 49 r & 4
@ D 81 =
512.
0.
U
3.b-03
@J14
[NORM2]
1500”
6.447419591
p
81 =
49 − 4p
=
llN3
H 0.001 =
llN3
H 0.001 =
8
8@1=
2'720.
U
[NORM1]
24°
1'700.
j v 60 =
3 ÷ 1000 =
123.678
102.
@P0
33.33b03
[ENG: TAB 2] @ J 1 2 2
14
91.
40 =
33'333.33
[FIX: TAB 2] @ J 1 0 2
13
-129599m64
50.
r2=
8×2⇒M
[NORM1]
2
5
U
v$tw^ysH>
ilO" VYZA1
*mDqBecaW
6
100000 ÷ 3 =
2
-2024m63m64
83 =
o
( xdx==20.00002
( xdx==30.001
-2'024.984375
U
11
(x 4 − 0.5x 3 + 6x 2) @ G ; X m 4 r
d⎯
& 0.5 ; X @ 1
dx
+6;XA
o
500 + (500 × 25%) = 500 + 25 @ a
5
PRINTED IN CHINA / IMPRIMÉ EN CHINE / IMPRESO EN CHINA
07HGK (TINSZ1308EHZZ)
-2'024.984375
( 12 m 3 )
m 1 W 4 = 6.447419591
5C2
-90
U
o
27 =
140.
-
( 12 m 3
r)m
1W4=
=
3p
42 k S 5 + 120
=
42 × −5 + 120 =
1
(123) ⎯
4
129599
⎯
64
U
8mS2&
3m4k5
A=
ud
3
63
-2024 ⎯
64
sin 45 =
Q
2
⎯
2
v 45 =
2cos−1 0.5 [rad] =
8mS2r
&3m4r
k5A=
0.707106781
U
EL-W506
EL-W516
EL-W546
8−2 − 34 × 52 =
@J01
2 @ ^ 0.5 =
2
⎯
J
3
2.094395102
U
o
0.
@Z
CALCULATION EXAMPLES
EXEMPLES DE CALCUL
ANWENDUNGSBEISPIELE
EJEMPLOS DE CÁLCULO
EXEMPLOS DE CÁLCULO
ESEMPI DI CALCOLO
REKENVOORBEELDEN
PÉLDASZÁMÍTÁSOK
PŘÍKLADY VÝPOČTŮ
RÄKNEEXEMPEL
LASKENTAESIMERKKEJÄ
UDREGNINGSEKSEMPLER
① 3(5 + 2) =
3(5+2)=
21.
②3×5+2=
3k5+2=
17.
③ (5 + 3) × 2 =
( 5 + 3) k 2 =
16.
①
@u
21.
②
d
17.
+&kz()S`
4
陹ꩥ꾽
17.
u
②
CONTOH-CONTOH PERHITUNGAN
16.
d
③
45 + 285 ÷ 3 =
j 45 + 285 z 3
=
(18 + 6) ÷ (15 − 8) =
( 18 + 6 ) z
( 15 & 8 =
3
3⎯
7
(5 × 103) ÷ (4 × 10−3) = 5 ` 3 z
4`S3=
1'250'000.
34 + 57 =
34 + 57 =
45 + 57 =
45 =
68 × 25 =
68 k 25 =
68 × 40 =
J
1
j 100000 z 3
=UU
33'333.33333
3.3b04
[SCI: SIG 2] @ J 1 1 2
33'333.33333
@J13
[NORM1]
sin 60 [°] =
j 3 z 1000 =
U
0.003
0.003
@J13
[NORM1]
U
P
3 ×P
5 =
@ * 49 & 4
@ D 81 =
4.
@ q 27 =
3.
4! =
4@B=
10P3 =
10 @ e 3 =
24.
720.
10.
5@c2=
500 × 25% =
500 k 25 @ a
120 ÷ 400 = ?%
120 z 400 @ a
125.
30.
625.
400 − (400 × 30%) = 400 & 30 @ a
|5 − 9| =
@W5&9=
o
@W(5&9
)=
280.
4.
4.
π
tan−11 [g] =
x=1
∑ (x + 2)
j@I1r5r
;X+2
n=1
=
25.
n=2
llH2=
15.
o
j@I;X+2
H1H5)=
25.
llH2=
15.
(cosh 1.5 + sinh 1.5) = j ( H $
1.5 + H v
1.5 ) A = 20.08553692
2
ln 20 =
i 20 =
2.995732274
U
23
⎯
20
log 50 =
l 50 =
1.698970004
U
1.15
log2 16384 =
@ O 2 r 16384 =
14.
U
1⎯
o
@ O 2 H 16384 )
=
14.
@*3rk
@*5=
H
15
e3 =
@"3=
1÷e=
1z;V
=
101.7 =
@ Y 1.7 =
3
20
3.872983346
3Q
5+5Q
2
⎯
15
0.918618116
U
zrgh/dn4
pxC
BIN j @ / 25
@z
BIN
1
6
@ h 1AC
@z
BIN
@r
PEN
3203
OCT
@g
OCT
654
428.
@/
DEC
(1010 − 100)
× 11 =
[BIN]
@z(
1010 &
100) k 11
=
BIN
BIN (111) → NEG d 111 =
HEX (1FF) +
OCT (512) =
@ h 1FF
@g+
512 =
@h
HEX (?)
jxM
2FEC − 2C9E @ h 2FEC
& 2C9E m
⇒ M1
2000 &1901
m
⇒ M2
—
tM
M=
jxM
+) 2000 − 1901
1011 AND 101 = @ z 1011
[BIN]
4 101 =
10010
BIN 1111111001
1511
OCT
349
HEX
34E
HEX
6FF
HEX
A4D
HEX
→ [rad]
@]
0.927295218
→ [g]
@]
59.03344706
→ [°]
@]
53.13010235
;txmM<[]T
XIJKL
10
0.309523809
sin 62°12’24”
= [10]
(
(
( rθ == 1436 [°] ( xy ==
38: t
(K)
(J s)
07: mµ (kg)
25: λc
(m)
43: Eh
(J)
08: 1u
(kg)
26: λc, p
(m)
44: G0
(s)
09: e
(C)
27: σ
(W m–2 K–4) 45: α–1
10: h
(J s)
28: NA, L (mol–1)
11: k
(J K–1)
29: Vm
(m3 mol–1)
12: µ0
(N A–2)
30: R
(J mol–1 K–1) 48: λc, n
13: ε0
(F m–1)
31: F
(C mol–1)
7⎯
14: re
(m)
32: RK
(Ω)
123(40q40.8"
15: α
33: –e/me (C kg–1)
16: a0
34: h/2me
(m2 s–1)
17: R∞ (m–1)
35: γp
(s–1 T–1)
18: Φ0
36: KJ
(Hz V–1)
10(16 q21."
(m)
(Wb)
2(3q36."
86q400.
25.
j6H4
@u
r:
{:
7.211102551
33.69006753
14 H 36
@E
X:
Y:
11.32623792
8.228993532
tMk5@a
@M
110 x Y
110.
¥26,510 = $?
26510 z ; Y
=
241.
$2,750 = ¥?
2750 k ; Y
=
r = 3 cm (r ⇒ Y)
3xY
πr = ?
@s;Y
A=
U
28.27433388
24
2
⎯ 2⎯
4 + 6 = 5 …(A)
24 z ( 4 + 6
)=
47: Mu
ANS × 9 =
(m)
(W m2)
50: c2
(m K)
51: Z0
(Ω)
(Pa)
xI@>v
sinh−1 0.5 =
I 0.5 =
5
_
DATA SET=
2.
0.0
12
24
12 H 24 _
DATA SET=
3.
5
⎯
9
21
21
21
40
40
40
21 H 40 H 3
_
DATA SET=
4.
U
0.6
15
25
15 H 25 _
DATA SET=
5.
k 9 = *1
5.0
5z9=
5
⎯
9
0.6
3
⎯
5
UU
5.4
@J13
5.4
N 1 S 0.5 e
A = 2, B = 3
Start = 0
Start = 180
tG
sy =
15.67223812
25: fl oz(UK)→mL
40: Pa→atm
σx =
tp
σx= 12.37179148
n=
tc
n=
26: mL→fl oz(UK)
41: mmHg→Pa
27: calth→J
42: Pa→mmHg
13: oz→g
28: J→calth
43: kgf·m→N·m
Σx =
tg
Σx=
14: g→oz
29: cal15→J
44: N·m→kgf·m
Σx2 =
to
Σx2 =
15: lb→kg
30: J→cal15
sx =
tv
sx=
sx2 =
A=
( 95 &
;R)
(95 − –
x ) 10 50 z ; v
⎯ × + =
sx
k 10 + 50
=
13.3630621
sx2 = 178.5714286
30
3
30 H 3 _
DATA SET=
2.
70 H 10 _ DATA SET=
6.
80
7
80 H 7 _
DATA SET=
7.
90
3
8.
y
41
12 H 41 _
DATA SET=
1.
8
13
8 H 13 _
DATA SET=
2.
5
2
5H2_
DATA SET=
3.
23
200
23 H 200 _ DATA SET=
4.
15
71
15 H 71 _
DATA SET=
5.
ta
a=
a=
tS
y = 22
5.357506761
b=
tb
x = 10
-3.120289663
0.503334057
c=
y´ = ? 10 @ U
10 y´
24.4880159
x´ = ? 22 @ V
22 x´
1:
2:
9.63201409
-3.432772026
b10
@Z
S#a# 0 [SD]
20 _
DATA SET=
1.
30
30 _
DATA SET=
2.
40
40 H 2 _
DATA SET=
3.
50 _
DATA SET=
4.
DATA
20
50
0.
90 H 3 _
DATA SET=
–
x=
tR
–
x=
σx =
tp
σx= 16.48757108
DATA SET=
d@#
3.
45.
3.
N 2 35 N 1
)=
0.061713
Q(t)?
N 3 75 N 1
)=
0.312061
x = 85
R(t)?
N 4 85 N 1
)=
0.067845
t = 1.5
R(t)?
N 4 1.5 ) =
x = 75
X:
d 60 _
b3
(12 − 6i ) + (7 + 15i ) 12 - 6 O + 7 + 15 O
- ( 11 + 4 O
− (11 + 4i ) =
)=
8.
+5.K
6 × (7 − 9i )
× (−5 + 8i ) =
6k(7-9O)
k(S5+8O)
=
222.
+606.K
16 × (sin 30° +
icos 30°) ÷ (sin 60°
+ icos 60°) =
16 k ( v 30 + O
$ 30 ) z ( v 60
+ O $ 60 )
=
13.85640646
+8.K
y
@ u 8 Q 70 + 12 Q
25 =
18.5408873
∠42.76427608
θ1
r
θ
θ2
r2
B
x
r 1 = 8, θ1 = 70°
r 2 = 12, θ2 = 25°
r = ?, θ = ?°
r = ?, θ = ?°
60.
x 2 − nx– 2
Σ⎯
σx =
x 2 − nx– 2
sx = Σ⎯
n−1
y
Σ
–
y=⎯
n
Σx = x1 + x2 + … + xn
Σx2 = x1 2 + x2 2 + … + xn2
–2
Σ y 2 − ny
⎯
n−1
n
Σy2 −
ny– 2
⎯
n
Σxy = x1 y1 + x2 y2 + … + xn yn
Σy = y1 + y2 + … + yn
Σy 2 = y1 2 + y2 2 + … + yn2
σy =
1.
+1.K
1.414213562
∠45.
(2 − 3i )2 =
@E(2-3O)
A=
-5.
-12.K
1
⎯=
1+i
(1+O)@Z
=
0.5
-0.5K
CONJ(5 + 2i ) =
N1(5+2O)
=
5.
-2.K
23
n
@E1+O
=
@u
j
Σx
–
x=⎯
0.066807
25 b (CPLX)
1+i
60
60.4
P(t)?
x = 35
A
r1
DATA
30
sy =
64.43210706
1.
0.
10
x
12
7.
41'200.
DATA SET=
70
75.71428571
530.
20 H 1 _
5.
0.
12: m2→acre
1
60 H 13 _ DATA SET=
45
10: m→n mi
S#a# 0 [SD]
13
5.
–x =
b10
@Z
DATA
0.
DATA SET=
tR
33m20
60
S#a# 2 [QUAD]
b12
@Z
50 _
–x =
U
4.
F: ■
39: atm→Pa
1m13m20
DATA SET=
3_
24: mL→fl oz(US)
U
50 H 8 _
45
09: n mi→m
1.65
8
4.
38: Pa→kgf/cm2
1.25 + 2 W 5 =
50
DATA SET=
23: fl oz(US)→mL
1.65
24.61590706
75 H 3 _
08: km→mi
U
46 x´
X:
37: kgf/cm2→Pa
33
⎯
20
x´ = ? 46 @ V
d d d 45 _
22: L→gal (UK)
U
y = 46
45
07: mi→km
1⎯
5
* 4m5m6 = 4 ⎯
6
sy =
3.
36: W→ps
o
8.541216597
DATA SET=
21: gal (UK)→L
13
20
2
1.25 + ⎯ = 1.25 + 2 W 5 =
5
tv
_
06: m→yd
4
⎯
7
F
80
75
75
75
50
35: ps→W
4W;A=
A
x
2.
20: L→gal (US)
4
⎯=
20
DATA SET=
05: yd→m
7.
sx =
80 _
34: W→hp
j7xA
r=
80
19: gal (US)→L
7⇒A
sx =
1.
04: m→ft
1
⎯
2
r=
DATA SET=
33: hp→W
1`3W2`3=
0.995176343
95 _
18: °C→°F
1 × 103
⎯ =
2 × 103
tf
40
03: ft→m
0(31 q1.5"
1.826044386
S#a# 0 [SD]
DATA
95
1[2[3W2=
b=
b10
@Z
32: J→calIT
1°2’3”
⎯=
2
12
⎯
23
3.
GsijhfabS
VU
17: °F→°C
1.2 W 2.3 =
tb
21 _ H R v p c g o Q
02: cm→in
8m81
1.2
⎯=
2.3
DATA SET=
150.
31: calIT→J
2@1W(3m4
)=
b=
30.
e 180 e e
o
0.
22 _ H u d #
N20ee
8
⎯
81
1.050261097
c=
j v ; X - 0.5
2@1W3m4=
a=
20 N (SOLVER)
sin x − 0.5
23
3
ta
b=
H
29
⎯4 =
40 H 5 _
1
8
N1
e5e
8
⎯
15
5
1⎯
H
13
@ * 64 W 225 =
40
-2.
N1
2e3e
64
225
⎯ =
6.528394256
@*;AA
+;BA
A2 + B2
1
⎯
2
3 y´
j;X@1
-3;XA+2
x = −0.5
@q1W8=
1
y´ = ? 3 @ U
N (ALGB)
N1S1e
16807m3125
⎯=
8
a=
DATA
x = −1
16807
⎯
3125
x=3
5
* ⎯ × 9 = 5.5555555555555 × 10−1 × 9
9
3
*2 ⎯ × 9 = 0.6 × 9
5
f (x) = x − 3x + 2
4.641588834
24 N (→t, P(, Q(, R()
2
1
2
S#a# 1 [LINE]
1.
2
5
4.833333333
0.481211825
DATA SET=
5⎯
U
37.69911184
2H5_
k 9 = *2
[NORM1]
V=?
y
@n
[MDF]
29m6
1
5
5
U
U
2
5
x
5z9=
ANS × 9 =
(kg mol–1)
49: c1
52: atm
5 ÷ 9 = ANS
4m5m6*
3.
sinh−1 ⇒ D1
1'000.
j@J101
4.833333333
2⎯
2
100 N 3 4 k
10 N 3 0 =
U
7W5m5=
o
302'500.
3.
t[k4
z3=U
4
=
35.
b11
@Z
16: kg→lb
11:
250.
$1 = ¥110 (110 ⇒ Y)
DATA
01: in→cm
acre→m2
450.
150 k 3 m
665.
138.
5
0.
tM
nJ
A = 2, B = 5
46: mp /me
x @ L 01–44
1234(56 q47."
jxM
N (ENG)
3
24: µµ
663
1250
1
(x2 − 1)dx =
[FIX, TAB = 1]
19
06: mn (kg)
uEH
r=
θ = [°]
(J T–1)
42: -h
v 62 [ 12 [
24 =
0.884635235
0 [ 0 [ 1500
N5
[’]
(m3 kg–1 s–2) 20: µe
41: M(12C) (kg mol–1)
3 [ 45 & 1.69 =
@:
24 [ N 4
[”]
(J)
(J T–1)
[10] j 7 [ 31 [
49.44 @ :
3h 45m – 1.69h
= [60]
37: eV
(J T–1)
[:
1234°56’12” +
1234 [ 56 [
0°0’34.567” = [60] 12 + 0 [ 0
[ 34.567 =
19: µB
(J T–1)
23: µn
20
18
114.3
(kg)
-159.
3h 30m 45s +
3 [ 30 [ 45
6h 45m 36s = [60] + 6 [ 45 [
36 =
j 125@ L 05 =
UU
05: mp
@/
123.678 @ :
643.3325
(m)
→ DEC
[60]
c0
3
100 m × 10 k = ?
40: pc
@ h B3 C
2D =
HEX FFFFFFFF61
7°31’49.44”
01: c,
+
17
(J T–1)
B3 XNOR 2D =
[HEX]
0⇒M
80.
l l H 10 =
22: µp
BIN 1111101001
;Mk5=
50.11872336
(kg)
@ g 24 x
4=
OCT
(8 × 2) × 5 =
3xY
04: me
24 XOR 4 =
[OCT]
24 z ; M =
r = 3 cm (r ⇒ Y)
(m)
@zn
10110 =
24 ÷ (8 × 2) =
1
1⎯
2
0.367879441
K 01–52
(m s–1)
16.
j8k2xM
jF1
SFS1u1r
;XA&1r+
F1u3r;XA
8.
&1=
2
3
jF;XA&5
H2H8)=
138.
(x2 − 1)dx
−1
29
⎯
6
3W1W2
+4W3=
⎯
53.13010235
5
6
4⎯
U
@ w 0.8 =
o
1
o
j3@k1d2
r+W4d3=
sin−1 0.8 = [°]
@s;YA
x[
−
Wk
12
90.
πr 2 ⇒ F1
13
⎯
42
9.
@*=
@]
138.
39: AU
NOT 10110 =
[BIN]
2
ANS =
81.
→ [°]
l l H 10 =
(J T–1)
DB
jF2u8r
;XA&5
(x2 − 5)dx
44 + 37 =
7W5rm5=
FG
8
44 + 37 = ANS
256.
( ⎯75 )
2
7
A=
100.
n = 10
20.08553692
21: µN
@ h 5A p
C3 =
HEX
0 ≤ θ ≤ 200
ANS2 =
@]
32 ⎯
(m s–2)
5A OR C3 =
[HEX]
−100 ≤ θ ≤ 100
GRAD
16.
→ [g]
3 k ; < + 60
z;<=
03: gn
1
0≤θ≤π
8k2=
@Y2W3=
3 × (A) + 60 ÷ (A) =
• Physical constants and metric conversions are shown in the tables.
• Les constantes physiques et les conversions des unités sont
indiquées sur les tableaux.
• Physikalische Konstanten und metriche Umrechnungen sind in
der Tabelle aufgelistet.
• Las constants fisicas y conversiones métricas son mostradas
en las tables.
• Constantes fisicas e conversões métricas estão mostradas nas
tablelas.
• La constanti fisiche e le conversioni delle unità di misura vengono
mostrate nella tabella.
• De natuurconstanten en metrische omrekeningen staan in de
tabellen hiernaast.
• A fizikai konstansok és a metrikus átváltások a táblázatokban
találhatók.
• Fyzikální konstanty a převody do metrické soustavy jsou uvedeny
v tabulce.
• Fysikaliska konstanter och metriska omvandlingar visas i tabellerna.
• Fysikaaliset vakiot ja metrimuunnokset näkyvät taulukoista.
• Fysiske konstanter og metriske omskrivninger vises i tabellen.
•
•
• Konstanta fisika dan konversi metrik diperlihatkan di dalam tabel.
• 斲殯͑儆垫穢͑恂庲͑旇朞͑愕͑埮氊͑筞斶͑愯憛汆͑埪汒͑祢歆͑償枻城埪͟
02: G
BIN
π ≤θ≤⎯
π
−⎯
2
2
RAD
8 × 2 = ANS
10 3 =
138.
KL
110101100
PEN
0 ≤ θ ≤ 180
15.
1
J
⎯
2
=
V0 = 15.3 m/s
j 15.3 k 10 +
t = 10 s
2 @ Z k K 03
1 2
k 10 A =
V0t + ⎯ gt = ? m
U
2
125 yd = ? m
BIN
−90 ≤ θ ≤ 90
DEG
+5=
j 90 @ ]
n = 100
6@Z+7
@Z=
1
7
⎯+⎯=
16
11001
θ = cos−1 x
ANS + 5 =
90° → [rad]
3
U
HEX (1AC)
θ = sin−1 x, θ = tan−1 x
@J00
10.
]
9
–
M=
50.
j6+4=
1
4
3⎯ + ⎯ =
2
3
−) M2 × 5%
0.707106781
3
20
1⎯
130.5000029
+) $250: M1 + 250 ⇒ M2 250 m
Q
6 + 4 = ANS
50.
I
$150 × 3 ⇒ M1
2
⎯
2
@J02
@y1=
130.5000029
@G;Xm4
& 0.5 ; X @ 1
+6;XAH2
)=
5
0.866025403
@J01
$@sW4=
cos ⎯ [rad] =
4
7
P
5 ÷5= @ * 2 r z 3
2 ÷3+P
+@*5r
z5=
DEC (25)
Q
@>t(
5 z 7 ) = 0.895879734
U
x=6
y=4
4.
3
⎯
2
5
tanh−1 ⎯
=
j2W5r
+W3r4
=
3
4
⎯+⎯=
15
@ * 49 r & 4
@ D 81 =
512.
0.
U
3.b-03
@J14
[NORM2]
1500”
6.447419591
p
81 =
49 − 4p
=
llN3
H 0.001 =
llN3
H 0.001 =
8
8@1=
2'720.
U
[NORM1]
24°
1'700.
j v 60 =
3 ÷ 1000 =
123.678
102.
@P0
33.33b03
[ENG: TAB 2] @ J 1 2 2
14
91.
40 =
33'333.33
[FIX: TAB 2] @ J 1 0 2
13
-129599m64
50.
r2=
8×2⇒M
[NORM1]
2
5
U
v$tw^ysH>
ilO" VYZA1
*mDqBecaW
6
100000 ÷ 3 =
2
-2024m63m64
83 =
o
( xdx==20.00002
( xdx==30.001
-2'024.984375
U
11
(x 4 − 0.5x 3 + 6x 2) @ G ; X m 4 r
d⎯
& 0.5 ; X @ 1
dx
+6;XA
o
500 + (500 × 25%) = 500 + 25 @ a
5
PRINTED IN CHINA / IMPRIMÉ EN CHINE / IMPRESO EN CHINA
07HGK (TINSZ1308EHZZ)
-2'024.984375
( 12 m 3 )
m 1 W 4 = 6.447419591
5C2
-90
U
o
27 =
140.
-
( 12 m 3
r)m
1W4=
=
3p
42 k S 5 + 120
=
42 × −5 + 120 =
1
(123) ⎯
4
129599
⎯
64
U
8mS2&
3m4k5
A=
ud
3
63
-2024 ⎯
64
sin 45 =
Q
2
⎯
2
v 45 =
2cos−1 0.5 [rad] =
8mS2r
&3m4r
k5A=
0.707106781
U
EL-W506
EL-W516
EL-W546
8−2 − 34 × 52 =
@J01
2 @ ^ 0.5 =
2
⎯
J
3
2.094395102
U
o
0.
@Z
CALCULATION EXAMPLES
EXEMPLES DE CALCUL
ANWENDUNGSBEISPIELE
EJEMPLOS DE CÁLCULO
EXEMPLOS DE CÁLCULO
ESEMPI DI CALCOLO
REKENVOORBEELDEN
PÉLDASZÁMÍTÁSOK
PŘÍKLADY VÝPOČTŮ
RÄKNEEXEMPEL
LASKENTAESIMERKKEJÄ
UDREGNINGSEKSEMPLER
① 3(5 + 2) =
3(5+2)=
21.
②3×5+2=
3k5+2=
17.
③ (5 + 3) × 2 =
( 5 + 3) k 2 =
16.
①
@u
21.
②
d
17.
+&kz()S`
4
陹ꩥ꾽
17.
u
②
CONTOH-CONTOH PERHITUNGAN
16.
d
③
45 + 285 ÷ 3 =
j 45 + 285 z 3
=
(18 + 6) ÷ (15 − 8) =
( 18 + 6 ) z
( 15 & 8 =
3
3⎯
7
(5 × 103) ÷ (4 × 10−3) = 5 ` 3 z
4`S3=
1'250'000.
34 + 57 =
34 + 57 =
45 + 57 =
45 =
68 × 25 =
68 k 25 =
68 × 40 =
J
1
j 100000 z 3
=UU
33'333.33333
3.3b04
[SCI: SIG 2] @ J 1 1 2
33'333.33333
@J13
[NORM1]
sin 60 [°] =
j 3 z 1000 =
U
0.003
0.003
@J13
[NORM1]
U
P
3 ×P
5 =
@ * 49 & 4
@ D 81 =
4.
@ q 27 =
3.
4! =
4@B=
10P3 =
10 @ e 3 =
24.
720.
10.
5@c2=
500 × 25% =
500 k 25 @ a
120 ÷ 400 = ?%
120 z 400 @ a
125.
30.
625.
400 − (400 × 30%) = 400 & 30 @ a
|5 − 9| =
@W5&9=
o
@W(5&9
)=
280.
4.
4.
π
tan−11 [g] =
x=1
∑ (x + 2)
j@I1r5r
;X+2
n=1
=
25.
n=2
llH2=
15.
o
j@I;X+2
H1H5)=
25.
llH2=
15.
(cosh 1.5 + sinh 1.5) = j ( H $
1.5 + H v
1.5 ) A = 20.08553692
2
ln 20 =
i 20 =
2.995732274
U
23
⎯
20
log 50 =
l 50 =
1.698970004
U
1.15
log2 16384 =
@ O 2 r 16384 =
14.
U
1⎯
o
@ O 2 H 16384 )
=
14.
@*3rk
@*5=
H
15
e3 =
@"3=
1÷e=
1z;V
=
101.7 =
@ Y 1.7 =
3
20
3.872983346
3Q
5+5Q
2
⎯
15
0.918618116
U
zrgh/dn4
pxC
BIN j @ / 25
@z
BIN
1
6
@ h 1AC
@z
BIN
@r
PEN
3203
OCT
@g
OCT
654
428.
@/
DEC
(1010 − 100)
× 11 =
[BIN]
@z(
1010 &
100) k 11
=
BIN
BIN (111) → NEG d 111 =
HEX (1FF) +
OCT (512) =
@ h 1FF
@g+
512 =
@h
HEX (?)
jxM
2FEC − 2C9E @ h 2FEC
& 2C9E m
⇒ M1
2000 &1901
m
⇒ M2
—
tM
M=
jxM
+) 2000 − 1901
1011 AND 101 = @ z 1011
[BIN]
4 101 =
10010
BIN 1111111001
1511
OCT
349
HEX
34E
HEX
6FF
HEX
A4D
HEX
→ [rad]
@]
0.927295218
→ [g]
@]
59.03344706
→ [°]
@]
53.13010235
;txmM<[]T
XIJKL
10
0.309523809
sin 62°12’24”
= [10]
(
(
( rθ == 1436 [°] ( xy ==
38: t
(K)
(J s)
07: mµ (kg)
25: λc
(m)
43: Eh
(J)
08: 1u
(kg)
26: λc, p
(m)
44: G0
(s)
09: e
(C)
27: σ
(W m–2 K–4) 45: α–1
10: h
(J s)
28: NA, L (mol–1)
11: k
(J K–1)
29: Vm
(m3 mol–1)
12: µ0
(N A–2)
30: R
(J mol–1 K–1) 48: λc, n
13: ε0
(F m–1)
31: F
(C mol–1)
7⎯
14: re
(m)
32: RK
(Ω)
123(40q40.8"
15: α
33: –e/me (C kg–1)
16: a0
34: h/2me
(m2 s–1)
17: R∞ (m–1)
35: γp
(s–1 T–1)
18: Φ0
36: KJ
(Hz V–1)
10(16 q21."
(m)
(Wb)
2(3q36."
86q400.
25.
j6H4
@u
r:
{:
7.211102551
33.69006753
14 H 36
@E
X:
Y:
11.32623792
8.228993532
tMk5@a
@M
110 x Y
110.
¥26,510 = $?
26510 z ; Y
=
241.
$2,750 = ¥?
2750 k ; Y
=
r = 3 cm (r ⇒ Y)
3xY
πr = ?
@s;Y
A=
U
28.27433388
24
2
⎯ 2⎯
4 + 6 = 5 …(A)
24 z ( 4 + 6
)=
47: Mu
ANS × 9 =
(m)
(W m2)
50: c2
(m K)
51: Z0
(Ω)
(Pa)
xI@>v
sinh−1 0.5 =
I 0.5 =
5
_
DATA SET=
2.
0.0
12
24
12 H 24 _
DATA SET=
3.
5
⎯
9
21
21
21
40
40
40
21 H 40 H 3
_
DATA SET=
4.
U
0.6
15
25
15 H 25 _
DATA SET=
5.
k 9 = *1
5.0
5z9=
5
⎯
9
0.6
3
⎯
5
UU
5.4
@J13
5.4
N 1 S 0.5 e
A = 2, B = 3
Start = 0
Start = 180
tG
sy =
15.67223812
25: fl oz(UK)→mL
40: Pa→atm
σx =
tp
σx= 12.37179148
n=
tc
n=
26: mL→fl oz(UK)
41: mmHg→Pa
27: calth→J
42: Pa→mmHg
13: oz→g
28: J→calth
43: kgf·m→N·m
Σx =
tg
Σx=
14: g→oz
29: cal15→J
44: N·m→kgf·m
Σx2 =
to
Σx2 =
15: lb→kg
30: J→cal15
sx =
tv
sx=
sx2 =
A=
( 95 &
;R)
(95 − –
x ) 10 50 z ; v
⎯ × + =
sx
k 10 + 50
=
13.3630621
sx2 = 178.5714286
30
3
30 H 3 _
DATA SET=
2.
70 H 10 _ DATA SET=
6.
80
7
80 H 7 _
DATA SET=
7.
90
3
8.
y
41
12 H 41 _
DATA SET=
1.
8
13
8 H 13 _
DATA SET=
2.
5
2
5H2_
DATA SET=
3.
23
200
23 H 200 _ DATA SET=
4.
15
71
15 H 71 _
DATA SET=
5.
ta
a=
a=
tS
y = 22
5.357506761
b=
tb
x = 10
-3.120289663
0.503334057
c=
y´ = ? 10 @ U
10 y´
24.4880159
x´ = ? 22 @ V
22 x´
1:
2:
9.63201409
-3.432772026
b10
@Z
S#a# 0 [SD]
20 _
DATA SET=
1.
30
30 _
DATA SET=
2.
40
40 H 2 _
DATA SET=
3.
50 _
DATA SET=
4.
DATA
20
50
0.
90 H 3 _
DATA SET=
–
x=
tR
–
x=
σx =
tp
σx= 16.48757108
DATA SET=
d@#
3.
45.
3.
N 2 35 N 1
)=
0.061713
Q(t)?
N 3 75 N 1
)=
0.312061
x = 85
R(t)?
N 4 85 N 1
)=
0.067845
t = 1.5
R(t)?
N 4 1.5 ) =
x = 75
X:
d 60 _
b3
(12 − 6i ) + (7 + 15i ) 12 - 6 O + 7 + 15 O
- ( 11 + 4 O
− (11 + 4i ) =
)=
8.
+5.K
6 × (7 − 9i )
× (−5 + 8i ) =
6k(7-9O)
k(S5+8O)
=
222.
+606.K
16 × (sin 30° +
icos 30°) ÷ (sin 60°
+ icos 60°) =
16 k ( v 30 + O
$ 30 ) z ( v 60
+ O $ 60 )
=
13.85640646
+8.K
y
@ u 8 Q 70 + 12 Q
25 =
18.5408873
∠42.76427608
θ1
r
θ
θ2
r2
B
x
r 1 = 8, θ1 = 70°
r 2 = 12, θ2 = 25°
r = ?, θ = ?°
r = ?, θ = ?°
60.
x 2 − nx– 2
Σ⎯
σx =
x 2 − nx– 2
sx = Σ⎯
n−1
y
Σ
–
y=⎯
n
Σx = x1 + x2 + … + xn
Σx2 = x1 2 + x2 2 + … + xn2
–2
Σ y 2 − ny
⎯
n−1
n
Σy2 −
ny– 2
⎯
n
Σxy = x1 y1 + x2 y2 + … + xn yn
Σy = y1 + y2 + … + yn
Σy 2 = y1 2 + y2 2 + … + yn2
σy =
1.
+1.K
1.414213562
∠45.
(2 − 3i )2 =
@E(2-3O)
A=
-5.
-12.K
1
⎯=
1+i
(1+O)@Z
=
0.5
-0.5K
CONJ(5 + 2i ) =
N1(5+2O)
=
5.
-2.K
23
n
@E1+O
=
@u
j
Σx
–
x=⎯
0.066807
25 b (CPLX)
1+i
60
60.4
P(t)?
x = 35
A
r1
DATA
30
sy =
64.43210706
1.
0.
10
x
12
7.
41'200.
DATA SET=
70
75.71428571
530.
20 H 1 _
5.
0.
12: m2→acre
1
60 H 13 _ DATA SET=
45
10: m→n mi
S#a# 0 [SD]
13
5.
–x =
b10
@Z
DATA
0.
DATA SET=
tR
33m20
60
S#a# 2 [QUAD]
b12
@Z
50 _
–x =
U
4.
F: ■
39: atm→Pa
1m13m20
DATA SET=
3_
24: mL→fl oz(US)
U
50 H 8 _
45
09: n mi→m
1.65
8
4.
38: Pa→kgf/cm2
1.25 + 2 W 5 =
50
DATA SET=
23: fl oz(US)→mL
1.65
24.61590706
75 H 3 _
08: km→mi
U
46 x´
X:
37: kgf/cm2→Pa
33
⎯
20
x´ = ? 46 @ V
d d d 45 _
22: L→gal (UK)
U
y = 46
45
07: mi→km
1⎯
5
* 4m5m6 = 4 ⎯
6
sy =
3.
36: W→ps
o
8.541216597
DATA SET=
21: gal (UK)→L
13
20
2
1.25 + ⎯ = 1.25 + 2 W 5 =
5
tv
_
06: m→yd
4
⎯
7
F
80
75
75
75
50
35: ps→W
4W;A=
A
x
2.
20: L→gal (US)
4
⎯=
20
DATA SET=
05: yd→m
7.
sx =
80 _
34: W→hp
j7xA
r=
80
19: gal (US)→L
7⇒A
sx =
1.
04: m→ft
1
⎯
2
r=
DATA SET=
33: hp→W
1`3W2`3=
0.995176343
95 _
18: °C→°F
1 × 103
⎯ =
2 × 103
tf
40
03: ft→m
0(31 q1.5"
1.826044386
S#a# 0 [SD]
DATA
95
1[2[3W2=
b=
b10
@Z
32: J→calIT
1°2’3”
⎯=
2
12
⎯
23
3.
GsijhfabS
VU
17: °F→°C
1.2 W 2.3 =
tb
21 _ H R v p c g o Q
02: cm→in
8m81
1.2
⎯=
2.3
DATA SET=
150.
31: calIT→J
2@1W(3m4
)=
b=
30.
e 180 e e
o
0.
22 _ H u d #
N20ee
8
⎯
81
1.050261097
c=
j v ; X - 0.5
2@1W3m4=
a=
20 N (SOLVER)
sin x − 0.5
23
3
ta
b=
H
29
⎯4 =
40 H 5 _
1
8
N1
e5e
8
⎯
15
5
1⎯
H
13
@ * 64 W 225 =
40
-2.
N1
2e3e
64
225
⎯ =
6.528394256
@*;AA
+;BA
A2 + B2
1
⎯
2
3 y´
j;X@1
-3;XA+2
x = −0.5
@q1W8=
1
y´ = ? 3 @ U
N (ALGB)
N1S1e
16807m3125
⎯=
8
a=
DATA
x = −1
16807
⎯
3125
x=3
5
* ⎯ × 9 = 5.5555555555555 × 10−1 × 9
9
3
*2 ⎯ × 9 = 0.6 × 9
5
f (x) = x − 3x + 2
4.641588834
24 N (→t, P(, Q(, R()
2
1
2
S#a# 1 [LINE]
1.
2
5
4.833333333
0.481211825
DATA SET=
5⎯
U
37.69911184
2H5_
k 9 = *2
[NORM1]
V=?
y
@n
[MDF]
29m6
1
5
5
U
U
2
5
x
5z9=
ANS × 9 =
(kg mol–1)
49: c1
52: atm
5 ÷ 9 = ANS
4m5m6*
3.
sinh−1 ⇒ D1
1'000.
j@J101
4.833333333
2⎯
2
100 N 3 4 k
10 N 3 0 =
U
7W5m5=
o
302'500.
3.
t[k4
z3=U
4
=
35.
b11
@Z
16: kg→lb
11:
250.
$1 = ¥110 (110 ⇒ Y)
DATA
01: in→cm
acre→m2
450.
150 k 3 m
665.
138.
5
0.
tM
nJ
A = 2, B = 5
46: mp /me
x @ L 01–44
1234(56 q47."
jxM
N (ENG)
3
24: µµ
663
1250
1
(x2 − 1)dx =
[FIX, TAB = 1]
19
06: mn (kg)
uEH
r=
θ = [°]
(J T–1)
42: -h
v 62 [ 12 [
24 =
0.884635235
0 [ 0 [ 1500
N5
[’]
(m3 kg–1 s–2) 20: µe
41: M(12C) (kg mol–1)
3 [ 45 & 1.69 =
@:
24 [ N 4
[”]
(J)
(J T–1)
[10] j 7 [ 31 [
49.44 @ :
3h 45m – 1.69h
= [60]
37: eV
(J T–1)
[:
1234°56’12” +
1234 [ 56 [
0°0’34.567” = [60] 12 + 0 [ 0
[ 34.567 =
19: µB
(J T–1)
23: µn
20
18
114.3
(kg)
-159.
3h 30m 45s +
3 [ 30 [ 45
6h 45m 36s = [60] + 6 [ 45 [
36 =
j 125@ L 05 =
UU
05: mp
@/
123.678 @ :
643.3325
(m)
→ DEC
[60]
c0
3
100 m × 10 k = ?
40: pc
@ h B3 C
2D =
HEX FFFFFFFF61
7°31’49.44”
01: c,
+
17
(J T–1)
B3 XNOR 2D =
[HEX]
0⇒M
80.
l l H 10 =
22: µp
BIN 1111101001
;Mk5=
50.11872336
(kg)
@ g 24 x
4=
OCT
(8 × 2) × 5 =
3xY
04: me
24 XOR 4 =
[OCT]
24 z ; M =
r = 3 cm (r ⇒ Y)
(m)
@zn
10110 =
24 ÷ (8 × 2) =
1
1⎯
2
0.367879441
K 01–52
(m s–1)
16.
j8k2xM
jF1
SFS1u1r
;XA&1r+
F1u3r;XA
8.
&1=
2
3
jF;XA&5
H2H8)=
138.
(x2 − 1)dx
−1
29
⎯
6
3W1W2
+4W3=
⎯
53.13010235
5
6
4⎯
U
@ w 0.8 =
o
1
o
j3@k1d2
r+W4d3=
sin−1 0.8 = [°]
@s;YA
x[
−
Wk
12
90.
πr 2 ⇒ F1
13
⎯
42
9.
@*=
@]
138.
39: AU
NOT 10110 =
[BIN]
2
ANS =
81.
→ [°]
l l H 10 =
(J T–1)
DB
jF2u8r
;XA&5
(x2 − 5)dx
44 + 37 =
7W5rm5=
FG
8
44 + 37 = ANS
256.
( ⎯75 )
2
7
A=
100.
n = 10
20.08553692
21: µN
@ h 5A p
C3 =
HEX
0 ≤ θ ≤ 200
ANS2 =
@]
32 ⎯
(m s–2)
5A OR C3 =
[HEX]
−100 ≤ θ ≤ 100
GRAD
16.
→ [g]
3 k ; < + 60
z;<=
03: gn
1
0≤θ≤π
8k2=
@Y2W3=
3 × (A) + 60 ÷ (A) =
• Physical constants and metric conversions are shown in the tables.
• Les constantes physiques et les conversions des unités sont
indiquées sur les tableaux.
• Physikalische Konstanten und metriche Umrechnungen sind in
der Tabelle aufgelistet.
• Las constants fisicas y conversiones métricas son mostradas
en las tables.
• Constantes fisicas e conversões métricas estão mostradas nas
tablelas.
• La constanti fisiche e le conversioni delle unità di misura vengono
mostrate nella tabella.
• De natuurconstanten en metrische omrekeningen staan in de
tabellen hiernaast.
• A fizikai konstansok és a metrikus átváltások a táblázatokban
találhatók.
• Fyzikální konstanty a převody do metrické soustavy jsou uvedeny
v tabulce.
• Fysikaliska konstanter och metriska omvandlingar visas i tabellerna.
• Fysikaaliset vakiot ja metrimuunnokset näkyvät taulukoista.
• Fysiske konstanter og metriske omskrivninger vises i tabellen.
•
•
• Konstanta fisika dan konversi metrik diperlihatkan di dalam tabel.
• 斲殯͑儆垫穢͑恂庲͑旇朞͑愕͑埮氊͑筞斶͑愯憛汆͑埪汒͑祢歆͑償枻城埪͟
02: G
BIN
π ≤θ≤⎯
π
−⎯
2
2
RAD
8 × 2 = ANS
10 3 =
138.
KL
110101100
PEN
0 ≤ θ ≤ 180
15.
1
J
⎯
2
=
V0 = 15.3 m/s
j 15.3 k 10 +
t = 10 s
2 @ Z k K 03
1 2
k 10 A =
V0t + ⎯ gt = ? m
U
2
125 yd = ? m
BIN
−90 ≤ θ ≤ 90
DEG
+5=
j 90 @ ]
n = 100
6@Z+7
@Z=
1
7
⎯+⎯=
16
11001
θ = cos−1 x
ANS + 5 =
90° → [rad]
3
U
HEX (1AC)
θ = sin−1 x, θ = tan−1 x
@J00
10.
]
9
–
M=
50.
j6+4=
1
4
3⎯ + ⎯ =
2
3
−) M2 × 5%
0.707106781
3
20
1⎯
130.5000029
+) $250: M1 + 250 ⇒ M2 250 m
Q
6 + 4 = ANS
50.
I
$150 × 3 ⇒ M1
2
⎯
2
@J02
@y1=
130.5000029
@G;Xm4
& 0.5 ; X @ 1
+6;XAH2
)=
5
0.866025403
@J01
$@sW4=
cos ⎯ [rad] =
4
7
P
5 ÷5= @ * 2 r z 3
2 ÷3+P
+@*5r
z5=
DEC (25)
Q
@>t(
5 z 7 ) = 0.895879734
U
x=6
y=4
4.
3
⎯
2
5
tanh−1 ⎯
=
j2W5r
+W3r4
=
3
4
⎯+⎯=
15
@ * 49 r & 4
@ D 81 =
512.
0.
U
3.b-03
@J14
[NORM2]
1500”
6.447419591
p
81 =
49 − 4p
=
llN3
H 0.001 =
llN3
H 0.001 =
8
8@1=
2'720.
U
[NORM1]
24°
1'700.
j v 60 =
3 ÷ 1000 =
123.678
102.
@P0
33.33b03
[ENG: TAB 2] @ J 1 2 2
14
91.
40 =
33'333.33
[FIX: TAB 2] @ J 1 0 2
13
-129599m64
50.
r2=
8×2⇒M
[NORM1]
2
5
U
v$tw^ysH>
ilO" VYZA1
*mDqBecaW
6
100000 ÷ 3 =
2
-2024m63m64
83 =
o
( xdx==20.00002
( xdx==30.001
-2'024.984375
U
11
(x 4 − 0.5x 3 + 6x 2) @ G ; X m 4 r
d⎯
& 0.5 ; X @ 1
dx
+6;XA
o
500 + (500 × 25%) = 500 + 25 @ a
5
PRINTED IN CHINA / IMPRIMÉ EN CHINE / IMPRESO EN CHINA
07HGK (TINSZ1308EHZZ)
-2'024.984375
( 12 m 3 )
m 1 W 4 = 6.447419591
5C2
-90
U
o
27 =
140.
-
( 12 m 3
r)m
1W4=
=
3p
42 k S 5 + 120
=
42 × −5 + 120 =
1
(123) ⎯
4
129599
⎯
64
U
8mS2&
3m4k5
A=
ud
3
63
-2024 ⎯
64
sin 45 =
Q
2
⎯
2
v 45 =
2cos−1 0.5 [rad] =
8mS2r
&3m4r
k5A=
0.707106781
U
EL-W506
EL-W516
EL-W546
8−2 − 34 × 52 =
@J01
2 @ ^ 0.5 =
2
⎯
J
3
2.094395102
U
o
0.
@Z
CALCULATION EXAMPLES
EXEMPLES DE CALCUL
ANWENDUNGSBEISPIELE
EJEMPLOS DE CÁLCULO
EXEMPLOS DE CÁLCULO
ESEMPI DI CALCOLO
REKENVOORBEELDEN
PÉLDASZÁMÍTÁSOK
PŘÍKLADY VÝPOČTŮ
RÄKNEEXEMPEL
LASKENTAESIMERKKEJÄ
UDREGNINGSEKSEMPLER
① 3(5 + 2) =
3(5+2)=
21.
②3×5+2=
3k5+2=
17.
③ (5 + 3) × 2 =
( 5 + 3) k 2 =
16.
①
@u
21.
②
d
17.
+&kz()S`
4
陹ꩥ꾽
17.
u
②
CONTOH-CONTOH PERHITUNGAN
16.
d
③
45 + 285 ÷ 3 =
j 45 + 285 z 3
=
(18 + 6) ÷ (15 − 8) =
( 18 + 6 ) z
( 15 & 8 =
3
3⎯
7
(5 × 103) ÷ (4 × 10−3) = 5 ` 3 z
4`S3=
1'250'000.
34 + 57 =
34 + 57 =
45 + 57 =
45 =
68 × 25 =
68 k 25 =
68 × 40 =
J
1
j 100000 z 3
=UU
33'333.33333
3.3b04
[SCI: SIG 2] @ J 1 1 2
33'333.33333
@J13
[NORM1]
sin 60 [°] =
j 3 z 1000 =
U
0.003
0.003
@J13
[NORM1]
U
P
3 ×P
5 =
@ * 49 & 4
@ D 81 =
4.
@ q 27 =
3.
4! =
4@B=
10P3 =
10 @ e 3 =
24.
720.
10.
5@c2=
500 × 25% =
500 k 25 @ a
120 ÷ 400 = ?%
120 z 400 @ a
125.
30.
625.
400 − (400 × 30%) = 400 & 30 @ a
|5 − 9| =
@W5&9=
o
@W(5&9
)=
280.
4.
4.
π
tan−11 [g] =
x=1
∑ (x + 2)
j@I1r5r
;X+2
n=1
=
25.
n=2
llH2=
15.
o
j@I;X+2
H1H5)=
25.
llH2=
15.
(cosh 1.5 + sinh 1.5) = j ( H $
1.5 + H v
1.5 ) A = 20.08553692
2
ln 20 =
i 20 =
2.995732274
U
23
⎯
20
log 50 =
l 50 =
1.698970004
U
1.15
log2 16384 =
@ O 2 r 16384 =
14.
U
1⎯
o
@ O 2 H 16384 )
=
14.
@*3rk
@*5=
H
15
e3 =
@"3=
1÷e=
1z;V
=
101.7 =
@ Y 1.7 =
3
20
3.872983346
3Q
5+5Q
2
⎯
15
0.918618116
U
zrgh/dn4
pxC
BIN j @ / 25
@z
BIN
1
6
@ h 1AC
@z
BIN
@r
PEN
3203
OCT
@g
OCT
654
428.
@/
DEC
(1010 − 100)
× 11 =
[BIN]
@z(
1010 &
100) k 11
=
BIN
BIN (111) → NEG d 111 =
HEX (1FF) +
OCT (512) =
@ h 1FF
@g+
512 =
@h
HEX (?)
jxM
2FEC − 2C9E @ h 2FEC
& 2C9E m
⇒ M1
2000 &1901
m
⇒ M2
—
tM
M=
jxM
+) 2000 − 1901
1011 AND 101 = @ z 1011
[BIN]
4 101 =
10010
BIN 1111111001
1511
OCT
349
HEX
34E
HEX
6FF
HEX
A4D
HEX
→ [rad]
@]
0.927295218
→ [g]
@]
59.03344706
→ [°]
@]
53.13010235
;txmM<[]T
XIJKL
10
0.309523809
sin 62°12’24”
= [10]
(
(
( rθ == 1436 [°] ( xy ==
38: t
(K)
(J s)
07: mµ (kg)
25: λc
(m)
43: Eh
(J)
08: 1u
(kg)
26: λc, p
(m)
44: G0
(s)
09: e
(C)
27: σ
(W m–2 K–4) 45: α–1
10: h
(J s)
28: NA, L (mol–1)
11: k
(J K–1)
29: Vm
(m3 mol–1)
12: µ0
(N A–2)
30: R
(J mol–1 K–1) 48: λc, n
13: ε0
(F m–1)
31: F
(C mol–1)
7⎯
14: re
(m)
32: RK
(Ω)
123(40q40.8"
15: α
33: –e/me (C kg–1)
16: a0
34: h/2me
(m2 s–1)
17: R∞ (m–1)
35: γp
(s–1 T–1)
18: Φ0
36: KJ
(Hz V–1)
10(16 q21."
(m)
(Wb)
2(3q36."
86q400.
25.
j6H4
@u
r:
{:
7.211102551
33.69006753
14 H 36
@E
X:
Y:
11.32623792
8.228993532
tMk5@a
@M
110 x Y
110.
¥26,510 = $?
26510 z ; Y
=
241.
$2,750 = ¥?
2750 k ; Y
=
r = 3 cm (r ⇒ Y)
3xY
πr = ?
@s;Y
A=
U
28.27433388
24
2
⎯ 2⎯
4 + 6 = 5 …(A)
24 z ( 4 + 6
)=
47: Mu
ANS × 9 =
(m)
(W m2)
50: c2
(m K)
51: Z0
(Ω)
(Pa)
xI@>v
sinh−1 0.5 =
I 0.5 =
5
_
DATA SET=
2.
0.0
12
24
12 H 24 _
DATA SET=
3.
5
⎯
9
21
21
21
40
40
40
21 H 40 H 3
_
DATA SET=
4.
U
0.6
15
25
15 H 25 _
DATA SET=
5.
k 9 = *1
5.0
5z9=
5
⎯
9
0.6
3
⎯
5
UU
5.4
@J13
5.4
N 1 S 0.5 e
A = 2, B = 3
Start = 0
Start = 180
tG
sy =
15.67223812
25: fl oz(UK)→mL
40: Pa→atm
σx =
tp
σx= 12.37179148
n=
tc
n=
26: mL→fl oz(UK)
41: mmHg→Pa
27: calth→J
42: Pa→mmHg
13: oz→g
28: J→calth
43: kgf·m→N·m
Σx =
tg
Σx=
14: g→oz
29: cal15→J
44: N·m→kgf·m
Σx2 =
to
Σx2 =
15: lb→kg
30: J→cal15
sx =
tv
sx=
sx2 =
A=
( 95 &
;R)
(95 − –
x ) 10 50 z ; v
⎯ × + =
sx
k 10 + 50
=
13.3630621
sx2 = 178.5714286
30
3
30 H 3 _
DATA SET=
2.
70 H 10 _ DATA SET=
6.
80
7
80 H 7 _
DATA SET=
7.
90
3
8.
y
41
12 H 41 _
DATA SET=
1.
8
13
8 H 13 _
DATA SET=
2.
5
2
5H2_
DATA SET=
3.
23
200
23 H 200 _ DATA SET=
4.
15
71
15 H 71 _
DATA SET=
5.
ta
a=
a=
tS
y = 22
5.357506761
b=
tb
x = 10
-3.120289663
0.503334057
c=
y´ = ? 10 @ U
10 y´
24.4880159
x´ = ? 22 @ V
22 x´
1:
2:
9.63201409
-3.432772026
b10
@Z
S#a# 0 [SD]
20 _
DATA SET=
1.
30
30 _
DATA SET=
2.
40
40 H 2 _
DATA SET=
3.
50 _
DATA SET=
4.
DATA
20
50
0.
90 H 3 _
DATA SET=
–
x=
tR
–
x=
σx =
tp
σx= 16.48757108
DATA SET=
d@#
3.
45.
3.
N 2 35 N 1
)=
0.061713
Q(t)?
N 3 75 N 1
)=
0.312061
x = 85
R(t)?
N 4 85 N 1
)=
0.067845
t = 1.5
R(t)?
N 4 1.5 ) =
x = 75
X:
d 60 _
b3
(12 − 6i ) + (7 + 15i ) 12 - 6 O + 7 + 15 O
- ( 11 + 4 O
− (11 + 4i ) =
)=
8.
+5.K
6 × (7 − 9i )
× (−5 + 8i ) =
6k(7-9O)
k(S5+8O)
=
222.
+606.K
16 × (sin 30° +
icos 30°) ÷ (sin 60°
+ icos 60°) =
16 k ( v 30 + O
$ 30 ) z ( v 60
+ O $ 60 )
=
13.85640646
+8.K
y
@ u 8 Q 70 + 12 Q
25 =
18.5408873
∠42.76427608
θ1
r
θ
θ2
r2
B
x
r 1 = 8, θ1 = 70°
r 2 = 12, θ2 = 25°
r = ?, θ = ?°
r = ?, θ = ?°
60.
x 2 − nx– 2
Σ⎯
σx =
x 2 − nx– 2
sx = Σ⎯
n−1
y
Σ
–
y=⎯
n
Σx = x1 + x2 + … + xn
Σx2 = x1 2 + x2 2 + … + xn2
–2
Σ y 2 − ny
⎯
n−1
n
Σy2 −
ny– 2
⎯
n
Σxy = x1 y1 + x2 y2 + … + xn yn
Σy = y1 + y2 + … + yn
Σy 2 = y1 2 + y2 2 + … + yn2
σy =
1.
+1.K
1.414213562
∠45.
(2 − 3i )2 =
@E(2-3O)
A=
-5.
-12.K
1
⎯=
1+i
(1+O)@Z
=
0.5
-0.5K
CONJ(5 + 2i ) =
N1(5+2O)
=
5.
-2.K
23
n
@E1+O
=
@u
j
Σx
–
x=⎯
0.066807
25 b (CPLX)
1+i
60
60.4
P(t)?
x = 35
A
r1
DATA
30
sy =
64.43210706
1.
0.
10
x
12
7.
41'200.
DATA SET=
70
75.71428571
530.
20 H 1 _
5.
0.
12: m2→acre
1
60 H 13 _ DATA SET=
45
10: m→n mi
S#a# 0 [SD]
13
5.
–x =
b10
@Z
DATA
0.
DATA SET=
tR
33m20
60
S#a# 2 [QUAD]
b12
@Z
50 _
–x =
U
4.
F: ■
39: atm→Pa
1m13m20
DATA SET=
3_
24: mL→fl oz(US)
U
50 H 8 _
45
09: n mi→m
1.65
8
4.
38: Pa→kgf/cm2
1.25 + 2 W 5 =
50
DATA SET=
23: fl oz(US)→mL
1.65
24.61590706
75 H 3 _
08: km→mi
U
46 x´
X:
37: kgf/cm2→Pa
33
⎯
20
x´ = ? 46 @ V
d d d 45 _
22: L→gal (UK)
U
y = 46
45
07: mi→km
1⎯
5
* 4m5m6 = 4 ⎯
6
sy =
3.
36: W→ps
o
8.541216597
DATA SET=
21: gal (UK)→L
13
20
2
1.25 + ⎯ = 1.25 + 2 W 5 =
5
tv
_
06: m→yd
4
⎯
7
F
80
75
75
75
50
35: ps→W
4W;A=
A
x
2.
20: L→gal (US)
4
⎯=
20
DATA SET=
05: yd→m
7.
sx =
80 _
34: W→hp
j7xA
r=
80
19: gal (US)→L
7⇒A
sx =
1.
04: m→ft
1
⎯
2
r=
DATA SET=
33: hp→W
1`3W2`3=
0.995176343
95 _
18: °C→°F
1 × 103
⎯ =
2 × 103
tf
40
03: ft→m
0(31 q1.5"
1.826044386
S#a# 0 [SD]
DATA
95
1[2[3W2=
b=
b10
@Z
32: J→calIT
1°2’3”
⎯=
2
12
⎯
23
3.
GsijhfabS
VU
17: °F→°C
1.2 W 2.3 =
tb
21 _ H R v p c g o Q
02: cm→in
8m81
1.2
⎯=
2.3
DATA SET=
150.
31: calIT→J
2@1W(3m4
)=
b=
30.
e 180 e e
o
0.
22 _ H u d #
N20ee
8
⎯
81
1.050261097
c=
j v ; X - 0.5
2@1W3m4=
a=
20 N (SOLVER)
sin x − 0.5
23
3
ta
b=
H
29
⎯4 =
40 H 5 _
1
8
N1
e5e
8
⎯
15
5
1⎯
H
13
@ * 64 W 225 =
40
-2.
N1
2e3e
64
225
⎯ =
6.528394256
@*;AA
+;BA
A2 + B2
1
⎯
2
3 y´
j;X@1
-3;XA+2
x = −0.5
@q1W8=
1
y´ = ? 3 @ U
N (ALGB)
N1S1e
16807m3125
⎯=
8
a=
DATA
x = −1
16807
⎯
3125
x=3
5
* ⎯ × 9 = 5.5555555555555 × 10−1 × 9
9
3
*2 ⎯ × 9 = 0.6 × 9
5
f (x) = x − 3x + 2
4.641588834
24 N (→t, P(, Q(, R()
2
1
2
S#a# 1 [LINE]
1.
2
5
4.833333333
0.481211825
DATA SET=
5⎯
U
37.69911184
2H5_
k 9 = *2
[NORM1]
V=?
y
@n
[MDF]
29m6
1
5
5
U
U
2
5
x
5z9=
ANS × 9 =
(kg mol–1)
49: c1
52: atm
5 ÷ 9 = ANS
4m5m6*
3.
sinh−1 ⇒ D1
1'000.
j@J101
4.833333333
2⎯
2
100 N 3 4 k
10 N 3 0 =
U
7W5m5=
o
302'500.
3.
t[k4
z3=U
4
=
35.
b11
@Z
16: kg→lb
11:
250.
$1 = ¥110 (110 ⇒ Y)
DATA
01: in→cm
acre→m2
450.
150 k 3 m
665.
138.
5
0.
tM
nJ
A = 2, B = 5
46: mp /me
x @ L 01–44
1234(56 q47."
jxM
N (ENG)
3
24: µµ
663
1250
1
(x2 − 1)dx =
[FIX, TAB = 1]
19
06: mn (kg)
uEH
r=
θ = [°]
(J T–1)
42: -h
v 62 [ 12 [
24 =
0.884635235
0 [ 0 [ 1500
N5
[’]
(m3 kg–1 s–2) 20: µe
41: M(12C) (kg mol–1)
3 [ 45 & 1.69 =
@:
24 [ N 4
[”]
(J)
(J T–1)
[10] j 7 [ 31 [
49.44 @ :
3h 45m – 1.69h
= [60]
37: eV
(J T–1)
[:
1234°56’12” +
1234 [ 56 [
0°0’34.567” = [60] 12 + 0 [ 0
[ 34.567 =
19: µB
(J T–1)
23: µn
20
18
114.3
(kg)
-159.
3h 30m 45s +
3 [ 30 [ 45
6h 45m 36s = [60] + 6 [ 45 [
36 =
j 125@ L 05 =
UU
05: mp
@/
123.678 @ :
643.3325
(m)
→ DEC
[60]
c0
3
100 m × 10 k = ?
40: pc
@ h B3 C
2D =
HEX FFFFFFFF61
7°31’49.44”
01: c,
+
17
(J T–1)
B3 XNOR 2D =
[HEX]
0⇒M
80.
l l H 10 =
22: µp
BIN 1111101001
;Mk5=
50.11872336
(kg)
@ g 24 x
4=
OCT
(8 × 2) × 5 =
3xY
04: me
24 XOR 4 =
[OCT]
24 z ; M =
r = 3 cm (r ⇒ Y)
(m)
@zn
10110 =
24 ÷ (8 × 2) =
1
1⎯
2
0.367879441
K 01–52
(m s–1)
16.
j8k2xM
jF1
SFS1u1r
;XA&1r+
F1u3r;XA
8.
&1=
2
3
jF;XA&5
H2H8)=
138.
(x2 − 1)dx
−1
29
⎯
6
3W1W2
+4W3=
⎯
53.13010235
5
6
4⎯
U
@ w 0.8 =
o
1
o
j3@k1d2
r+W4d3=
sin−1 0.8 = [°]
@s;YA
x[
−
Wk
12
90.
πr 2 ⇒ F1
13
⎯
42
9.
@*=
@]
138.
39: AU
NOT 10110 =
[BIN]
2
ANS =
81.
→ [°]
l l H 10 =
(J T–1)
DB
jF2u8r
;XA&5
(x2 − 5)dx
44 + 37 =
7W5rm5=
FG
8
44 + 37 = ANS
256.
( ⎯75 )
2
7
A=
100.
n = 10
20.08553692
21: µN
@ h 5A p
C3 =
HEX
0 ≤ θ ≤ 200
ANS2 =
@]
32 ⎯
(m s–2)
5A OR C3 =
[HEX]
−100 ≤ θ ≤ 100
GRAD
16.
→ [g]
3 k ; < + 60
z;<=
03: gn
1
0≤θ≤π
8k2=
@Y2W3=
3 × (A) + 60 ÷ (A) =
• Physical constants and metric conversions are shown in the tables.
• Les constantes physiques et les conversions des unités sont
indiquées sur les tableaux.
• Physikalische Konstanten und metriche Umrechnungen sind in
der Tabelle aufgelistet.
• Las constants fisicas y conversiones métricas son mostradas
en las tables.
• Constantes fisicas e conversões métricas estão mostradas nas
tablelas.
• La constanti fisiche e le conversioni delle unità di misura vengono
mostrate nella tabella.
• De natuurconstanten en metrische omrekeningen staan in de
tabellen hiernaast.
• A fizikai konstansok és a metrikus átváltások a táblázatokban
találhatók.
• Fyzikální konstanty a převody do metrické soustavy jsou uvedeny
v tabulce.
• Fysikaliska konstanter och metriska omvandlingar visas i tabellerna.
• Fysikaaliset vakiot ja metrimuunnokset näkyvät taulukoista.
• Fysiske konstanter og metriske omskrivninger vises i tabellen.
•
•
• Konstanta fisika dan konversi metrik diperlihatkan di dalam tabel.
• 斲殯͑儆垫穢͑恂庲͑旇朞͑愕͑埮氊͑筞斶͑愯憛汆͑埪汒͑祢歆͑償枻城埪͟
02: G
BIN
π ≤θ≤⎯
π
−⎯
2
2
RAD
8 × 2 = ANS
10 3 =
138.
KL
110101100
PEN
0 ≤ θ ≤ 180
15.
1
J
⎯
2
=
V0 = 15.3 m/s
j 15.3 k 10 +
t = 10 s
2 @ Z k K 03
1 2
k 10 A =
V0t + ⎯ gt = ? m
U
2
125 yd = ? m
BIN
−90 ≤ θ ≤ 90
DEG
+5=
j 90 @ ]
n = 100
6@Z+7
@Z=
1
7
⎯+⎯=
16
11001
θ = cos−1 x
ANS + 5 =
90° → [rad]
3
U
HEX (1AC)
θ = sin−1 x, θ = tan−1 x
@J00
10.
]
9
–
M=
50.
j6+4=
1
4
3⎯ + ⎯ =
2
3
−) M2 × 5%
0.707106781
3
20
1⎯
130.5000029
+) $250: M1 + 250 ⇒ M2 250 m
Q
6 + 4 = ANS
50.
I
$150 × 3 ⇒ M1
2
⎯
2
@J02
@y1=
130.5000029
@G;Xm4
& 0.5 ; X @ 1
+6;XAH2
)=
5
0.866025403
@J01
$@sW4=
cos ⎯ [rad] =
4
7
P
5 ÷5= @ * 2 r z 3
2 ÷3+P
+@*5r
z5=
DEC (25)
Q
@>t(
5 z 7 ) = 0.895879734
U
x=6
y=4
4.
3
⎯
2
5
tanh−1 ⎯
=
j2W5r
+W3r4
=
3
4
⎯+⎯=
15
@ * 49 r & 4
@ D 81 =
512.
0.
U
3.b-03
@J14
[NORM2]
1500”
6.447419591
p
81 =
49 − 4p
=
llN3
H 0.001 =
llN3
H 0.001 =
8
8@1=
2'720.
U
[NORM1]
24°
1'700.
j v 60 =
3 ÷ 1000 =
123.678
102.
@P0
33.33b03
[ENG: TAB 2] @ J 1 2 2
14
91.
40 =
33'333.33
[FIX: TAB 2] @ J 1 0 2
13
-129599m64
50.
r2=
8×2⇒M
[NORM1]
2
5
U
v$tw^ysH>
ilO" VYZA1
*mDqBecaW
6
100000 ÷ 3 =
2
-2024m63m64
83 =
o
( xdx==20.00002
( xdx==30.001
-2'024.984375
U
11
(x 4 − 0.5x 3 + 6x 2) @ G ; X m 4 r
d⎯
& 0.5 ; X @ 1
dx
+6;XA
o
500 + (500 × 25%) = 500 + 25 @ a
5
PRINTED IN CHINA / IMPRIMÉ EN CHINE / IMPRESO EN CHINA
07HGK (TINSZ1308EHZZ)
-2'024.984375
( 12 m 3 )
m 1 W 4 = 6.447419591
5C2
-90
U
o
27 =
140.
-
( 12 m 3
r)m
1W4=
=
3p
42 k S 5 + 120
=
42 × −5 + 120 =
1
(123) ⎯
4
129599
⎯
64
U
8mS2&
3m4k5
A=
ud
3
63
-2024 ⎯
64
26 b (MATRIX)
[ ]
b4
N222e
1e2e3e4e
jN40
[ ]
N2e
3e1e2e6e
jN41
matA × matB =
jN 1 0 k
N11=
1 2
⇒ matA
3 4
3 1
⇒ matB
2 6
matA−1
=
jN10
@Z=
[
[
dim (matA, 3, 3) = j N 5 0
N10H3
H3)=
fill (5, 3, 3) =
jN 5 15
H3H3)=
cumul matA =
jN 5 2
N10=
[
[
o_prod (L1, L2) = j N 6 8
N10H
N11)
=
7
13
17
27
-2
1
1.5 -^.5
2
^
3
4
^
^
^
^
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
1
2
4
6
[
jN 5 43
=
[
1
^
^
^
1
^
^
^
1
rnd_mat (2, 3) =
jN 5 52 H 3 )
=
det matA =
jN60
N10=
[
jN61
N11=
trans matB =
jN 7
N30
jN 3 1
mat → list
]
]
]
]
]
aug (matA, matB) = j N 5 3 N
1 2 3 1
10HN
11)=
3 4 2 6
identity 3 =
]
-2.
3
2
1
6
abs_list L2 =
jN6A
N11=
list → matA
jN8
N30
{
2x + 3y = 4
5x + 6y = 7
x=?
y=?
]
[ 1: 1
2: 3
]
[ 1: 3
2: 2
]
det(D) = ?
x+y−z=9
6x + 6y − z = 17
14x − 7y + 2z = 42
x=?
y=?
z=?
det(D) = ?
L1 + L2 =
jN10+
N11=
sortA L1 =
jN50N
10=
sortD L1 =
jN51N
10=
dim (L1, 5) =
jN52N
10H5)
=
fill (5, 5) =
jN535
H5)=
[
[
[
[
[
1: -1
1: 2
2: 7
3: 4
4: ^
1: 5
2: 5
3: 5
4: 5
5: 5
[
df_list L1 =
jN55N
10=
[ 1: 5
1: 2
3: 13
2: -3
2: 7
3: 4
4: -3
5: -1
6: -4
max L1 =
jN61N
10=
mean L1 =
jN62N
10=
4.333333333
med L1 =
jN63N
10=
4.
jN64N
10=
13.
prod L1 =
jN65N
10=
56.
stdDv L1 =
jN66N
10=
2.516611478
vari L1 =
jN67N
10=
6.333333333
2.
-3.
b61
1e1eS1e9e
6 e 6 e S 1 e 17 e
14 e S 7 e 2 e 42
e
X:
Y:
Z:
D:
3.238095238
-1.638095238
-7.4
105.
3x + 4x − 95 = 0
e
X=
1:
2:
b63
5x3 + 4x2 + 3x + 7 = 0 5 e 4 e 3 e 7
e
X=
1:
2:
-1.233600307
0.216800153
±1.043018296K
7.
Seulement pour la France/For France only:
Function keys
Display
Buffer space*
Touches de fonction
Affichage
Espace tampon*
Funktionstasten
Anzeige
Speicherplatz*
Teclas de función Visualizador Espacio de memoria intermedia*
Espaço na memória intermediária*
Teclas de função
Exibição
Memoria tampone*
Tasti di funzione
Display
Bufferruimte*
Functietoetsen
Display
Függvénybillentyűk
Pufferterület*
Kijelző
Tlačítka funkcí
Vyrovnávací paměť*
Zobrazení
Funktionstangenter
Buffertutrymme*
Visning
Funktionäppäimet
Puskuritila*
Näyttö
Funktionstaster
Bufferplads*
Display
*
Tombol fungsi
穮朞͑疪
Function
Fonction
Funktion
Función
Função
Funzioni
Functie
Függvény
Funkce
Funktion
Funktio
Funktion
Dynamic range
Plage dynamique
zulässiger Bereich
Rango dinámico
Gama dinâmica
Campi dinamici
Rekencapaciteit
Megengedett számítási tartomány
Dynamický rozsah
Definitionsområde
Dynaaminen ala
Dynamikområde
Fungsi
穮朞
Kisaran dinamis
壟洇͑憚氊
Tampilan
筚彺͑祢柢
Ruang buffer*
憊碂͑击儊͛͑
@Z
□−1
1
A
□2
1
@1
□3
1
m
□□
5
@O
log□(□)
7
@"
e□
5
sin–1 x, cos–1 x
|x| ≤ 1
@Y
10□
5
tan–1 x, 3P
x
| x | < 10100
ln x, log x, loga x
10–99 ≤ x < 10100, 10–99 ≤ a < 10100 (a ≠ 1)
sin x, cos x, tan x
Protection de l’environnement
L’appareil est alimenté par pile. Afin de protéger l’environnement,
nous vous recommandons:
• d’apporter la pile usagée ou à votre revendeur ou au
service après-vente, pour recyclage.
• de ne pas jeter la pile usagée dans une source de chaleur,
dans l’eau ou dans un vide-ordures.
Endast svensk version/For Sweden only:
ENGLISH
@q
3P
□
5
• y > 0:
□P
7
• y = 0: 0 < x < 10100
□
⎯
□
7
| □|
5
@D
F
@G
@I
()
□
□
□ □dx
9
d(□)
⎯
dx x = □
|
7
∑ (□)
x=□
9
□
(
)
• y < 0:
yx
Attention : votre
produit comporte
ce symbole. Il
signifie que les
produits
électriques et
électroniques
usagés ne doivent
pas être mélangés
avec les déchets
ménagers
généraux. Un
système de
collecte séparé
est prévu pour ces
produits.
For Australia/New Zealand only:
For warranty information please see www.sharp.net.au.
FRANÇAIS
Achtung: Ihr
Produkt trägt
dieses Symbol.
Es besagt, dass
Elektro- und
Elektronikgeräte
nicht mit dem
Haushaltsmüll
entsorgt, sondern
einem getrennten
Rücknahmesystem zugeführt
werden sollten.
DEUTSCH
B. Informations sur la mise au rebut à l’intention des entreprises
1. Au sein de l’Union européenne
Si ce produit est utilisé dans le cadre des activités de votre entreprise et
que vous souhaitiez le mettre au rebut :
Veuillez contacter votre revendeur SHARP qui vous informera des
conditions de reprise du produit. Les frais de reprise et de recyclage
pourront vous être facturés. Les produits de petite taille (et en petites
quantités) pourront être repris par vos organisations de collecte locales.
Espagne : veuillez contacter l’organisation de collecte existante ou votre
administration locale pour les modalités de reprise de vos produits
usagés.
2. Pays hors de l’Union européenne
Si vous souhaitez mettre ce produit au rebut, veuillez contacter votre
administration locale qui vous renseignera sur la méthode d’élimination
correcte de cet appareil.
A. Entsorgungsinformationen für Benutzer aus Privathaushalten
1. In der Europäischen Union
Achtung: Werfen Sie dieses Gerät zur Entsorgung bitte nicht in den
normalen Hausmüll!
Gemäß einer neuen EU-Richtlinie, die die ordnungsgemäße
Rücknahme, Behandlung und Verwertung von gebrauchten Elektround Elektronikgeräten vorschreibt, müssen elektrische und
elektronische Altgeräte getrennt entsorgt werden.
Nach der Einführung der Richtlinie in den EU-Mitgliedstaaten können
Privathaushalte ihre gebrauchten Elektro- und Elektronikgeräte nun
kostenlos an ausgewiesenen Rücknahmestellen abgeben*. In einigen
Ländern* können Sie Altgeräte u.U. auch kostenlos bei Ihrem
Fachhändler abgeben, wenn Sie ein vergleichbares neues Gerät
kaufen.
*) Weitere Einzelheiten erhalten Sie von Ihrer Gemeindeverwaltung.
Wenn Ihre gebrauchten Elektro- und Elektronikgeräte Batterien oder
Akkus enthalten, sollten diese vorher entnommen und gemäß örtlich
geltenden Regelungen getrennt entsorgt werden.
Durch die ordnungsgemäße Entsorgung tragen Sie dazu bei, dass
Altgeräte angemessen gesammelt, behandelt und verwendet werden.
Dies verhindert mögliche schädliche Auswirkungen auf Umwelt und
Gesundheit durch eine unsachgemäße Entsorgung.
2. In anderen Ländern außerhalb der EU
Bitte erkundigen Sie sich bei Ihrer Gemeindeverwaltung nach dem
ordnungsgemäßen Verfahren zur Entsorgung dieses Geräts.
Für die Schweiz: Gebrauchte Elektro- und Elektronikgeräte können
kostenlos beim Händler abgegeben werden, auch wenn Sie kein neues
Produkt kaufen. Weitere Rücknahmesysteme finden Sie auf der
Homepage von www.swico.ch oder www.sens.ch.
B. Entsorgungsinformationen für gewerbliche Nutzer
1. In der Europäischen Union
Wenn Sie dieses Produkt für gewerbliche Zwecke genutzt haben und
nun entsorgen möchten:
Bitte wenden Sie sich an Ihren SHARP Fachhändler, der Sie über die
Rücknahme des Produkts informieren kann. Möglicherweise müssen
Sie die Kosten für die Rücknahme und Verwertung tragen. Kleine
Produkte (und kleine Mengen) können möglicherweise bei Ihrer
örtlichen Rücknahmestelle abgegeben werden.
Für Spanien: Bitte wenden Sie sich an das vorhandene
Rücknahmesystem oder Ihre Gemeindeverwaltung, wenn Sie Fragen
zur Rücknahme Ihrer Altgeräte haben.
2. In anderen Ländern außerhalb der EU
Bitte erkundigen Sie sich bei Ihrer Gemeindeverwaltung nach dem
ordnungsgemäßen Verfahren zur Entsorgung dieses Geräts.
NEG
BIN: 1000000001 ≤ x ≤ 1111111111
0 ≤ x ≤ 111111111
PEN: 2222222223 ≤ x ≤ 4444444444
0 ≤ x ≤ 2222222222
OCT: 4000000001 ≤ x ≤ 7777777777
0 ≤ x ≤ 3777777777
HEX: FDABF41C01 ≤ x ≤ FFFFFFFFFF
0 ≤ x ≤ 2540BE3FF
Atención: su
producto está
marcado con este
símbolo. Significa
que los productos
eléctricos y
electrónicos
usados no
deberían
mezclarse con los
residuos
domésticos
generales. Existe
un sistema de
recogida
independiente para
estos productos.
Attenzione: Il
dispositivo è
contrassegnato da
questo simbolo,
che segnala di
non smaltire le
apparecchiature
elettriche ed
elettroniche
insieme ai normali
rifiuti domestici.
Per tali prodotti è
previsto un
sistema di
raccolta a parte.
B. Información sobre Eliminación para empresas usuarias
1. En la Unión Europea
Si el producto se utiliza en una empresa y quiere desecharlo:
Por favor póngase en contacto con su distribuidor SHARP, quien le
informará sobre la recogida del producto. Puede ser que le cobren
los costes de recogida y reciclaje. Puede ser que los productos de
tamaño pequeño (y las cantidades pequeñas) sean recogidos por
sus centros de recogida locales.
Para España: por favor, póngase en contacto con el sistema de
recogida establecido o con las autoridades locales para la recogida
de los productos usados.
2. En otros países fuera de la Unión Europea
Si desea desechar este producto, por favor póngase en contacto
con sus autoridades locales y pregunte por el método de
eliminación correcto.
A. Informazioni sullo smaltimento per gli utenti (privati)
1. Nell’Unione europea
Attenzione: Per smaltire il presente dispositivo, non utilizzare il normale
bidone della spazzatura!
Le apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche usate devono essere
gestite a parte e in conformità alla legislazione che richiede il
trattamento, il recupero e il riciclaggio adeguato dei suddetti prodotti.
In seguito alle disposizioni attuate dagli Stati membri, i privati residenti
nella UE possono conferire gratuitamente le apparecchiature elettriche
ed elettroniche usate a centri di raccolta designati*. In alcuni paesi*,
anche il rivenditore locale può ritirare gratuitamente il vecchio prodotto
se l’utente acquista un altro nuovo di tipologia simile.
*) Per maggiori informazioni si prega di contattare l’autorità locale
competente.
Se le apparecchiature elettriche o elettroniche usate hanno batterie o
accumulatori, l’utente dovrà smaltirli a parte preventivamente in
conformità alle disposizioni locali.
Lo smaltimento corretto del presente prodotto contribuirà a garantire
che i rifiuti siano sottoposti al trattamento, al recupero e al riciclaggio
necessari prevenendone il potenziale impatto negativo sull’ambiente e
sulla salute umana, che potrebbe derivare da un’inadeguata gestione
dei rifiuti.
2. In paesi che non fanno parte dell’UE
Se si desidera eliminare il presente prodotto, contattare le autorità
locali e informarsi sul metodo di smaltimento corretto.
Per la Svizzera: Le apparecchiature elettriche o elettroniche usate
possono essere restituite gratuitamente al rivenditore, anche se non si
acquista un prodotto nuovo. Altri centri di raccolta sono elencati sulle
homepage di www.swico.ch o di www.sens.ch.
y
P
Atenção: O seu
produto está
identificado com
este símbolo.
Significa que os
produtos
eléctricos e
electrónicos não
devem ser
misturados com o
lixo doméstico
comum. Existe um
sistema de
recolhas
específico para
estes produtos.
1
ex
−10100 < x ≤ 230.2585092
10 x
−10100 < x < 100
sinh x, cosh x, tanh x
| x | ≤ 230.2585092
sinh–1 x
| x | < 1050
cosh–1 x
1 ≤ x < 1050
tanh–1 x
|x| < 1
x
| x | < 1050
2
x3
| x | < 2.15443469 × 1033
x
P
0 ≤ x < 10100
x –1
| x | < 10100 (x ≠ 0)
0 ≤ n ≤ 69*
n!
0 ≤ r ≤ n ≤ 9999999999*
n!
⎯
(n − r)!
nPr
< 10100
nCr
0 ≤ r ≤ n ≤ 9999999999*
0 ≤ r ≤ 69
↕DEG, D°M’S
0°0’0.00001” ≤ | x | < 10000°
x, y
r, θ
n!
⎯
(n − r)!
r, θ
x, y
< 10100
x 2 + y 2 < 10100
0 ≤ r < 10100
DEG: | θ | < 1010
π
⎯
RAD: | θ | < 180
× 1010
10
10
GRAD: | θ | < ⎯
9 × 10
DEG: | x | < 10100
DEG
RAD, GRAD
RAD
GRAD: | x | < ⎯
1098
2 ×
π
(A + Bi ) + (C + Di )
| A + C | < 10100, | B + D | < 10100
(A + Bi ) − (C + Di )
| A − C | < 10100, | B − D | < 10100
(A + Bi ) × (C + Di )
(AC − BD) < 10100
(AD + BC) < 10100
Let op: Uw
product is van dit
merkteken
voorzien. Dit
betekent dat
afgedankte
elektrische en
elektronische
apparatuur niet
samen met het
normale huisafval
mogen worden
weggegooid. Er
bestaat een
afzonderlijk
inzamelingssysteem voor
deze producten.
NEDERLANDS
A. Informatie over afvalverwijdering voor gebruikers
(particuliere huishoudens)
1. In de Europese Unie
Let op: Deze apparatuur niet samen met het normale huisafval
weggooien!
Afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur moet
gescheiden worden ingezameld conform de wetgeving inzake de
verantwoorde verwerking, terugwinning en recycling van
afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur.
Na de invoering van de wet door de lidstaten mogen particuliere
huishoudens in de lidstaten van de Europese Unie hun afgedankte
elektrische en elektronische apparatuur kosteloos* naar hiertoe
aangewezen inzamelingsinrichtingen brengen*. In sommige
landen* kunt u bij de aanschaf van een nieuw apparaat het oude
product kosteloos bij uw lokale distributeur inleveren.
*) Neem contact op met de plaatselijke autoriteiten voor verdere
informatie.
Als uw elektrische of elektronische apparatuur batterijen of
accumulatoren bevat dan moet u deze afzonderlijk conform de
plaatselijke voorschriften weggooien.
Door dit product op een verantwoorde manier weg te gooien, zorgt
u ervoor dat het afval de juiste verwerking, terugwinning en
recycling ondergaat en potentiële negatieve effecten op het milieu
en de menselijke gezondheid worden voorkomen die anders
zouden ontstaan door het verkeerd verwerken van het afval.
2. In andere landen buiten de Europese Unie
Als u dit product wilt weggooien, neem dan contact op met de
plaatselijke autoriteiten voor informatie omtrent de juiste
verwijderingsprocedure.
Voor Zwitserland: U kunt afgedankte elektrische en elektronische
apparatuur kosteloos bij de distributeur inleveren, zelfs als u geen
nieuw product koopt. Aanvullende inzamelingsinrichtingen zijn
vermeld op de startpagina van www.swico.ch or www.sens.ch.
B. Informatie over afvalverwijdering voor bedrijven.
1. In de Europese Unie
Als u het product voor zakelijke doeleinden heeft gebruikt en als u
dit wilt weggooien:
Neem contact op met uw SHARP distributeur die u inlichtingen
verschaft over de terugname van het product. Het kan zijn dat u
een afvalverwijderingsbijdrage voor de terugname en recycling
moet betalen. Kleine producten (en kleine hoeveelheden) kunnen
door de lokale inzamelingsinrichtingen worden verwerkt.
Voor Spanje: Neem contact op met de inzamelingsinrichting of de
lokale autoriteiten voor de terugname van uw afgedankte producten.
2. In andere landen buiten de Europese Unie
Als u dit product wilt weggooien, neem dan contact op met de
plaatselijke autoriteiten voor informatie omtrent de juiste
verwijderingsprocedure.
1. Inden for EU
Obs: Hvis du ønsker at kassere dette apparat, bør du ikke komme det i
din almindelige skraldespand.
Obs: Produktet vil
have dette
symbol. Det
betyder at der er
tale om elektrisk
eller elektronisk
udstyr som ikke
bør blandes med
det almindelige
husholdningsaffald. Der findes
et særskilt
genbrugssystem
til sådanne
produkter.
Förbrukad elektrisk utrustning måste hanteras i enlighet med
gällande miljölagstiftning och återvinningsföreskrifter.
I enlighet med gällande EU-regler ska hushåll ha möjlighet att
lämna in elektrisk utrustning till återvinningsstationer utan kostnad.*
I vissa länder* kan det även hända att man gratis kan lämna in
gamla produkter till återförsäljaren när man köper en ny liknande
enhet.
* Kontakta kommunen för vidare information.
Om utrustningen innehåller batterier eller ackumulatorer ska dessa
först avlägsnas och hanteras separat i enlighet med gällande
miljöföreskrifter.
Genom att hantera produkten i enlighet med dessa föreskrifter
kommer den att tas om hand och återvinnas på tillämpligt sätt,
vilket förhindrar potentiella negativa hälso- och miljöeffekter.
Hvis dit brugte elektriske eller elektroniske udstyr indeholder batterier
eller akkumulatorer, bedes du skille dig af med dem, i
overensstemmelse med den lokale lovgivning, før du indleverer
udstyret.
2. I lande uden for EU
B. Oplysninger om kassering og genbrug for virksomheder.
1. Inden for EU
Hvis dette produkt bruges i forbindelse med virksomhedsdrift, og du
ønsker at skille dig af med det:
Du bedes kontakte din SHARP-forhandler, som vil fortælle dig hvordan
produktet kan indleveres. Du vil muligvis skulle betale for
omkostningerne i forbindelse med indlevering og genbrug. Små
produkter (i små mængder) kan muligvis afleveres på den lokale
genbrugsplads.
2. I lande uden for EU
DANSK
Hvis du ønsker at skille dig af med dette produkt, bedes du kontakte de
lokale myndigheder og spørge dem, hvordledes produktet kasseres
korrekt.
A. Informace o likvidaci pro uživatele (domácnosti)
1. V zemích Evropské unie
Upozornění: Toto zařízení nelikvidujte v běžných odpadkových
koších!
Upozornění: Váš
výrobek je
označen tímto
symbolem.
Znamená to, že
je zakázáno
likvidovat použitý
elektrický nebo
elektronický
výrobek s
běžným domácím
odpadem. Pro
tyto výrobky je k
dispozici
samostatný
sběrný systém.
Použité elektrické a elektronické vybavení je třeba likvidovat
samostatně a v souladu s legislativou, která vyžaduje řádnou
likvidaci, obnovení a recyklaci použitého elektrického a
elektronického vybavení.
Na základě dohody členských států mohou domácnosti v zemích
Evropské unie vracet použité elektrické a elektronické vybavení v
určených sběrnách zdarma*. V některých zemích* od vás může
místní prodejce odebrat zdarma použitý výrobek, pokud
zakoupíte nový podobný.
*) Další podrobnosti vám sdělí orgány místní správy.
Pokud použité elektrické nebo elektronické vybavení obsahuje
baterie nebo akumulátory, zlikvidujte je předem samostatně v
souladu s místními vyhláškami.
Řádnou likvidací tohoto výrobku pomáháte zajistit, že bude
odpad vhodným způsobem zlikvidován, obnoven a recyklován a
zabráníte tak možnému poškození životního prostředí a zdraví
obyvatel, ke kterému by mohlo dojít v případě nesprávné
likvidace.
2. Länder utanför EU
Kontakta de lokala myndigheterna och ta reda på gällande
sorterings- och återvinningsföreskrifter om du behöver göra dig av
med denna produkt.
2. V ostatních zemích mimo Evropskou unii
B) Information om återvinning för företag
1. EU-länder
Chcete-li tento výrobek zlikvidovat, obraťte se na místní správní
orgány, které vás seznámí s vhodnou metodou likvidace.
Gör så här om produkten ska kasseras:
B. Informace o likvidaci pro podnikatelské subjekty.
Kontakta SHARPs återförsäljare för information om hur man går till
väga för att lämna tillbaka produkten. Det kan hända att en avgift för
transport och återvinning tillkommer. Mindre skrymmande produkter
(om det rör sig om ett fåtal) kan eventuellt återlämnas till lokala
återvinningsstationer.
1. V zemích Evropské unie
Chcete-li zlikvidovat výrobek, který je používán pro podnikatelské
účely:
Obraťte se na prodejce SHARP, který vás informuje o odebrání
výrobku. Odebrání a recyklace mohou být zpoplatněny. Malé
výrobky (a malá množství) mohou odebírat místní sběrny
odpadu.
2. Länder utanför EU
Kontakta de lokala myndigheterna och ta reda på gällande
sorterings- och återvinningsföreskrifter om du behöver göra dig av
med denna produkt.
2. V ostatních zemích mimo Evropskou unii.
ČESKY
1. Euroopan unionissa
1. Az Európai Unióban
Huomio: Jos haluat hävittää tämän laitteen, älä käytä tavallista
jätesäiliötä.
Käytetyt sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaitteet pitää hävittää erikseen
noudattaen lainsäädäntöä, joka takaa käytettyjen sähkö- ja
elektroniikkalaitteiden oikean käsittelyn, keräämisen ja kierrättämisen.
Jäsenvaltioiden täytäntöönpanoa seuraten yksityiset kotitaloudet EU:n
jäsenvaltioissa voivat palauttaa käytetyt sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaitteet
määrättyihin keräyspaikkoihin ilmaiseksi*. Joissakin maissa* paikalliset
vähittäismyyjät voivat myös ottaa vastaan vanhan tuotteen ilmaiseksi,
jos asiakas ostaa vastaavan uuden tuotteen.
*) Pyydä lisätietoja paikallisviranomaisilta.
Jos käytetyissä sähkö- tai elektroniikkalaitteissa käytetään paristoja tai
akkuja, hävitä nämä tuotteet etukäteen erikseen paikallisten säädösten
mukaisesti.
Hävittämällä tuotteen asiamukaisesti, autat varmistamaan, että jätteet
käsitellään, kerätään ja kierrätetään asianmukaisella tavalla. Näin
vältytään haitallisilta ympäristö- ja terveysvaikutuksilta, joita saattaa
olla seuraamuksena jätteen epäasianmukaisesta käsittelystä.
Chcete-li tento výrobek zlikvidovat, obraťte se na místní správní
orgány, které vás seznámí s vhodnou metodou likvidace.
A. Hulladék-elhelyezési tájékoztató felhasználók részére (magán
háztartások)
A. Hävitysohjeet käyttäjille (yksityiset kotitaloudet)
Huomio: Tuote on
merkitty tällä
symbolilla. Tämä
tarkoittaa, että
käytettyjä sähköja elektroniikkalaitteita ei saa
sekoittaa
kotitalouden
yleisjätteiden
kanssa. Näille
tuotteille on
olemassa erillinen
keräysjärjestelmä.
Som følge af EU-medlemslandenes implementering af denne lov, har
private husstande i EU ret til gratis*, at aflevere deres brugte elektriske
og elektroniske udstyr på angivne genbrugspladser. I nogle lande* er
det muligvis gratis, at indlevere det brugte produkt hos den lokale
forhandler, hvis du køber et tilsvarende nyt produkt.
*) Kontakt de lokale myndigheder hvis du ønsker yderligere
oplysninger.
Hvis du ønsker at skille dig af med dette produkt, bedes du kontakte de
lokale myndigheder og spørge dem om, hvorledes produktet kasseres
korrekt.
OBS! Kasta inte denna produkt i soporna!
OBS! Produkten
är märkt med
symbolen ovan.
Denna symbol
indikerar att
elektroniska
produkter inte ska
kastas i det
vanliga
hushållsavfallet
eftersom det finns
ett separat
avfallshanteringssystem för dem.
Brugt elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr skal behandles særskilt og i
overensstemmelse med loven om korrekt behandling og genbrug af
brugt elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr.
Ved at kassere dette apparat korrekt, vil du være med til at sikre, at
vores affald behandles og genbruges rigtigt. Derved udsættes hverken
miljøet eller vores helbred for overlast som følge af uhensigtsmæssig
affaldshåndtering.
1. EU-länder
SVENSKA
A. Informações sobre a Eliminação de Produtos para os
Utilizadores (particulares)
1. Na União Europeia
Atenção: Se quiser eliminar este equipamento, não o deve fazer
juntamente com o lixo doméstico comum!
O equipamento eléctrico e electrónico deve ser tratado separadamente
e ao abrigo da legislação aplicável que obriga a um tratamento,
recuperação e reciclagem adequados de equipamentos eléctricos e
electrónicos usados.
Após a implementação desta legislação por parte dos Estadosmembros, todos os cidadãos residentes na União Europeia poderão
entregar o seu equipamento eléctrico e electrónico usado em estações
de recolha específicas a título gratuito*. Em alguns países* o seu
revendedor local também pode recolher o seu equipamento usado a
título gratuito na compra de um novo equipamento.
*) Contacte as entidades locais para mais informações.
Se o seu equipamento eléctrico e electrónico usado funcionar a pilhas
ou baterias, deverá eliminá-las em separado, conforme a legislação
local, e antes de entregar o seu equipamento.
Ao eliminar este produto correctamente estará a contribuir para que o
lixo seja submetido aos processos de tratamento, recuperação e
reciclagem adequados. Desta forma é possível evitar os efeitos
nocivos que o tratamento inadequado do lixo poderia provocar no
ambiente e na saúde.
2. Em outros Países fora da UE
Se quiser eliminar este produto, contacte as entidades locais e
informe-se sobre o método correcto para proceder à sua eliminação.
Na Suíça: O equipamento eléctrico e electrónico é aceite, a título
gratuito, em qualquer revendedor, mesmo que não tenha adquirido um
novo produto. Poderá encontrar uma lista das estações de recolha
destes equipamentos na página da Web www.swicho.ch ou
www.sens.ch.
A. Oplysninger om kassering og genbrug for brugere (private
husholdninger)
A) Information om återvinning av elektrisk utrustning för
hushåll
Figyelem: Ha a készüléket ki akarja selejtezni, kérjük, ne a
közönséges szemeteskukát használja!
Figyelem: A
terméket ezzel a
jelöléssel látták
el. Ez azt jelenti,
hogy a használt
elektromos és
elektronikus
termékeket nem
szabad az
általános
háztartási
hulladékkal
keverni. Ezekhez
a termékekhez
külön
hulladékgyűjtő
rendszer üzemel.
2. Muissa maissa EU:n ulkopuolella
A használt elektromos és elektronikus berendezéseket külön, és a
használt elektromos és elektronikus berendezések szabályszerű
kezeléséről, visszanyeréséről és újrahasznosításáról rendelkező
jogszabályokkal összhangban kell kezelni.
A tagállamok általi végrehajtást követően az EU államokon belül a
magán háztartások használt elektromos és elektronikai
berendezéseiket díjmentesen juttathatják vissza a kijelölt
gyűjtőlétesítményekbe*. Egyes országokban* a helyi kiskereskedés
is díjmentesen visszaveheti Öntől a régi terméket, ha hasonló új
terméket vásárol.
*) A további részletekről, kérjük, érdeklődjön az önkormányzatnál.
Ha használt elektromos vagy elektronikus berendezésében elemek
vagy akkumulátorok vannak, kérjük, előzetesen ezeket selejtezze ki
a helyi előírásoknak megfelelően.
A termék szabályszerű kiselejtezésével Ön segít biztosítani azt,
hogy a hulladék keresztülmenjen a szükséges kezelésen,
visszanyerési és újrahasznosítási eljáráson, ezáltal közreműködik a
lehetséges káros környezeti és humán egészségi hatások
megelőzésében, amelyek ellenkező esetben a helytelen
hulladékkezelés következtében előállhatnának.
2. Az EU-n kívüli egyéb országokban
Jos haluat hävittää tuotteen, ota yhteys paikallisiin viranomaisiin ja
pyydä ohjeita tuotteen asianmukaiseen hävittämiseen.
Ha a terméket ki szeretné selejtezni, kérjük, forduljon az
önkormányzathoz, és érdeklődjön a helyes hulladék-elhelyezési
módszerről.
B. Hävitysohjeet yrityskäyttäjille.
1. Euroopan unionissa
B. Informações sobre a Eliminação de Produtos para UtilizadoresEmpresas.
1. Na União Europeia
Se o produto for usado para fins comerciais e quiser eliminá-lo:
Contacte o seu revendedor SHARP que irá informá-lo sobre a melhor
forma de eliminar o produto. Poderá ter de pagar as despesas
resultantes da recolha e reciclagem do produto. Alguns produtos mais
pequenos (e em pequenas quantidades) poderão ser recolhidos pelas
estações locais.
Na Espanha: Contacte o sistema de recolhas público ou as entidades
locais para mais informações sobre a recolha de produtos usados.
2. Em outros Países fora da UE
Se quiser eliminar este produto, contacte as entidades locais e
informe-se sobre o método correcto para proceder à sua eliminação.
PORTUGUÊS
1
−10100 < ⎯
x log | y | < 100
B. Informazioni sullo smaltimento per gli utenti commerciali
1. Nell’Unione europea
Se il prodotto è impiegato a scopi commerciali, procedere come segue
per eliminarlo.
Contattare il proprio rivenditore SHARP che fornirà informazioni circa il
ritiro del prodotto. Potrebbero essere addebitate le spese di ritiro e
riciclaggio. Prodotti piccoli (e quantitativi ridotti) potranno essere ritirati
anche dai centri di raccolta locali.
Per la Spagna: Contattare il sistema di raccolta ufficiale o l’ente locale
preposto al ritiro dei prodotti usati.
2. In paesi che non fanno parte dell’UE
Se si desidera eliminare il presente prodotto, contattare le autorità
locali e informarsi sul metodo di smaltimento corretto.
ITALIANO
x=n
1
(0 < | x | < 1: ⎯
x = 2n − 1, x ≠ 0)*,
−10100 < x log | y | < 100
* n, r: integer / entier / ganze Zahlen / entero / inteiro / intero /
geheel getal / egész számok / celé číslo / heltal /
/
/ bilangan
kokonaisluku / heltal /
bulat / 洛朞
−10100 < ⎯
x log y < 100 (x ≠ 0)
• y = 0: 0 < x < 10100
• y < 0: x = 2n − 1
1
(0 < | x | < 1: ⎯
x = n, x ≠ 0)*,
4
A. Información sobre eliminación para usuarios particulares
1. En la Unión Europea
Atención: si quiere desechar este equipo, ¡por favor no utilice el
cubo de la basura habitual!
Los equipos eléctricos y electrónicos usados deberían tratarse por
separado de acuerdo con la legislación que requiere un
tratamiento, una recuperación y un reciclaje adecuados de los
equipos eléctricos y electrónicos usados.
Tras la puesta en práctica por parte de los estados miembros, los
hogares de particulares dentro de los estados de la Unión Europea
pueden devolver sus equipos eléctricos y electrónicos a los centros
de recogida designados sin coste alguno*. En algunos países* es
posible que también su vendedor local se lleve su viejo producto
sin coste alguno si Ud. compra uno nuevo similar.
*) Por favor, póngase en contacto con su autoridad local para
obtener más detalles.
Si sus equipos eléctricos o electrónicos usados tienen pilas o
acumuladores, por favor deséchelos por separado con antelación
según los requisitos locales.
Al desechar este producto correctamente, ayudará a asegurar que
los residuos reciban el tratamiento, la recuperación y el reciclaje
necesarios, previniendo de esta forma posibles efectos negativos
en el medio ambiente y la salud humana que de otra forma podrían
producirse debido a una manipulación de residuos inapropiada.
2. En otros países fuera de la Unión Europea
Si desea desechar este producto, por favor póngase en contacto
con las autoridades locales y pregunte por el método de
eliminación correcto.
Para Suiza: Los equipos eléctricos o electrónicos pueden
devolverse al vendedor sin coste alguno, incluso si no compra
ningún nuevo producto. Se puede encontrar una lista de otros
centros de recogida en la página principal de www.swico.ch o
www.sens.ch.
−10100 < x log y < 100
• y > 0:
x
* The amount of memory used for the display in the WriteView
editor, measured in characters (excluding entered values,
denoted in the chart by “□”).
* Espace mémoire utilisé pour préserver l’affichage dans l’éditeur
WriteView, mesuré en caractère (à l’exception des valeurs
d’entrée, indiquées dans le tableau par “□”).
* Der für die Anzeige im WriteView Editor verwendete
Speicherplatz, gemessen in Zeichen (ohne die eingegebenen
Werte, die in der Tabelle mit „□“ markiert sind).
* La cantidad de memoria usada para visualizar en el editor
WriteView, medida en caracteres (excluyendo los valores
introducidos, indicados en el grafico mediante “□”).
* A quantidade de memória que é usada para a exibição no
editor WriteView, medida em caracteres (excluindo os valores
introduzidos, indicados no quadro por “□”).
* La quantità di memoria utilizzata per la visualizzazione nell’editor
WriteView, misurata in caratteri (escludendo i valori inseriti,
indicati nella tabella con il simbolo “□”).
* De hoeveelheid geheugen dat wordt gebruikt om de WriteView
editor weer te geven, gemeten in symbolen (met uitzondering
van ingevoerde waarden aangeduid in de grafiek met “□”).
* A WriteView szerkesztő megjelenítési műveleteire használatos
memóriaterület, karakterben kifejezve (az ábrán „□” karakterrel
jelölt beviteli értékeket nem számítva).
* Množství paměti využívané pro účely zobrazení v editoru
WriteView, vyjádřené počtem znaků (vyjma zadaných hodnot,
označených v grafu znakem „□“).
* Den mängd minne som används för visning med WriteViewredigeraren, mätt i antalet tecken (exklusive inmatade värden,
vilka anges som ”□” i tabellen).
* Näytön WriteView-editorissa käyttämä muisti merkkeinä
laskettuna (pois lukien syötetyt arvot, taulukossa merkitty ”□”).
* Den mængde hukommelse, der bruges til visning i WriteVieweditoren, målt i tegn (med undtagelse af indtastede værdier, der
angives med „□“ i tabellen).
ESPAÑOL
A. Informations sur la mise au rebut à l’intention des utilisateurs
privés (ménages)
1. Au sein de l’Union européenne
Attention : si vous souhaitez mettre cet appareil au rebut, ne le jetez
pas dans une poubelle ordinaire !
Les appareils électriques et électroniques usagés doivent être traités
séparément et conformément aux lois en vigueur en matière de
traitement, de récupération et de recyclage adéquats de ces appareils.
Suite à la mise en oeuvre de ces dispositions dans les Etats membres,
les ménages résidant au sein de l’Union européenne peuvent
désormais ramener gratuitement* leurs appareils électriques et
électroniques usagés sur des sites de collecte désignés. Dans certains
pays*, votre détaillant reprendra également gratuitement votre ancien
produit si vous achetez un produit neuf similaire.
*) Veuillez contacter votre administration locale pour plus de
renseignements.
Si votre appareil électrique ou électronique usagé comporte des piles
ou des accumulateurs, veuillez les mettre séparément et préalablement
au rebut conformément à la législation locale en vigueur.
En veillant à la mise au rebut correcte de ce produit, vous contribuerez
à assurer le traitement, la récupération et le recyclage nécessaires de
ces déchets, et préviendrez ainsi les effets néfastes potentiels de leur
mauvaise gestion sur l’environnement et la santé humaine.
2. Pays hors de l’Union européenne
Si vous souhaitez mettre ce produit au rebut, veuillez contacter votre
administration locale qui vous renseignera sur la méthode d’élimination
correcte de cet appareil.
Suisse : les équipements électriques ou électroniques usagés peuvent
être ramenés gratuitement au détaillant, même si vous n’achetez pas
un nouvel appareil. Pour obtenir la liste des autres sites de collecte,
veuillez vous reporter à la page d’accueil du site www.swico.ch ou
www.sens.ch.
NOT
BIN: 1000000000 ≤ x ≤ 1111111111
0 ≤ x ≤ 111111111
PEN: 2222222223 ≤ x ≤ 4444444444
0 ≤ x ≤ 2222222221
OCT: 4000000000 ≤ x ≤ 7777777777
0 ≤ x ≤ 3777777777
HEX: FDABF41C01 ≤ x ≤ FFFFFFFFFF
0 ≤ x ≤ 2540BE3FE
(tan x: | x | ≠ 100(2n − 1))*
5
B. Information on Disposal for Business Users.
1. In the European Union
If the product is used for business purposes and you want to
discard it:
Please contact your SHARP dealer who will inform you about the
take-back of the product. You might be charged for the costs arising
from take-back and recycling. Small products (and small amounts)
might be taken back by your local collection facilities.
For Spain: Please contact the established collection system or your
local authority for take-back of your used products.
2. In other Countries outside the EU
If you wish to discard of this product, please contact your local
authorities and ask for the correct method of disposal.
Miljöskydd
Denna produkt drivs av batteri.
Vid batteribyte skall följande iakttagas:
• Det förbrukade batteriet skall inlämnas till batteriinsamling
eller till kommunal miljöstation för återinssamling.
• Kasta ej batteriet i vattnet eller i hushållssoporna. Batteriet
får ej heller utsättas för öppen eld.
DEC: | x | ≤ 9999999999
BIN: 1000000000 ≤ x ≤ 1111111111
0 ≤ x ≤ 111111111
PEN: 2222222223 ≤ x ≤ 4444444444
0 ≤ x ≤ 2222222222
OCT: 4000000000 ≤ x ≤ 7777777777
0 ≤ x ≤ 3777777777
HEX: FDABF41C01 ≤ x ≤ FFFFFFFFFF
0 ≤ x ≤ 2540BE3FF
10
P
□
* Jumlah memori yang digunakan untuk kepentingan tampilan
dalam editor WriteView, diukur dalam jumlah karakter (tidak
termasuk nilai yang dimasukkan, ditunjukkan dalam diagram
dengan “□”)
* ΈΣΚΥΖ·ΚΖΨ͑碾滗匶汞͑筚彺͑祢柢櫖͑斲殯夞垚͑彚微庲͑檗͙͑怾沖͑朞͑
匶渆͑͝壊祢櫖昢͑‫ד□ג‬嵢͑祢柢夢͑斲殯沖͑沋崫͑儘汆͑洢歾͚͟
Attention: Your
product is marked
with this symbol. It
means that used
electrical and
electronic
products should
not be mixed with
general household
waste. There is a
separate
collection system
for these products.
DEC
BIN
PEN
OCT
HEX
AND
OR
XOR
XNOR
10
GRAD: | x | < ⎯
9 × 10
DRG▶
A. Information on Disposal for Users (private households)
1. In the European Union
Attention: If you want to dispose of this equipment, please do not
use the ordinary dust bin!
Used electrical and electronic equipment must be treated
separately and in accordance with legislation that requires proper
treatment, recovery and recycling of used electrical and electronic
equipment.
Following the implementation by member states, private
households within the EU states may return their used electrical
and electronic equipment to designated collection facilities free of
charge*. In some countries* your local retailer may also take back
your old product free of charge if you purchase a similar new one.
*) Please contact your local authority for further details.
If your used electrical or electronic equipment has batteries or
accumulators, please dispose of these separately beforehand
according to local requirements.
By disposing of this product correctly you will help ensure that the
waste undergoes the necessary treatment, recovery and recycling
and thus prevent potential negative effects on the environment and
human health which could otherwise arise due to inappropriate
waste handling.
2. In other Countries outside the EU
If you wish to discard this product, please contact your local
authorities and ask for the correct method of disposal.
For Switzerland: Used electrical or electronic equipment can be
returned free of charge to the dealer, even if you don’t purchase a
new product. Further collection facilities are listed on the homepage
of www.swico.ch or www.sens.ch.
DEG: | x | < 1010
(tan x : | x | ≠ 90(2n − 1))*
π
⎯
RAD: | x | < 180
× 1010
π
(tan x: | x | ≠ ⎯
(2n − 1))*
2
@*
@W
5.
(A + Bi ) ÷ (C + Di )
AC + BD
⎯
10100
C2 + D 2 <
BC − AD
⎯
10100
C2 + D 2 <
C2 + D 2 ≠ 0
30
W/@ k
-6.333333333
2.
Umweltschutz
Das Gerät wird durch eine Batterie mit Strom versorgt.
Um die Batterie sicher und umweltschonend zu entsorgen,
beachten Sie bitte folgende Punkte:
• Bringen Sie die leere Batterie zu Ihrer örtlichen
Mülldeponie, zum Händler oder zum KundenserviceZentrum zur Wiederverwertung.
• Werfen Sie die leere Batterie niemals ins Feuer, ins Wasser
oder in den Hausmüll.
]
-1.
X:
Y:
D:
x=?
Nur für Deutschland/For Germany only:
OPMERKING: ALLEEN VOOR NEDERLAND/
NOTE: FOR NETHERLANDS ONLY
-4
]
jN60N
10=
For Europe only:
-1
4
]
min L1 =
sum L1 =
-3
]
2: 9
1: 2
[
2
7
]
]
5: ^
jN54N
10=
[
2: 4
3: 2
cumul L1 =
aug (L1, L2) = j N 5 6 N
10HN1
1)=
2: 4
3: 7
1: 7
5.099019514
]
]
]
2: 6
3: ^
1: 2
-29.
b62
3 e 4 e S 95
2
x=?
N2e
S3eS1eS4e
jN41
]
b60
2e3e4e
5e6e7
e
b5
{2, 7, 4} ⇒ L1 N 2 3 e
2e7e4e
jN40
⇒ L2
3: 19
28 b (2-VLE, 3-VLE, QUAD, CUBIC)
] {
27 b (LIST)
{−3, −1, −4}
[
1: -24 2: -4
i_prod (L1, L2) = j N 6 9
N10H
N11)
=
1
[
29
B. Hulladék-elhelyezési tájékoztató vállalati felhasználók
részére.
Jos tuotetta on käytetty yrityskäytössä, ja haluat hävittää sen,
1. Az Európai Unióban
ota yhteys SHARP-jälleenmyyjään, joka antaa sinulle lisäohjeita tai
ottaa tuotteen vastaan. Sinulta saatetaan veloittaa tuotteen
vastaanottamisesta ja kierrätyksestä johtuvat kustannukset. Paikalliset
keräyspisteet saattavat ottaa vastaan pienet tuotteet (ja pienet määrät).
Ha a terméket üzleti célokra használta, és ki kívánja selejtezni:
Kérjük, forduljon a SHARP kereskedéshez, ahol tájékoztatják Önt a
termék visszavételéről. Lehetséges, hogy a visszavételből és
újrahasznosításból eredő költségeket felszámítják. Előfordulhat,
hogy a helyi hulladékbegyűjtő létesítmény átveszi a kisebb
termékeket (és kis mennyiségeket).
2. Muissa maissa EU:n ulkopuolella
Jos haluat hävittää tuotteen, ota yhteys paikallisiin viranomaisiin ja
pyydä ohjeita tuotteen asianmukaiseen hävittämiseen.
2. Az EU-n kívüli egyéb országokban
Ha a terméket ki szeretné selejtezni, kérjük, forduljon az
önkormányzathoz, és érdeklődjön a helyes hulladék-elhelyezési
módszerről.
SUOMI
MAGYAR
26 b (MATRIX)
[ ]
b4
N222e
1e2e3e4e
jN40
[ ]
N2e
3e1e2e6e
jN41
matA × matB =
jN 1 0 k
N11=
1 2
⇒ matA
3 4
3 1
⇒ matB
2 6
matA−1
=
jN10
@Z=
[
[
dim (matA, 3, 3) = j N 5 0
N10H3
H3)=
fill (5, 3, 3) =
jN 5 15
H3H3)=
cumul matA =
jN 5 2
N10=
[
[
o_prod (L1, L2) = j N 6 8
N10H
N11)
=
7
13
17
27
-2
1
1.5 -^.5
2
^
3
4
^
^
^
^
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
1
2
4
6
[
jN 5 43
=
[
1
^
^
^
1
^
^
^
1
rnd_mat (2, 3) =
jN 5 52 H 3 )
=
det matA =
jN60
N10=
[
jN61
N11=
trans matB =
jN 7
N30
jN 3 1
mat → list
]
]
]
]
]
aug (matA, matB) = j N 5 3 N
1 2 3 1
10HN
11)=
3 4 2 6
identity 3 =
]
-2.
3
2
1
6
abs_list L2 =
jN6A
N11=
list → matA
jN8
N30
{
2x + 3y = 4
5x + 6y = 7
x=?
y=?
]
[ 1: 1
2: 3
]
[ 1: 3
2: 2
]
det(D) = ?
x+y−z=9
6x + 6y − z = 17
14x − 7y + 2z = 42
x=?
y=?
z=?
det(D) = ?
L1 + L2 =
jN10+
N11=
sortA L1 =
jN50N
10=
sortD L1 =
jN51N
10=
dim (L1, 5) =
jN52N
10H5)
=
fill (5, 5) =
jN535
H5)=
[
[
[
[
[
1: -1
1: 2
2: 7
3: 4
4: ^
1: 5
2: 5
3: 5
4: 5
5: 5
[
df_list L1 =
jN55N
10=
[ 1: 5
1: 2
3: 13
2: -3
2: 7
3: 4
4: -3
5: -1
6: -4
max L1 =
jN61N
10=
mean L1 =
jN62N
10=
4.333333333
med L1 =
jN63N
10=
4.
jN64N
10=
13.
prod L1 =
jN65N
10=
56.
stdDv L1 =
jN66N
10=
2.516611478
vari L1 =
jN67N
10=
6.333333333
2.
-3.
b61
1e1eS1e9e
6 e 6 e S 1 e 17 e
14 e S 7 e 2 e 42
e
X:
Y:
Z:
D:
3.238095238
-1.638095238
-7.4
105.
3x + 4x − 95 = 0
e
X=
1:
2:
b63
5x3 + 4x2 + 3x + 7 = 0 5 e 4 e 3 e 7
e
X=
1:
2:
-1.233600307
0.216800153
±1.043018296K
7.
Seulement pour la France/For France only:
Function keys
Display
Buffer space*
Touches de fonction
Affichage
Espace tampon*
Funktionstasten
Anzeige
Speicherplatz*
Teclas de función Visualizador Espacio de memoria intermedia*
Espaço na memória intermediária*
Teclas de função
Exibição
Memoria tampone*
Tasti di funzione
Display
Bufferruimte*
Functietoetsen
Display
Függvénybillentyűk
Pufferterület*
Kijelző
Tlačítka funkcí
Vyrovnávací paměť*
Zobrazení
Funktionstangenter
Buffertutrymme*
Visning
Funktionäppäimet
Puskuritila*
Näyttö
Funktionstaster
Bufferplads*
Display
*
Tombol fungsi
穮朞͑疪
Function
Fonction
Funktion
Función
Função
Funzioni
Functie
Függvény
Funkce
Funktion
Funktio
Funktion
Dynamic range
Plage dynamique
zulässiger Bereich
Rango dinámico
Gama dinâmica
Campi dinamici
Rekencapaciteit
Megengedett számítási tartomány
Dynamický rozsah
Definitionsområde
Dynaaminen ala
Dynamikområde
Fungsi
穮朞
Kisaran dinamis
壟洇͑憚氊
Tampilan
筚彺͑祢柢
Ruang buffer*
憊碂͑击儊͛͑
@Z
□−1
1
A
□2
1
@1
□3
1
m
□□
5
@O
log□(□)
7
@"
e□
5
sin–1 x, cos–1 x
|x| ≤ 1
@Y
10□
5
tan–1 x, 3P
x
| x | < 10100
ln x, log x, loga x
10–99 ≤ x < 10100, 10–99 ≤ a < 10100 (a ≠ 1)
sin x, cos x, tan x
Protection de l’environnement
L’appareil est alimenté par pile. Afin de protéger l’environnement,
nous vous recommandons:
• d’apporter la pile usagée ou à votre revendeur ou au
service après-vente, pour recyclage.
• de ne pas jeter la pile usagée dans une source de chaleur,
dans l’eau ou dans un vide-ordures.
Endast svensk version/For Sweden only:
ENGLISH
@q
3P
□
5
• y > 0:
□P
7
• y = 0: 0 < x < 10100
□
⎯
□
7
| □|
5
@D
F
@G
@I
()
□
□
□ □dx
9
d(□)
⎯
dx x = □
|
7
∑ (□)
x=□
9
□
(
)
• y < 0:
yx
Attention : votre
produit comporte
ce symbole. Il
signifie que les
produits
électriques et
électroniques
usagés ne doivent
pas être mélangés
avec les déchets
ménagers
généraux. Un
système de
collecte séparé
est prévu pour ces
produits.
For Australia/New Zealand only:
For warranty information please see www.sharp.net.au.
FRANÇAIS
Achtung: Ihr
Produkt trägt
dieses Symbol.
Es besagt, dass
Elektro- und
Elektronikgeräte
nicht mit dem
Haushaltsmüll
entsorgt, sondern
einem getrennten
Rücknahmesystem zugeführt
werden sollten.
DEUTSCH
B. Informations sur la mise au rebut à l’intention des entreprises
1. Au sein de l’Union européenne
Si ce produit est utilisé dans le cadre des activités de votre entreprise et
que vous souhaitiez le mettre au rebut :
Veuillez contacter votre revendeur SHARP qui vous informera des
conditions de reprise du produit. Les frais de reprise et de recyclage
pourront vous être facturés. Les produits de petite taille (et en petites
quantités) pourront être repris par vos organisations de collecte locales.
Espagne : veuillez contacter l’organisation de collecte existante ou votre
administration locale pour les modalités de reprise de vos produits
usagés.
2. Pays hors de l’Union européenne
Si vous souhaitez mettre ce produit au rebut, veuillez contacter votre
administration locale qui vous renseignera sur la méthode d’élimination
correcte de cet appareil.
A. Entsorgungsinformationen für Benutzer aus Privathaushalten
1. In der Europäischen Union
Achtung: Werfen Sie dieses Gerät zur Entsorgung bitte nicht in den
normalen Hausmüll!
Gemäß einer neuen EU-Richtlinie, die die ordnungsgemäße
Rücknahme, Behandlung und Verwertung von gebrauchten Elektround Elektronikgeräten vorschreibt, müssen elektrische und
elektronische Altgeräte getrennt entsorgt werden.
Nach der Einführung der Richtlinie in den EU-Mitgliedstaaten können
Privathaushalte ihre gebrauchten Elektro- und Elektronikgeräte nun
kostenlos an ausgewiesenen Rücknahmestellen abgeben*. In einigen
Ländern* können Sie Altgeräte u.U. auch kostenlos bei Ihrem
Fachhändler abgeben, wenn Sie ein vergleichbares neues Gerät
kaufen.
*) Weitere Einzelheiten erhalten Sie von Ihrer Gemeindeverwaltung.
Wenn Ihre gebrauchten Elektro- und Elektronikgeräte Batterien oder
Akkus enthalten, sollten diese vorher entnommen und gemäß örtlich
geltenden Regelungen getrennt entsorgt werden.
Durch die ordnungsgemäße Entsorgung tragen Sie dazu bei, dass
Altgeräte angemessen gesammelt, behandelt und verwendet werden.
Dies verhindert mögliche schädliche Auswirkungen auf Umwelt und
Gesundheit durch eine unsachgemäße Entsorgung.
2. In anderen Ländern außerhalb der EU
Bitte erkundigen Sie sich bei Ihrer Gemeindeverwaltung nach dem
ordnungsgemäßen Verfahren zur Entsorgung dieses Geräts.
Für die Schweiz: Gebrauchte Elektro- und Elektronikgeräte können
kostenlos beim Händler abgegeben werden, auch wenn Sie kein neues
Produkt kaufen. Weitere Rücknahmesysteme finden Sie auf der
Homepage von www.swico.ch oder www.sens.ch.
B. Entsorgungsinformationen für gewerbliche Nutzer
1. In der Europäischen Union
Wenn Sie dieses Produkt für gewerbliche Zwecke genutzt haben und
nun entsorgen möchten:
Bitte wenden Sie sich an Ihren SHARP Fachhändler, der Sie über die
Rücknahme des Produkts informieren kann. Möglicherweise müssen
Sie die Kosten für die Rücknahme und Verwertung tragen. Kleine
Produkte (und kleine Mengen) können möglicherweise bei Ihrer
örtlichen Rücknahmestelle abgegeben werden.
Für Spanien: Bitte wenden Sie sich an das vorhandene
Rücknahmesystem oder Ihre Gemeindeverwaltung, wenn Sie Fragen
zur Rücknahme Ihrer Altgeräte haben.
2. In anderen Ländern außerhalb der EU
Bitte erkundigen Sie sich bei Ihrer Gemeindeverwaltung nach dem
ordnungsgemäßen Verfahren zur Entsorgung dieses Geräts.
NEG
BIN: 1000000001 ≤ x ≤ 1111111111
0 ≤ x ≤ 111111111
PEN: 2222222223 ≤ x ≤ 4444444444
0 ≤ x ≤ 2222222222
OCT: 4000000001 ≤ x ≤ 7777777777
0 ≤ x ≤ 3777777777
HEX: FDABF41C01 ≤ x ≤ FFFFFFFFFF
0 ≤ x ≤ 2540BE3FF
Atención: su
producto está
marcado con este
símbolo. Significa
que los productos
eléctricos y
electrónicos
usados no
deberían
mezclarse con los
residuos
domésticos
generales. Existe
un sistema de
recogida
independiente para
estos productos.
Attenzione: Il
dispositivo è
contrassegnato da
questo simbolo,
che segnala di
non smaltire le
apparecchiature
elettriche ed
elettroniche
insieme ai normali
rifiuti domestici.
Per tali prodotti è
previsto un
sistema di
raccolta a parte.
B. Información sobre Eliminación para empresas usuarias
1. En la Unión Europea
Si el producto se utiliza en una empresa y quiere desecharlo:
Por favor póngase en contacto con su distribuidor SHARP, quien le
informará sobre la recogida del producto. Puede ser que le cobren
los costes de recogida y reciclaje. Puede ser que los productos de
tamaño pequeño (y las cantidades pequeñas) sean recogidos por
sus centros de recogida locales.
Para España: por favor, póngase en contacto con el sistema de
recogida establecido o con las autoridades locales para la recogida
de los productos usados.
2. En otros países fuera de la Unión Europea
Si desea desechar este producto, por favor póngase en contacto
con sus autoridades locales y pregunte por el método de
eliminación correcto.
A. Informazioni sullo smaltimento per gli utenti (privati)
1. Nell’Unione europea
Attenzione: Per smaltire il presente dispositivo, non utilizzare il normale
bidone della spazzatura!
Le apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche usate devono essere
gestite a parte e in conformità alla legislazione che richiede il
trattamento, il recupero e il riciclaggio adeguato dei suddetti prodotti.
In seguito alle disposizioni attuate dagli Stati membri, i privati residenti
nella UE possono conferire gratuitamente le apparecchiature elettriche
ed elettroniche usate a centri di raccolta designati*. In alcuni paesi*,
anche il rivenditore locale può ritirare gratuitamente il vecchio prodotto
se l’utente acquista un altro nuovo di tipologia simile.
*) Per maggiori informazioni si prega di contattare l’autorità locale
competente.
Se le apparecchiature elettriche o elettroniche usate hanno batterie o
accumulatori, l’utente dovrà smaltirli a parte preventivamente in
conformità alle disposizioni locali.
Lo smaltimento corretto del presente prodotto contribuirà a garantire
che i rifiuti siano sottoposti al trattamento, al recupero e al riciclaggio
necessari prevenendone il potenziale impatto negativo sull’ambiente e
sulla salute umana, che potrebbe derivare da un’inadeguata gestione
dei rifiuti.
2. In paesi che non fanno parte dell’UE
Se si desidera eliminare il presente prodotto, contattare le autorità
locali e informarsi sul metodo di smaltimento corretto.
Per la Svizzera: Le apparecchiature elettriche o elettroniche usate
possono essere restituite gratuitamente al rivenditore, anche se non si
acquista un prodotto nuovo. Altri centri di raccolta sono elencati sulle
homepage di www.swico.ch o di www.sens.ch.
y
P
Atenção: O seu
produto está
identificado com
este símbolo.
Significa que os
produtos
eléctricos e
electrónicos não
devem ser
misturados com o
lixo doméstico
comum. Existe um
sistema de
recolhas
específico para
estes produtos.
1
ex
−10100 < x ≤ 230.2585092
10 x
−10100 < x < 100
sinh x, cosh x, tanh x
| x | ≤ 230.2585092
sinh–1 x
| x | < 1050
cosh–1 x
1 ≤ x < 1050
tanh–1 x
|x| < 1
x
| x | < 1050
2
x3
| x | < 2.15443469 × 1033
x
P
0 ≤ x < 10100
x –1
| x | < 10100 (x ≠ 0)
0 ≤ n ≤ 69*
n!
0 ≤ r ≤ n ≤ 9999999999*
n!
⎯
(n − r)!
nPr
< 10100
nCr
0 ≤ r ≤ n ≤ 9999999999*
0 ≤ r ≤ 69
↕DEG, D°M’S
0°0’0.00001” ≤ | x | < 10000°
x, y
r, θ
n!
⎯
(n − r)!
r, θ
x, y
< 10100
x 2 + y 2 < 10100
0 ≤ r < 10100
DEG: | θ | < 1010
π
⎯
RAD: | θ | < 180
× 1010
10
10
GRAD: | θ | < ⎯
9 × 10
DEG: | x | < 10100
DEG
RAD, GRAD
RAD
GRAD: | x | < ⎯
1098
2 ×
π
(A + Bi ) + (C + Di )
| A + C | < 10100, | B + D | < 10100
(A + Bi ) − (C + Di )
| A − C | < 10100, | B − D | < 10100
(A + Bi ) × (C + Di )
(AC − BD) < 10100
(AD + BC) < 10100
Let op: Uw
product is van dit
merkteken
voorzien. Dit
betekent dat
afgedankte
elektrische en
elektronische
apparatuur niet
samen met het
normale huisafval
mogen worden
weggegooid. Er
bestaat een
afzonderlijk
inzamelingssysteem voor
deze producten.
NEDERLANDS
A. Informatie over afvalverwijdering voor gebruikers
(particuliere huishoudens)
1. In de Europese Unie
Let op: Deze apparatuur niet samen met het normale huisafval
weggooien!
Afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur moet
gescheiden worden ingezameld conform de wetgeving inzake de
verantwoorde verwerking, terugwinning en recycling van
afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur.
Na de invoering van de wet door de lidstaten mogen particuliere
huishoudens in de lidstaten van de Europese Unie hun afgedankte
elektrische en elektronische apparatuur kosteloos* naar hiertoe
aangewezen inzamelingsinrichtingen brengen*. In sommige
landen* kunt u bij de aanschaf van een nieuw apparaat het oude
product kosteloos bij uw lokale distributeur inleveren.
*) Neem contact op met de plaatselijke autoriteiten voor verdere
informatie.
Als uw elektrische of elektronische apparatuur batterijen of
accumulatoren bevat dan moet u deze afzonderlijk conform de
plaatselijke voorschriften weggooien.
Door dit product op een verantwoorde manier weg te gooien, zorgt
u ervoor dat het afval de juiste verwerking, terugwinning en
recycling ondergaat en potentiële negatieve effecten op het milieu
en de menselijke gezondheid worden voorkomen die anders
zouden ontstaan door het verkeerd verwerken van het afval.
2. In andere landen buiten de Europese Unie
Als u dit product wilt weggooien, neem dan contact op met de
plaatselijke autoriteiten voor informatie omtrent de juiste
verwijderingsprocedure.
Voor Zwitserland: U kunt afgedankte elektrische en elektronische
apparatuur kosteloos bij de distributeur inleveren, zelfs als u geen
nieuw product koopt. Aanvullende inzamelingsinrichtingen zijn
vermeld op de startpagina van www.swico.ch or www.sens.ch.
B. Informatie over afvalverwijdering voor bedrijven.
1. In de Europese Unie
Als u het product voor zakelijke doeleinden heeft gebruikt en als u
dit wilt weggooien:
Neem contact op met uw SHARP distributeur die u inlichtingen
verschaft over de terugname van het product. Het kan zijn dat u
een afvalverwijderingsbijdrage voor de terugname en recycling
moet betalen. Kleine producten (en kleine hoeveelheden) kunnen
door de lokale inzamelingsinrichtingen worden verwerkt.
Voor Spanje: Neem contact op met de inzamelingsinrichting of de
lokale autoriteiten voor de terugname van uw afgedankte producten.
2. In andere landen buiten de Europese Unie
Als u dit product wilt weggooien, neem dan contact op met de
plaatselijke autoriteiten voor informatie omtrent de juiste
verwijderingsprocedure.
1. Inden for EU
Obs: Hvis du ønsker at kassere dette apparat, bør du ikke komme det i
din almindelige skraldespand.
Obs: Produktet vil
have dette
symbol. Det
betyder at der er
tale om elektrisk
eller elektronisk
udstyr som ikke
bør blandes med
det almindelige
husholdningsaffald. Der findes
et særskilt
genbrugssystem
til sådanne
produkter.
Förbrukad elektrisk utrustning måste hanteras i enlighet med
gällande miljölagstiftning och återvinningsföreskrifter.
I enlighet med gällande EU-regler ska hushåll ha möjlighet att
lämna in elektrisk utrustning till återvinningsstationer utan kostnad.*
I vissa länder* kan det även hända att man gratis kan lämna in
gamla produkter till återförsäljaren när man köper en ny liknande
enhet.
* Kontakta kommunen för vidare information.
Om utrustningen innehåller batterier eller ackumulatorer ska dessa
först avlägsnas och hanteras separat i enlighet med gällande
miljöföreskrifter.
Genom att hantera produkten i enlighet med dessa föreskrifter
kommer den att tas om hand och återvinnas på tillämpligt sätt,
vilket förhindrar potentiella negativa hälso- och miljöeffekter.
Hvis dit brugte elektriske eller elektroniske udstyr indeholder batterier
eller akkumulatorer, bedes du skille dig af med dem, i
overensstemmelse med den lokale lovgivning, før du indleverer
udstyret.
2. I lande uden for EU
B. Oplysninger om kassering og genbrug for virksomheder.
1. Inden for EU
Hvis dette produkt bruges i forbindelse med virksomhedsdrift, og du
ønsker at skille dig af med det:
Du bedes kontakte din SHARP-forhandler, som vil fortælle dig hvordan
produktet kan indleveres. Du vil muligvis skulle betale for
omkostningerne i forbindelse med indlevering og genbrug. Små
produkter (i små mængder) kan muligvis afleveres på den lokale
genbrugsplads.
2. I lande uden for EU
DANSK
Hvis du ønsker at skille dig af med dette produkt, bedes du kontakte de
lokale myndigheder og spørge dem, hvordledes produktet kasseres
korrekt.
A. Informace o likvidaci pro uživatele (domácnosti)
1. V zemích Evropské unie
Upozornění: Toto zařízení nelikvidujte v běžných odpadkových
koších!
Upozornění: Váš
výrobek je
označen tímto
symbolem.
Znamená to, že
je zakázáno
likvidovat použitý
elektrický nebo
elektronický
výrobek s
běžným domácím
odpadem. Pro
tyto výrobky je k
dispozici
samostatný
sběrný systém.
Použité elektrické a elektronické vybavení je třeba likvidovat
samostatně a v souladu s legislativou, která vyžaduje řádnou
likvidaci, obnovení a recyklaci použitého elektrického a
elektronického vybavení.
Na základě dohody členských států mohou domácnosti v zemích
Evropské unie vracet použité elektrické a elektronické vybavení v
určených sběrnách zdarma*. V některých zemích* od vás může
místní prodejce odebrat zdarma použitý výrobek, pokud
zakoupíte nový podobný.
*) Další podrobnosti vám sdělí orgány místní správy.
Pokud použité elektrické nebo elektronické vybavení obsahuje
baterie nebo akumulátory, zlikvidujte je předem samostatně v
souladu s místními vyhláškami.
Řádnou likvidací tohoto výrobku pomáháte zajistit, že bude
odpad vhodným způsobem zlikvidován, obnoven a recyklován a
zabráníte tak možnému poškození životního prostředí a zdraví
obyvatel, ke kterému by mohlo dojít v případě nesprávné
likvidace.
2. Länder utanför EU
Kontakta de lokala myndigheterna och ta reda på gällande
sorterings- och återvinningsföreskrifter om du behöver göra dig av
med denna produkt.
2. V ostatních zemích mimo Evropskou unii
B) Information om återvinning för företag
1. EU-länder
Chcete-li tento výrobek zlikvidovat, obraťte se na místní správní
orgány, které vás seznámí s vhodnou metodou likvidace.
Gör så här om produkten ska kasseras:
B. Informace o likvidaci pro podnikatelské subjekty.
Kontakta SHARPs återförsäljare för information om hur man går till
väga för att lämna tillbaka produkten. Det kan hända att en avgift för
transport och återvinning tillkommer. Mindre skrymmande produkter
(om det rör sig om ett fåtal) kan eventuellt återlämnas till lokala
återvinningsstationer.
1. V zemích Evropské unie
Chcete-li zlikvidovat výrobek, který je používán pro podnikatelské
účely:
Obraťte se na prodejce SHARP, který vás informuje o odebrání
výrobku. Odebrání a recyklace mohou být zpoplatněny. Malé
výrobky (a malá množství) mohou odebírat místní sběrny
odpadu.
2. Länder utanför EU
Kontakta de lokala myndigheterna och ta reda på gällande
sorterings- och återvinningsföreskrifter om du behöver göra dig av
med denna produkt.
2. V ostatních zemích mimo Evropskou unii.
ČESKY
1. Euroopan unionissa
1. Az Európai Unióban
Huomio: Jos haluat hävittää tämän laitteen, älä käytä tavallista
jätesäiliötä.
Käytetyt sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaitteet pitää hävittää erikseen
noudattaen lainsäädäntöä, joka takaa käytettyjen sähkö- ja
elektroniikkalaitteiden oikean käsittelyn, keräämisen ja kierrättämisen.
Jäsenvaltioiden täytäntöönpanoa seuraten yksityiset kotitaloudet EU:n
jäsenvaltioissa voivat palauttaa käytetyt sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaitteet
määrättyihin keräyspaikkoihin ilmaiseksi*. Joissakin maissa* paikalliset
vähittäismyyjät voivat myös ottaa vastaan vanhan tuotteen ilmaiseksi,
jos asiakas ostaa vastaavan uuden tuotteen.
*) Pyydä lisätietoja paikallisviranomaisilta.
Jos käytetyissä sähkö- tai elektroniikkalaitteissa käytetään paristoja tai
akkuja, hävitä nämä tuotteet etukäteen erikseen paikallisten säädösten
mukaisesti.
Hävittämällä tuotteen asiamukaisesti, autat varmistamaan, että jätteet
käsitellään, kerätään ja kierrätetään asianmukaisella tavalla. Näin
vältytään haitallisilta ympäristö- ja terveysvaikutuksilta, joita saattaa
olla seuraamuksena jätteen epäasianmukaisesta käsittelystä.
Chcete-li tento výrobek zlikvidovat, obraťte se na místní správní
orgány, které vás seznámí s vhodnou metodou likvidace.
A. Hulladék-elhelyezési tájékoztató felhasználók részére (magán
háztartások)
A. Hävitysohjeet käyttäjille (yksityiset kotitaloudet)
Huomio: Tuote on
merkitty tällä
symbolilla. Tämä
tarkoittaa, että
käytettyjä sähköja elektroniikkalaitteita ei saa
sekoittaa
kotitalouden
yleisjätteiden
kanssa. Näille
tuotteille on
olemassa erillinen
keräysjärjestelmä.
Som følge af EU-medlemslandenes implementering af denne lov, har
private husstande i EU ret til gratis*, at aflevere deres brugte elektriske
og elektroniske udstyr på angivne genbrugspladser. I nogle lande* er
det muligvis gratis, at indlevere det brugte produkt hos den lokale
forhandler, hvis du køber et tilsvarende nyt produkt.
*) Kontakt de lokale myndigheder hvis du ønsker yderligere
oplysninger.
Hvis du ønsker at skille dig af med dette produkt, bedes du kontakte de
lokale myndigheder og spørge dem om, hvorledes produktet kasseres
korrekt.
OBS! Kasta inte denna produkt i soporna!
OBS! Produkten
är märkt med
symbolen ovan.
Denna symbol
indikerar att
elektroniska
produkter inte ska
kastas i det
vanliga
hushållsavfallet
eftersom det finns
ett separat
avfallshanteringssystem för dem.
Brugt elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr skal behandles særskilt og i
overensstemmelse med loven om korrekt behandling og genbrug af
brugt elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr.
Ved at kassere dette apparat korrekt, vil du være med til at sikre, at
vores affald behandles og genbruges rigtigt. Derved udsættes hverken
miljøet eller vores helbred for overlast som følge af uhensigtsmæssig
affaldshåndtering.
1. EU-länder
SVENSKA
A. Informações sobre a Eliminação de Produtos para os
Utilizadores (particulares)
1. Na União Europeia
Atenção: Se quiser eliminar este equipamento, não o deve fazer
juntamente com o lixo doméstico comum!
O equipamento eléctrico e electrónico deve ser tratado separadamente
e ao abrigo da legislação aplicável que obriga a um tratamento,
recuperação e reciclagem adequados de equipamentos eléctricos e
electrónicos usados.
Após a implementação desta legislação por parte dos Estadosmembros, todos os cidadãos residentes na União Europeia poderão
entregar o seu equipamento eléctrico e electrónico usado em estações
de recolha específicas a título gratuito*. Em alguns países* o seu
revendedor local também pode recolher o seu equipamento usado a
título gratuito na compra de um novo equipamento.
*) Contacte as entidades locais para mais informações.
Se o seu equipamento eléctrico e electrónico usado funcionar a pilhas
ou baterias, deverá eliminá-las em separado, conforme a legislação
local, e antes de entregar o seu equipamento.
Ao eliminar este produto correctamente estará a contribuir para que o
lixo seja submetido aos processos de tratamento, recuperação e
reciclagem adequados. Desta forma é possível evitar os efeitos
nocivos que o tratamento inadequado do lixo poderia provocar no
ambiente e na saúde.
2. Em outros Países fora da UE
Se quiser eliminar este produto, contacte as entidades locais e
informe-se sobre o método correcto para proceder à sua eliminação.
Na Suíça: O equipamento eléctrico e electrónico é aceite, a título
gratuito, em qualquer revendedor, mesmo que não tenha adquirido um
novo produto. Poderá encontrar uma lista das estações de recolha
destes equipamentos na página da Web www.swicho.ch ou
www.sens.ch.
A. Oplysninger om kassering og genbrug for brugere (private
husholdninger)
A) Information om återvinning av elektrisk utrustning för
hushåll
Figyelem: Ha a készüléket ki akarja selejtezni, kérjük, ne a
közönséges szemeteskukát használja!
Figyelem: A
terméket ezzel a
jelöléssel látták
el. Ez azt jelenti,
hogy a használt
elektromos és
elektronikus
termékeket nem
szabad az
általános
háztartási
hulladékkal
keverni. Ezekhez
a termékekhez
külön
hulladékgyűjtő
rendszer üzemel.
2. Muissa maissa EU:n ulkopuolella
A használt elektromos és elektronikus berendezéseket külön, és a
használt elektromos és elektronikus berendezések szabályszerű
kezeléséről, visszanyeréséről és újrahasznosításáról rendelkező
jogszabályokkal összhangban kell kezelni.
A tagállamok általi végrehajtást követően az EU államokon belül a
magán háztartások használt elektromos és elektronikai
berendezéseiket díjmentesen juttathatják vissza a kijelölt
gyűjtőlétesítményekbe*. Egyes országokban* a helyi kiskereskedés
is díjmentesen visszaveheti Öntől a régi terméket, ha hasonló új
terméket vásárol.
*) A további részletekről, kérjük, érdeklődjön az önkormányzatnál.
Ha használt elektromos vagy elektronikus berendezésében elemek
vagy akkumulátorok vannak, kérjük, előzetesen ezeket selejtezze ki
a helyi előírásoknak megfelelően.
A termék szabályszerű kiselejtezésével Ön segít biztosítani azt,
hogy a hulladék keresztülmenjen a szükséges kezelésen,
visszanyerési és újrahasznosítási eljáráson, ezáltal közreműködik a
lehetséges káros környezeti és humán egészségi hatások
megelőzésében, amelyek ellenkező esetben a helytelen
hulladékkezelés következtében előállhatnának.
2. Az EU-n kívüli egyéb országokban
Jos haluat hävittää tuotteen, ota yhteys paikallisiin viranomaisiin ja
pyydä ohjeita tuotteen asianmukaiseen hävittämiseen.
Ha a terméket ki szeretné selejtezni, kérjük, forduljon az
önkormányzathoz, és érdeklődjön a helyes hulladék-elhelyezési
módszerről.
B. Hävitysohjeet yrityskäyttäjille.
1. Euroopan unionissa
B. Informações sobre a Eliminação de Produtos para UtilizadoresEmpresas.
1. Na União Europeia
Se o produto for usado para fins comerciais e quiser eliminá-lo:
Contacte o seu revendedor SHARP que irá informá-lo sobre a melhor
forma de eliminar o produto. Poderá ter de pagar as despesas
resultantes da recolha e reciclagem do produto. Alguns produtos mais
pequenos (e em pequenas quantidades) poderão ser recolhidos pelas
estações locais.
Na Espanha: Contacte o sistema de recolhas público ou as entidades
locais para mais informações sobre a recolha de produtos usados.
2. Em outros Países fora da UE
Se quiser eliminar este produto, contacte as entidades locais e
informe-se sobre o método correcto para proceder à sua eliminação.
PORTUGUÊS
1
−10100 < ⎯
x log | y | < 100
B. Informazioni sullo smaltimento per gli utenti commerciali
1. Nell’Unione europea
Se il prodotto è impiegato a scopi commerciali, procedere come segue
per eliminarlo.
Contattare il proprio rivenditore SHARP che fornirà informazioni circa il
ritiro del prodotto. Potrebbero essere addebitate le spese di ritiro e
riciclaggio. Prodotti piccoli (e quantitativi ridotti) potranno essere ritirati
anche dai centri di raccolta locali.
Per la Spagna: Contattare il sistema di raccolta ufficiale o l’ente locale
preposto al ritiro dei prodotti usati.
2. In paesi che non fanno parte dell’UE
Se si desidera eliminare il presente prodotto, contattare le autorità
locali e informarsi sul metodo di smaltimento corretto.
ITALIANO
x=n
1
(0 < | x | < 1: ⎯
x = 2n − 1, x ≠ 0)*,
−10100 < x log | y | < 100
* n, r: integer / entier / ganze Zahlen / entero / inteiro / intero /
geheel getal / egész számok / celé číslo / heltal /
/
/ bilangan
kokonaisluku / heltal /
bulat / 洛朞
−10100 < ⎯
x log y < 100 (x ≠ 0)
• y = 0: 0 < x < 10100
• y < 0: x = 2n − 1
1
(0 < | x | < 1: ⎯
x = n, x ≠ 0)*,
4
A. Información sobre eliminación para usuarios particulares
1. En la Unión Europea
Atención: si quiere desechar este equipo, ¡por favor no utilice el
cubo de la basura habitual!
Los equipos eléctricos y electrónicos usados deberían tratarse por
separado de acuerdo con la legislación que requiere un
tratamiento, una recuperación y un reciclaje adecuados de los
equipos eléctricos y electrónicos usados.
Tras la puesta en práctica por parte de los estados miembros, los
hogares de particulares dentro de los estados de la Unión Europea
pueden devolver sus equipos eléctricos y electrónicos a los centros
de recogida designados sin coste alguno*. En algunos países* es
posible que también su vendedor local se lleve su viejo producto
sin coste alguno si Ud. compra uno nuevo similar.
*) Por favor, póngase en contacto con su autoridad local para
obtener más detalles.
Si sus equipos eléctricos o electrónicos usados tienen pilas o
acumuladores, por favor deséchelos por separado con antelación
según los requisitos locales.
Al desechar este producto correctamente, ayudará a asegurar que
los residuos reciban el tratamiento, la recuperación y el reciclaje
necesarios, previniendo de esta forma posibles efectos negativos
en el medio ambiente y la salud humana que de otra forma podrían
producirse debido a una manipulación de residuos inapropiada.
2. En otros países fuera de la Unión Europea
Si desea desechar este producto, por favor póngase en contacto
con las autoridades locales y pregunte por el método de
eliminación correcto.
Para Suiza: Los equipos eléctricos o electrónicos pueden
devolverse al vendedor sin coste alguno, incluso si no compra
ningún nuevo producto. Se puede encontrar una lista de otros
centros de recogida en la página principal de www.swico.ch o
www.sens.ch.
−10100 < x log y < 100
• y > 0:
x
* The amount of memory used for the display in the WriteView
editor, measured in characters (excluding entered values,
denoted in the chart by “□”).
* Espace mémoire utilisé pour préserver l’affichage dans l’éditeur
WriteView, mesuré en caractère (à l’exception des valeurs
d’entrée, indiquées dans le tableau par “□”).
* Der für die Anzeige im WriteView Editor verwendete
Speicherplatz, gemessen in Zeichen (ohne die eingegebenen
Werte, die in der Tabelle mit „□“ markiert sind).
* La cantidad de memoria usada para visualizar en el editor
WriteView, medida en caracteres (excluyendo los valores
introducidos, indicados en el grafico mediante “□”).
* A quantidade de memória que é usada para a exibição no
editor WriteView, medida em caracteres (excluindo os valores
introduzidos, indicados no quadro por “□”).
* La quantità di memoria utilizzata per la visualizzazione nell’editor
WriteView, misurata in caratteri (escludendo i valori inseriti,
indicati nella tabella con il simbolo “□”).
* De hoeveelheid geheugen dat wordt gebruikt om de WriteView
editor weer te geven, gemeten in symbolen (met uitzondering
van ingevoerde waarden aangeduid in de grafiek met “□”).
* A WriteView szerkesztő megjelenítési műveleteire használatos
memóriaterület, karakterben kifejezve (az ábrán „□” karakterrel
jelölt beviteli értékeket nem számítva).
* Množství paměti využívané pro účely zobrazení v editoru
WriteView, vyjádřené počtem znaků (vyjma zadaných hodnot,
označených v grafu znakem „□“).
* Den mängd minne som används för visning med WriteViewredigeraren, mätt i antalet tecken (exklusive inmatade värden,
vilka anges som ”□” i tabellen).
* Näytön WriteView-editorissa käyttämä muisti merkkeinä
laskettuna (pois lukien syötetyt arvot, taulukossa merkitty ”□”).
* Den mængde hukommelse, der bruges til visning i WriteVieweditoren, målt i tegn (med undtagelse af indtastede værdier, der
angives med „□“ i tabellen).
ESPAÑOL
A. Informations sur la mise au rebut à l’intention des utilisateurs
privés (ménages)
1. Au sein de l’Union européenne
Attention : si vous souhaitez mettre cet appareil au rebut, ne le jetez
pas dans une poubelle ordinaire !
Les appareils électriques et électroniques usagés doivent être traités
séparément et conformément aux lois en vigueur en matière de
traitement, de récupération et de recyclage adéquats de ces appareils.
Suite à la mise en oeuvre de ces dispositions dans les Etats membres,
les ménages résidant au sein de l’Union européenne peuvent
désormais ramener gratuitement* leurs appareils électriques et
électroniques usagés sur des sites de collecte désignés. Dans certains
pays*, votre détaillant reprendra également gratuitement votre ancien
produit si vous achetez un produit neuf similaire.
*) Veuillez contacter votre administration locale pour plus de
renseignements.
Si votre appareil électrique ou électronique usagé comporte des piles
ou des accumulateurs, veuillez les mettre séparément et préalablement
au rebut conformément à la législation locale en vigueur.
En veillant à la mise au rebut correcte de ce produit, vous contribuerez
à assurer le traitement, la récupération et le recyclage nécessaires de
ces déchets, et préviendrez ainsi les effets néfastes potentiels de leur
mauvaise gestion sur l’environnement et la santé humaine.
2. Pays hors de l’Union européenne
Si vous souhaitez mettre ce produit au rebut, veuillez contacter votre
administration locale qui vous renseignera sur la méthode d’élimination
correcte de cet appareil.
Suisse : les équipements électriques ou électroniques usagés peuvent
être ramenés gratuitement au détaillant, même si vous n’achetez pas
un nouvel appareil. Pour obtenir la liste des autres sites de collecte,
veuillez vous reporter à la page d’accueil du site www.swico.ch ou
www.sens.ch.
NOT
BIN: 1000000000 ≤ x ≤ 1111111111
0 ≤ x ≤ 111111111
PEN: 2222222223 ≤ x ≤ 4444444444
0 ≤ x ≤ 2222222221
OCT: 4000000000 ≤ x ≤ 7777777777
0 ≤ x ≤ 3777777777
HEX: FDABF41C01 ≤ x ≤ FFFFFFFFFF
0 ≤ x ≤ 2540BE3FE
(tan x: | x | ≠ 100(2n − 1))*
5
B. Information on Disposal for Business Users.
1. In the European Union
If the product is used for business purposes and you want to
discard it:
Please contact your SHARP dealer who will inform you about the
take-back of the product. You might be charged for the costs arising
from take-back and recycling. Small products (and small amounts)
might be taken back by your local collection facilities.
For Spain: Please contact the established collection system or your
local authority for take-back of your used products.
2. In other Countries outside the EU
If you wish to discard of this product, please contact your local
authorities and ask for the correct method of disposal.
Miljöskydd
Denna produkt drivs av batteri.
Vid batteribyte skall följande iakttagas:
• Det förbrukade batteriet skall inlämnas till batteriinsamling
eller till kommunal miljöstation för återinssamling.
• Kasta ej batteriet i vattnet eller i hushållssoporna. Batteriet
får ej heller utsättas för öppen eld.
DEC: | x | ≤ 9999999999
BIN: 1000000000 ≤ x ≤ 1111111111
0 ≤ x ≤ 111111111
PEN: 2222222223 ≤ x ≤ 4444444444
0 ≤ x ≤ 2222222222
OCT: 4000000000 ≤ x ≤ 7777777777
0 ≤ x ≤ 3777777777
HEX: FDABF41C01 ≤ x ≤ FFFFFFFFFF
0 ≤ x ≤ 2540BE3FF
10
P
□
* Jumlah memori yang digunakan untuk kepentingan tampilan
dalam editor WriteView, diukur dalam jumlah karakter (tidak
termasuk nilai yang dimasukkan, ditunjukkan dalam diagram
dengan “□”)
* ΈΣΚΥΖ·ΚΖΨ͑碾滗匶汞͑筚彺͑祢柢櫖͑斲殯夞垚͑彚微庲͑檗͙͑怾沖͑朞͑
匶渆͑͝壊祢櫖昢͑‫ד□ג‬嵢͑祢柢夢͑斲殯沖͑沋崫͑儘汆͑洢歾͚͟
Attention: Your
product is marked
with this symbol. It
means that used
electrical and
electronic
products should
not be mixed with
general household
waste. There is a
separate
collection system
for these products.
DEC
BIN
PEN
OCT
HEX
AND
OR
XOR
XNOR
10
GRAD: | x | < ⎯
9 × 10
DRG▶
A. Information on Disposal for Users (private households)
1. In the European Union
Attention: If you want to dispose of this equipment, please do not
use the ordinary dust bin!
Used electrical and electronic equipment must be treated
separately and in accordance with legislation that requires proper
treatment, recovery and recycling of used electrical and electronic
equipment.
Following the implementation by member states, private
households within the EU states may return their used electrical
and electronic equipment to designated collection facilities free of
charge*. In some countries* your local retailer may also take back
your old product free of charge if you purchase a similar new one.
*) Please contact your local authority for further details.
If your used electrical or electronic equipment has batteries or
accumulators, please dispose of these separately beforehand
according to local requirements.
By disposing of this product correctly you will help ensure that the
waste undergoes the necessary treatment, recovery and recycling
and thus prevent potential negative effects on the environment and
human health which could otherwise arise due to inappropriate
waste handling.
2. In other Countries outside the EU
If you wish to discard this product, please contact your local
authorities and ask for the correct method of disposal.
For Switzerland: Used electrical or electronic equipment can be
returned free of charge to the dealer, even if you don’t purchase a
new product. Further collection facilities are listed on the homepage
of www.swico.ch or www.sens.ch.
DEG: | x | < 1010
(tan x : | x | ≠ 90(2n − 1))*
π
⎯
RAD: | x | < 180
× 1010
π
(tan x: | x | ≠ ⎯
(2n − 1))*
2
@*
@W
5.
(A + Bi ) ÷ (C + Di )
AC + BD
⎯
10100
C2 + D 2 <
BC − AD
⎯
10100
C2 + D 2 <
C2 + D 2 ≠ 0
30
W/@ k
-6.333333333
2.
Umweltschutz
Das Gerät wird durch eine Batterie mit Strom versorgt.
Um die Batterie sicher und umweltschonend zu entsorgen,
beachten Sie bitte folgende Punkte:
• Bringen Sie die leere Batterie zu Ihrer örtlichen
Mülldeponie, zum Händler oder zum KundenserviceZentrum zur Wiederverwertung.
• Werfen Sie die leere Batterie niemals ins Feuer, ins Wasser
oder in den Hausmüll.
]
-1.
X:
Y:
D:
x=?
Nur für Deutschland/For Germany only:
OPMERKING: ALLEEN VOOR NEDERLAND/
NOTE: FOR NETHERLANDS ONLY
-4
]
jN60N
10=
For Europe only:
-1
4
]
min L1 =
sum L1 =
-3
]
2: 9
1: 2
[
2
7
]
]
5: ^
jN54N
10=
[
2: 4
3: 2
cumul L1 =
aug (L1, L2) = j N 5 6 N
10HN1
1)=
2: 4
3: 7
1: 7
5.099019514
]
]
]
2: 6
3: ^
1: 2
-29.
b62
3 e 4 e S 95
2
x=?
N2e
S3eS1eS4e
jN41
]
b60
2e3e4e
5e6e7
e
b5
{2, 7, 4} ⇒ L1 N 2 3 e
2e7e4e
jN40
⇒ L2
3: 19
28 b (2-VLE, 3-VLE, QUAD, CUBIC)
] {
27 b (LIST)
{−3, −1, −4}
[
1: -24 2: -4
i_prod (L1, L2) = j N 6 9
N10H
N11)
=
1
[
29
B. Hulladék-elhelyezési tájékoztató vállalati felhasználók
részére.
Jos tuotetta on käytetty yrityskäytössä, ja haluat hävittää sen,
1. Az Európai Unióban
ota yhteys SHARP-jälleenmyyjään, joka antaa sinulle lisäohjeita tai
ottaa tuotteen vastaan. Sinulta saatetaan veloittaa tuotteen
vastaanottamisesta ja kierrätyksestä johtuvat kustannukset. Paikalliset
keräyspisteet saattavat ottaa vastaan pienet tuotteet (ja pienet määrät).
Ha a terméket üzleti célokra használta, és ki kívánja selejtezni:
Kérjük, forduljon a SHARP kereskedéshez, ahol tájékoztatják Önt a
termék visszavételéről. Lehetséges, hogy a visszavételből és
újrahasznosításból eredő költségeket felszámítják. Előfordulhat,
hogy a helyi hulladékbegyűjtő létesítmény átveszi a kisebb
termékeket (és kis mennyiségeket).
2. Muissa maissa EU:n ulkopuolella
Jos haluat hävittää tuotteen, ota yhteys paikallisiin viranomaisiin ja
pyydä ohjeita tuotteen asianmukaiseen hävittämiseen.
2. Az EU-n kívüli egyéb országokban
Ha a terméket ki szeretné selejtezni, kérjük, forduljon az
önkormányzathoz, és érdeklődjön a helyes hulladék-elhelyezési
módszerről.
SUOMI
MAGYAR
26 b (MATRIX)
[ ]
b4
N222e
1e2e3e4e
jN40
[ ]
N2e
3e1e2e6e
jN41
matA × matB =
jN 1 0 k
N11=
1 2
⇒ matA
3 4
3 1
⇒ matB
2 6
matA−1
=
jN10
@Z=
[
[
dim (matA, 3, 3) = j N 5 0
N10H3
H3)=
fill (5, 3, 3) =
jN 5 15
H3H3)=
cumul matA =
jN 5 2
N10=
[
[
o_prod (L1, L2) = j N 6 8
N10H
N11)
=
7
13
17
27
-2
1
1.5 -^.5
2
^
3
4
^
^
^
^
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
1
2
4
6
[
jN 5 43
=
[
1
^
^
^
1
^
^
^
1
rnd_mat (2, 3) =
jN 5 52 H 3 )
=
det matA =
jN60
N10=
[
jN61
N11=
trans matB =
jN 7
N30
jN 3 1
mat → list
]
]
]
]
]
aug (matA, matB) = j N 5 3 N
1 2 3 1
10HN
11)=
3 4 2 6
identity 3 =
]
-2.
3
2
1
6
abs_list L2 =
jN6A
N11=
list → matA
jN8
N30
{
2x + 3y = 4
5x + 6y = 7
x=?
y=?
]
[ 1: 1
2: 3
]
[ 1: 3
2: 2
]
det(D) = ?
x+y−z=9
6x + 6y − z = 17
14x − 7y + 2z = 42
x=?
y=?
z=?
det(D) = ?
L1 + L2 =
jN10+
N11=
sortA L1 =
jN50N
10=
sortD L1 =
jN51N
10=
dim (L1, 5) =
jN52N
10H5)
=
fill (5, 5) =
jN535
H5)=
[
[
[
[
[
1: -1
1: 2
2: 7
3: 4
4: ^
1: 5
2: 5
3: 5
4: 5
5: 5
[
df_list L1 =
jN55N
10=
[ 1: 5
1: 2
3: 13
2: -3
2: 7
3: 4
4: -3
5: -1
6: -4
max L1 =
jN61N
10=
mean L1 =
jN62N
10=
4.333333333
med L1 =
jN63N
10=
4.
jN64N
10=
13.
prod L1 =
jN65N
10=
56.
stdDv L1 =
jN66N
10=
2.516611478
vari L1 =
jN67N
10=
6.333333333
2.
-3.
b61
1e1eS1e9e
6 e 6 e S 1 e 17 e
14 e S 7 e 2 e 42
e
X:
Y:
Z:
D:
3.238095238
-1.638095238
-7.4
105.
3x + 4x − 95 = 0
e
X=
1:
2:
b63
5x3 + 4x2 + 3x + 7 = 0 5 e 4 e 3 e 7
e
X=
1:
2:
-1.233600307
0.216800153
±1.043018296K
7.
Seulement pour la France/For France only:
Function keys
Display
Buffer space*
Touches de fonction
Affichage
Espace tampon*
Funktionstasten
Anzeige
Speicherplatz*
Teclas de función Visualizador Espacio de memoria intermedia*
Espaço na memória intermediária*
Teclas de função
Exibição
Memoria tampone*
Tasti di funzione
Display
Bufferruimte*
Functietoetsen
Display
Függvénybillentyűk
Pufferterület*
Kijelző
Tlačítka funkcí
Vyrovnávací paměť*
Zobrazení
Funktionstangenter
Buffertutrymme*
Visning
Funktionäppäimet
Puskuritila*
Näyttö
Funktionstaster
Bufferplads*
Display
*
Tombol fungsi
穮朞͑疪
Function
Fonction
Funktion
Función
Função
Funzioni
Functie
Függvény
Funkce
Funktion
Funktio
Funktion
Dynamic range
Plage dynamique
zulässiger Bereich
Rango dinámico
Gama dinâmica
Campi dinamici
Rekencapaciteit
Megengedett számítási tartomány
Dynamický rozsah
Definitionsområde
Dynaaminen ala
Dynamikområde
Fungsi
穮朞
Kisaran dinamis
壟洇͑憚氊
Tampilan
筚彺͑祢柢
Ruang buffer*
憊碂͑击儊͛͑
@Z
□−1
1
A
□2
1
@1
□3
1
m
□□
5
@O
log□(□)
7
@"
e□
5
sin–1 x, cos–1 x
|x| ≤ 1
@Y
10□
5
tan–1 x, 3P
x
| x | < 10100
ln x, log x, loga x
10–99 ≤ x < 10100, 10–99 ≤ a < 10100 (a ≠ 1)
sin x, cos x, tan x
Protection de l’environnement
L’appareil est alimenté par pile. Afin de protéger l’environnement,
nous vous recommandons:
• d’apporter la pile usagée ou à votre revendeur ou au
service après-vente, pour recyclage.
• de ne pas jeter la pile usagée dans une source de chaleur,
dans l’eau ou dans un vide-ordures.
Endast svensk version/For Sweden only:
ENGLISH
@q
3P
□
5
• y > 0:
□P
7
• y = 0: 0 < x < 10100
□
⎯
□
7
| □|
5
@D
F
@G
@I
()
□
□
□ □dx
9
d(□)
⎯
dx x = □
|
7
∑ (□)
x=□
9
□
(
)
• y < 0:
yx
Attention : votre
produit comporte
ce symbole. Il
signifie que les
produits
électriques et
électroniques
usagés ne doivent
pas être mélangés
avec les déchets
ménagers
généraux. Un
système de
collecte séparé
est prévu pour ces
produits.
For Australia/New Zealand only:
For warranty information please see www.sharp.net.au.
FRANÇAIS
Achtung: Ihr
Produkt trägt
dieses Symbol.
Es besagt, dass
Elektro- und
Elektronikgeräte
nicht mit dem
Haushaltsmüll
entsorgt, sondern
einem getrennten
Rücknahmesystem zugeführt
werden sollten.
DEUTSCH
B. Informations sur la mise au rebut à l’intention des entreprises
1. Au sein de l’Union européenne
Si ce produit est utilisé dans le cadre des activités de votre entreprise et
que vous souhaitiez le mettre au rebut :
Veuillez contacter votre revendeur SHARP qui vous informera des
conditions de reprise du produit. Les frais de reprise et de recyclage
pourront vous être facturés. Les produits de petite taille (et en petites
quantités) pourront être repris par vos organisations de collecte locales.
Espagne : veuillez contacter l’organisation de collecte existante ou votre
administration locale pour les modalités de reprise de vos produits
usagés.
2. Pays hors de l’Union européenne
Si vous souhaitez mettre ce produit au rebut, veuillez contacter votre
administration locale qui vous renseignera sur la méthode d’élimination
correcte de cet appareil.
A. Entsorgungsinformationen für Benutzer aus Privathaushalten
1. In der Europäischen Union
Achtung: Werfen Sie dieses Gerät zur Entsorgung bitte nicht in den
normalen Hausmüll!
Gemäß einer neuen EU-Richtlinie, die die ordnungsgemäße
Rücknahme, Behandlung und Verwertung von gebrauchten Elektround Elektronikgeräten vorschreibt, müssen elektrische und
elektronische Altgeräte getrennt entsorgt werden.
Nach der Einführung der Richtlinie in den EU-Mitgliedstaaten können
Privathaushalte ihre gebrauchten Elektro- und Elektronikgeräte nun
kostenlos an ausgewiesenen Rücknahmestellen abgeben*. In einigen
Ländern* können Sie Altgeräte u.U. auch kostenlos bei Ihrem
Fachhändler abgeben, wenn Sie ein vergleichbares neues Gerät
kaufen.
*) Weitere Einzelheiten erhalten Sie von Ihrer Gemeindeverwaltung.
Wenn Ihre gebrauchten Elektro- und Elektronikgeräte Batterien oder
Akkus enthalten, sollten diese vorher entnommen und gemäß örtlich
geltenden Regelungen getrennt entsorgt werden.
Durch die ordnungsgemäße Entsorgung tragen Sie dazu bei, dass
Altgeräte angemessen gesammelt, behandelt und verwendet werden.
Dies verhindert mögliche schädliche Auswirkungen auf Umwelt und
Gesundheit durch eine unsachgemäße Entsorgung.
2. In anderen Ländern außerhalb der EU
Bitte erkundigen Sie sich bei Ihrer Gemeindeverwaltung nach dem
ordnungsgemäßen Verfahren zur Entsorgung dieses Geräts.
Für die Schweiz: Gebrauchte Elektro- und Elektronikgeräte können
kostenlos beim Händler abgegeben werden, auch wenn Sie kein neues
Produkt kaufen. Weitere Rücknahmesysteme finden Sie auf der
Homepage von www.swico.ch oder www.sens.ch.
B. Entsorgungsinformationen für gewerbliche Nutzer
1. In der Europäischen Union
Wenn Sie dieses Produkt für gewerbliche Zwecke genutzt haben und
nun entsorgen möchten:
Bitte wenden Sie sich an Ihren SHARP Fachhändler, der Sie über die
Rücknahme des Produkts informieren kann. Möglicherweise müssen
Sie die Kosten für die Rücknahme und Verwertung tragen. Kleine
Produkte (und kleine Mengen) können möglicherweise bei Ihrer
örtlichen Rücknahmestelle abgegeben werden.
Für Spanien: Bitte wenden Sie sich an das vorhandene
Rücknahmesystem oder Ihre Gemeindeverwaltung, wenn Sie Fragen
zur Rücknahme Ihrer Altgeräte haben.
2. In anderen Ländern außerhalb der EU
Bitte erkundigen Sie sich bei Ihrer Gemeindeverwaltung nach dem
ordnungsgemäßen Verfahren zur Entsorgung dieses Geräts.
NEG
BIN: 1000000001 ≤ x ≤ 1111111111
0 ≤ x ≤ 111111111
PEN: 2222222223 ≤ x ≤ 4444444444
0 ≤ x ≤ 2222222222
OCT: 4000000001 ≤ x ≤ 7777777777
0 ≤ x ≤ 3777777777
HEX: FDABF41C01 ≤ x ≤ FFFFFFFFFF
0 ≤ x ≤ 2540BE3FF
Atención: su
producto está
marcado con este
símbolo. Significa
que los productos
eléctricos y
electrónicos
usados no
deberían
mezclarse con los
residuos
domésticos
generales. Existe
un sistema de
recogida
independiente para
estos productos.
Attenzione: Il
dispositivo è
contrassegnato da
questo simbolo,
che segnala di
non smaltire le
apparecchiature
elettriche ed
elettroniche
insieme ai normali
rifiuti domestici.
Per tali prodotti è
previsto un
sistema di
raccolta a parte.
B. Información sobre Eliminación para empresas usuarias
1. En la Unión Europea
Si el producto se utiliza en una empresa y quiere desecharlo:
Por favor póngase en contacto con su distribuidor SHARP, quien le
informará sobre la recogida del producto. Puede ser que le cobren
los costes de recogida y reciclaje. Puede ser que los productos de
tamaño pequeño (y las cantidades pequeñas) sean recogidos por
sus centros de recogida locales.
Para España: por favor, póngase en contacto con el sistema de
recogida establecido o con las autoridades locales para la recogida
de los productos usados.
2. En otros países fuera de la Unión Europea
Si desea desechar este producto, por favor póngase en contacto
con sus autoridades locales y pregunte por el método de
eliminación correcto.
A. Informazioni sullo smaltimento per gli utenti (privati)
1. Nell’Unione europea
Attenzione: Per smaltire il presente dispositivo, non utilizzare il normale
bidone della spazzatura!
Le apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche usate devono essere
gestite a parte e in conformità alla legislazione che richiede il
trattamento, il recupero e il riciclaggio adeguato dei suddetti prodotti.
In seguito alle disposizioni attuate dagli Stati membri, i privati residenti
nella UE possono conferire gratuitamente le apparecchiature elettriche
ed elettroniche usate a centri di raccolta designati*. In alcuni paesi*,
anche il rivenditore locale può ritirare gratuitamente il vecchio prodotto
se l’utente acquista un altro nuovo di tipologia simile.
*) Per maggiori informazioni si prega di contattare l’autorità locale
competente.
Se le apparecchiature elettriche o elettroniche usate hanno batterie o
accumulatori, l’utente dovrà smaltirli a parte preventivamente in
conformità alle disposizioni locali.
Lo smaltimento corretto del presente prodotto contribuirà a garantire
che i rifiuti siano sottoposti al trattamento, al recupero e al riciclaggio
necessari prevenendone il potenziale impatto negativo sull’ambiente e
sulla salute umana, che potrebbe derivare da un’inadeguata gestione
dei rifiuti.
2. In paesi che non fanno parte dell’UE
Se si desidera eliminare il presente prodotto, contattare le autorità
locali e informarsi sul metodo di smaltimento corretto.
Per la Svizzera: Le apparecchiature elettriche o elettroniche usate
possono essere restituite gratuitamente al rivenditore, anche se non si
acquista un prodotto nuovo. Altri centri di raccolta sono elencati sulle
homepage di www.swico.ch o di www.sens.ch.
y
P
Atenção: O seu
produto está
identificado com
este símbolo.
Significa que os
produtos
eléctricos e
electrónicos não
devem ser
misturados com o
lixo doméstico
comum. Existe um
sistema de
recolhas
específico para
estes produtos.
1
ex
−10100 < x ≤ 230.2585092
10 x
−10100 < x < 100
sinh x, cosh x, tanh x
| x | ≤ 230.2585092
sinh–1 x
| x | < 1050
cosh–1 x
1 ≤ x < 1050
tanh–1 x
|x| < 1
x
| x | < 1050
2
x3
| x | < 2.15443469 × 1033
x
P
0 ≤ x < 10100
x –1
| x | < 10100 (x ≠ 0)
0 ≤ n ≤ 69*
n!
0 ≤ r ≤ n ≤ 9999999999*
n!
⎯
(n − r)!
nPr
< 10100
nCr
0 ≤ r ≤ n ≤ 9999999999*
0 ≤ r ≤ 69
↕DEG, D°M’S
0°0’0.00001” ≤ | x | < 10000°
x, y
r, θ
n!
⎯
(n − r)!
r, θ
x, y
< 10100
x 2 + y 2 < 10100
0 ≤ r < 10100
DEG: | θ | < 1010
π
⎯
RAD: | θ | < 180
× 1010
10
10
GRAD: | θ | < ⎯
9 × 10
DEG: | x | < 10100
DEG
RAD, GRAD
RAD
GRAD: | x | < ⎯
1098
2 ×
π
(A + Bi ) + (C + Di )
| A + C | < 10100, | B + D | < 10100
(A + Bi ) − (C + Di )
| A − C | < 10100, | B − D | < 10100
(A + Bi ) × (C + Di )
(AC − BD) < 10100
(AD + BC) < 10100
Let op: Uw
product is van dit
merkteken
voorzien. Dit
betekent dat
afgedankte
elektrische en
elektronische
apparatuur niet
samen met het
normale huisafval
mogen worden
weggegooid. Er
bestaat een
afzonderlijk
inzamelingssysteem voor
deze producten.
NEDERLANDS
A. Informatie over afvalverwijdering voor gebruikers
(particuliere huishoudens)
1. In de Europese Unie
Let op: Deze apparatuur niet samen met het normale huisafval
weggooien!
Afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur moet
gescheiden worden ingezameld conform de wetgeving inzake de
verantwoorde verwerking, terugwinning en recycling van
afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur.
Na de invoering van de wet door de lidstaten mogen particuliere
huishoudens in de lidstaten van de Europese Unie hun afgedankte
elektrische en elektronische apparatuur kosteloos* naar hiertoe
aangewezen inzamelingsinrichtingen brengen*. In sommige
landen* kunt u bij de aanschaf van een nieuw apparaat het oude
product kosteloos bij uw lokale distributeur inleveren.
*) Neem contact op met de plaatselijke autoriteiten voor verdere
informatie.
Als uw elektrische of elektronische apparatuur batterijen of
accumulatoren bevat dan moet u deze afzonderlijk conform de
plaatselijke voorschriften weggooien.
Door dit product op een verantwoorde manier weg te gooien, zorgt
u ervoor dat het afval de juiste verwerking, terugwinning en
recycling ondergaat en potentiële negatieve effecten op het milieu
en de menselijke gezondheid worden voorkomen die anders
zouden ontstaan door het verkeerd verwerken van het afval.
2. In andere landen buiten de Europese Unie
Als u dit product wilt weggooien, neem dan contact op met de
plaatselijke autoriteiten voor informatie omtrent de juiste
verwijderingsprocedure.
Voor Zwitserland: U kunt afgedankte elektrische en elektronische
apparatuur kosteloos bij de distributeur inleveren, zelfs als u geen
nieuw product koopt. Aanvullende inzamelingsinrichtingen zijn
vermeld op de startpagina van www.swico.ch or www.sens.ch.
B. Informatie over afvalverwijdering voor bedrijven.
1. In de Europese Unie
Als u het product voor zakelijke doeleinden heeft gebruikt en als u
dit wilt weggooien:
Neem contact op met uw SHARP distributeur die u inlichtingen
verschaft over de terugname van het product. Het kan zijn dat u
een afvalverwijderingsbijdrage voor de terugname en recycling
moet betalen. Kleine producten (en kleine hoeveelheden) kunnen
door de lokale inzamelingsinrichtingen worden verwerkt.
Voor Spanje: Neem contact op met de inzamelingsinrichting of de
lokale autoriteiten voor de terugname van uw afgedankte producten.
2. In andere landen buiten de Europese Unie
Als u dit product wilt weggooien, neem dan contact op met de
plaatselijke autoriteiten voor informatie omtrent de juiste
verwijderingsprocedure.
1. Inden for EU
Obs: Hvis du ønsker at kassere dette apparat, bør du ikke komme det i
din almindelige skraldespand.
Obs: Produktet vil
have dette
symbol. Det
betyder at der er
tale om elektrisk
eller elektronisk
udstyr som ikke
bør blandes med
det almindelige
husholdningsaffald. Der findes
et særskilt
genbrugssystem
til sådanne
produkter.
Förbrukad elektrisk utrustning måste hanteras i enlighet med
gällande miljölagstiftning och återvinningsföreskrifter.
I enlighet med gällande EU-regler ska hushåll ha möjlighet att
lämna in elektrisk utrustning till återvinningsstationer utan kostnad.*
I vissa länder* kan det även hända att man gratis kan lämna in
gamla produkter till återförsäljaren när man köper en ny liknande
enhet.
* Kontakta kommunen för vidare information.
Om utrustningen innehåller batterier eller ackumulatorer ska dessa
först avlägsnas och hanteras separat i enlighet med gällande
miljöföreskrifter.
Genom att hantera produkten i enlighet med dessa föreskrifter
kommer den att tas om hand och återvinnas på tillämpligt sätt,
vilket förhindrar potentiella negativa hälso- och miljöeffekter.
Hvis dit brugte elektriske eller elektroniske udstyr indeholder batterier
eller akkumulatorer, bedes du skille dig af med dem, i
overensstemmelse med den lokale lovgivning, før du indleverer
udstyret.
2. I lande uden for EU
B. Oplysninger om kassering og genbrug for virksomheder.
1. Inden for EU
Hvis dette produkt bruges i forbindelse med virksomhedsdrift, og du
ønsker at skille dig af med det:
Du bedes kontakte din SHARP-forhandler, som vil fortælle dig hvordan
produktet kan indleveres. Du vil muligvis skulle betale for
omkostningerne i forbindelse med indlevering og genbrug. Små
produkter (i små mængder) kan muligvis afleveres på den lokale
genbrugsplads.
2. I lande uden for EU
DANSK
Hvis du ønsker at skille dig af med dette produkt, bedes du kontakte de
lokale myndigheder og spørge dem, hvordledes produktet kasseres
korrekt.
A. Informace o likvidaci pro uživatele (domácnosti)
1. V zemích Evropské unie
Upozornění: Toto zařízení nelikvidujte v běžných odpadkových
koších!
Upozornění: Váš
výrobek je
označen tímto
symbolem.
Znamená to, že
je zakázáno
likvidovat použitý
elektrický nebo
elektronický
výrobek s
běžným domácím
odpadem. Pro
tyto výrobky je k
dispozici
samostatný
sběrný systém.
Použité elektrické a elektronické vybavení je třeba likvidovat
samostatně a v souladu s legislativou, která vyžaduje řádnou
likvidaci, obnovení a recyklaci použitého elektrického a
elektronického vybavení.
Na základě dohody členských států mohou domácnosti v zemích
Evropské unie vracet použité elektrické a elektronické vybavení v
určených sběrnách zdarma*. V některých zemích* od vás může
místní prodejce odebrat zdarma použitý výrobek, pokud
zakoupíte nový podobný.
*) Další podrobnosti vám sdělí orgány místní správy.
Pokud použité elektrické nebo elektronické vybavení obsahuje
baterie nebo akumulátory, zlikvidujte je předem samostatně v
souladu s místními vyhláškami.
Řádnou likvidací tohoto výrobku pomáháte zajistit, že bude
odpad vhodným způsobem zlikvidován, obnoven a recyklován a
zabráníte tak možnému poškození životního prostředí a zdraví
obyvatel, ke kterému by mohlo dojít v případě nesprávné
likvidace.
2. Länder utanför EU
Kontakta de lokala myndigheterna och ta reda på gällande
sorterings- och återvinningsföreskrifter om du behöver göra dig av
med denna produkt.
2. V ostatních zemích mimo Evropskou unii
B) Information om återvinning för företag
1. EU-länder
Chcete-li tento výrobek zlikvidovat, obraťte se na místní správní
orgány, které vás seznámí s vhodnou metodou likvidace.
Gör så här om produkten ska kasseras:
B. Informace o likvidaci pro podnikatelské subjekty.
Kontakta SHARPs återförsäljare för information om hur man går till
väga för att lämna tillbaka produkten. Det kan hända att en avgift för
transport och återvinning tillkommer. Mindre skrymmande produkter
(om det rör sig om ett fåtal) kan eventuellt återlämnas till lokala
återvinningsstationer.
1. V zemích Evropské unie
Chcete-li zlikvidovat výrobek, který je používán pro podnikatelské
účely:
Obraťte se na prodejce SHARP, který vás informuje o odebrání
výrobku. Odebrání a recyklace mohou být zpoplatněny. Malé
výrobky (a malá množství) mohou odebírat místní sběrny
odpadu.
2. Länder utanför EU
Kontakta de lokala myndigheterna och ta reda på gällande
sorterings- och återvinningsföreskrifter om du behöver göra dig av
med denna produkt.
2. V ostatních zemích mimo Evropskou unii.
ČESKY
1. Euroopan unionissa
1. Az Európai Unióban
Huomio: Jos haluat hävittää tämän laitteen, älä käytä tavallista
jätesäiliötä.
Käytetyt sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaitteet pitää hävittää erikseen
noudattaen lainsäädäntöä, joka takaa käytettyjen sähkö- ja
elektroniikkalaitteiden oikean käsittelyn, keräämisen ja kierrättämisen.
Jäsenvaltioiden täytäntöönpanoa seuraten yksityiset kotitaloudet EU:n
jäsenvaltioissa voivat palauttaa käytetyt sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaitteet
määrättyihin keräyspaikkoihin ilmaiseksi*. Joissakin maissa* paikalliset
vähittäismyyjät voivat myös ottaa vastaan vanhan tuotteen ilmaiseksi,
jos asiakas ostaa vastaavan uuden tuotteen.
*) Pyydä lisätietoja paikallisviranomaisilta.
Jos käytetyissä sähkö- tai elektroniikkalaitteissa käytetään paristoja tai
akkuja, hävitä nämä tuotteet etukäteen erikseen paikallisten säädösten
mukaisesti.
Hävittämällä tuotteen asiamukaisesti, autat varmistamaan, että jätteet
käsitellään, kerätään ja kierrätetään asianmukaisella tavalla. Näin
vältytään haitallisilta ympäristö- ja terveysvaikutuksilta, joita saattaa
olla seuraamuksena jätteen epäasianmukaisesta käsittelystä.
Chcete-li tento výrobek zlikvidovat, obraťte se na místní správní
orgány, které vás seznámí s vhodnou metodou likvidace.
A. Hulladék-elhelyezési tájékoztató felhasználók részére (magán
háztartások)
A. Hävitysohjeet käyttäjille (yksityiset kotitaloudet)
Huomio: Tuote on
merkitty tällä
symbolilla. Tämä
tarkoittaa, että
käytettyjä sähköja elektroniikkalaitteita ei saa
sekoittaa
kotitalouden
yleisjätteiden
kanssa. Näille
tuotteille on
olemassa erillinen
keräysjärjestelmä.
Som følge af EU-medlemslandenes implementering af denne lov, har
private husstande i EU ret til gratis*, at aflevere deres brugte elektriske
og elektroniske udstyr på angivne genbrugspladser. I nogle lande* er
det muligvis gratis, at indlevere det brugte produkt hos den lokale
forhandler, hvis du køber et tilsvarende nyt produkt.
*) Kontakt de lokale myndigheder hvis du ønsker yderligere
oplysninger.
Hvis du ønsker at skille dig af med dette produkt, bedes du kontakte de
lokale myndigheder og spørge dem om, hvorledes produktet kasseres
korrekt.
OBS! Kasta inte denna produkt i soporna!
OBS! Produkten
är märkt med
symbolen ovan.
Denna symbol
indikerar att
elektroniska
produkter inte ska
kastas i det
vanliga
hushållsavfallet
eftersom det finns
ett separat
avfallshanteringssystem för dem.
Brugt elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr skal behandles særskilt og i
overensstemmelse med loven om korrekt behandling og genbrug af
brugt elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr.
Ved at kassere dette apparat korrekt, vil du være med til at sikre, at
vores affald behandles og genbruges rigtigt. Derved udsættes hverken
miljøet eller vores helbred for overlast som følge af uhensigtsmæssig
affaldshåndtering.
1. EU-länder
SVENSKA
A. Informações sobre a Eliminação de Produtos para os
Utilizadores (particulares)
1. Na União Europeia
Atenção: Se quiser eliminar este equipamento, não o deve fazer
juntamente com o lixo doméstico comum!
O equipamento eléctrico e electrónico deve ser tratado separadamente
e ao abrigo da legislação aplicável que obriga a um tratamento,
recuperação e reciclagem adequados de equipamentos eléctricos e
electrónicos usados.
Após a implementação desta legislação por parte dos Estadosmembros, todos os cidadãos residentes na União Europeia poderão
entregar o seu equipamento eléctrico e electrónico usado em estações
de recolha específicas a título gratuito*. Em alguns países* o seu
revendedor local também pode recolher o seu equipamento usado a
título gratuito na compra de um novo equipamento.
*) Contacte as entidades locais para mais informações.
Se o seu equipamento eléctrico e electrónico usado funcionar a pilhas
ou baterias, deverá eliminá-las em separado, conforme a legislação
local, e antes de entregar o seu equipamento.
Ao eliminar este produto correctamente estará a contribuir para que o
lixo seja submetido aos processos de tratamento, recuperação e
reciclagem adequados. Desta forma é possível evitar os efeitos
nocivos que o tratamento inadequado do lixo poderia provocar no
ambiente e na saúde.
2. Em outros Países fora da UE
Se quiser eliminar este produto, contacte as entidades locais e
informe-se sobre o método correcto para proceder à sua eliminação.
Na Suíça: O equipamento eléctrico e electrónico é aceite, a título
gratuito, em qualquer revendedor, mesmo que não tenha adquirido um
novo produto. Poderá encontrar uma lista das estações de recolha
destes equipamentos na página da Web www.swicho.ch ou
www.sens.ch.
A. Oplysninger om kassering og genbrug for brugere (private
husholdninger)
A) Information om återvinning av elektrisk utrustning för
hushåll
Figyelem: Ha a készüléket ki akarja selejtezni, kérjük, ne a
közönséges szemeteskukát használja!
Figyelem: A
terméket ezzel a
jelöléssel látták
el. Ez azt jelenti,
hogy a használt
elektromos és
elektronikus
termékeket nem
szabad az
általános
háztartási
hulladékkal
keverni. Ezekhez
a termékekhez
külön
hulladékgyűjtő
rendszer üzemel.
2. Muissa maissa EU:n ulkopuolella
A használt elektromos és elektronikus berendezéseket külön, és a
használt elektromos és elektronikus berendezések szabályszerű
kezeléséről, visszanyeréséről és újrahasznosításáról rendelkező
jogszabályokkal összhangban kell kezelni.
A tagállamok általi végrehajtást követően az EU államokon belül a
magán háztartások használt elektromos és elektronikai
berendezéseiket díjmentesen juttathatják vissza a kijelölt
gyűjtőlétesítményekbe*. Egyes országokban* a helyi kiskereskedés
is díjmentesen visszaveheti Öntől a régi terméket, ha hasonló új
terméket vásárol.
*) A további részletekről, kérjük, érdeklődjön az önkormányzatnál.
Ha használt elektromos vagy elektronikus berendezésében elemek
vagy akkumulátorok vannak, kérjük, előzetesen ezeket selejtezze ki
a helyi előírásoknak megfelelően.
A termék szabályszerű kiselejtezésével Ön segít biztosítani azt,
hogy a hulladék keresztülmenjen a szükséges kezelésen,
visszanyerési és újrahasznosítási eljáráson, ezáltal közreműködik a
lehetséges káros környezeti és humán egészségi hatások
megelőzésében, amelyek ellenkező esetben a helytelen
hulladékkezelés következtében előállhatnának.
2. Az EU-n kívüli egyéb országokban
Jos haluat hävittää tuotteen, ota yhteys paikallisiin viranomaisiin ja
pyydä ohjeita tuotteen asianmukaiseen hävittämiseen.
Ha a terméket ki szeretné selejtezni, kérjük, forduljon az
önkormányzathoz, és érdeklődjön a helyes hulladék-elhelyezési
módszerről.
B. Hävitysohjeet yrityskäyttäjille.
1. Euroopan unionissa
B. Informações sobre a Eliminação de Produtos para UtilizadoresEmpresas.
1. Na União Europeia
Se o produto for usado para fins comerciais e quiser eliminá-lo:
Contacte o seu revendedor SHARP que irá informá-lo sobre a melhor
forma de eliminar o produto. Poderá ter de pagar as despesas
resultantes da recolha e reciclagem do produto. Alguns produtos mais
pequenos (e em pequenas quantidades) poderão ser recolhidos pelas
estações locais.
Na Espanha: Contacte o sistema de recolhas público ou as entidades
locais para mais informações sobre a recolha de produtos usados.
2. Em outros Países fora da UE
Se quiser eliminar este produto, contacte as entidades locais e
informe-se sobre o método correcto para proceder à sua eliminação.
PORTUGUÊS
1
−10100 < ⎯
x log | y | < 100
B. Informazioni sullo smaltimento per gli utenti commerciali
1. Nell’Unione europea
Se il prodotto è impiegato a scopi commerciali, procedere come segue
per eliminarlo.
Contattare il proprio rivenditore SHARP che fornirà informazioni circa il
ritiro del prodotto. Potrebbero essere addebitate le spese di ritiro e
riciclaggio. Prodotti piccoli (e quantitativi ridotti) potranno essere ritirati
anche dai centri di raccolta locali.
Per la Spagna: Contattare il sistema di raccolta ufficiale o l’ente locale
preposto al ritiro dei prodotti usati.
2. In paesi che non fanno parte dell’UE
Se si desidera eliminare il presente prodotto, contattare le autorità
locali e informarsi sul metodo di smaltimento corretto.
ITALIANO
x=n
1
(0 < | x | < 1: ⎯
x = 2n − 1, x ≠ 0)*,
−10100 < x log | y | < 100
* n, r: integer / entier / ganze Zahlen / entero / inteiro / intero /
geheel getal / egész számok / celé číslo / heltal /
/
/ bilangan
kokonaisluku / heltal /
bulat / 洛朞
−10100 < ⎯
x log y < 100 (x ≠ 0)
• y = 0: 0 < x < 10100
• y < 0: x = 2n − 1
1
(0 < | x | < 1: ⎯
x = n, x ≠ 0)*,
4
A. Información sobre eliminación para usuarios particulares
1. En la Unión Europea
Atención: si quiere desechar este equipo, ¡por favor no utilice el
cubo de la basura habitual!
Los equipos eléctricos y electrónicos usados deberían tratarse por
separado de acuerdo con la legislación que requiere un
tratamiento, una recuperación y un reciclaje adecuados de los
equipos eléctricos y electrónicos usados.
Tras la puesta en práctica por parte de los estados miembros, los
hogares de particulares dentro de los estados de la Unión Europea
pueden devolver sus equipos eléctricos y electrónicos a los centros
de recogida designados sin coste alguno*. En algunos países* es
posible que también su vendedor local se lleve su viejo producto
sin coste alguno si Ud. compra uno nuevo similar.
*) Por favor, póngase en contacto con su autoridad local para
obtener más detalles.
Si sus equipos eléctricos o electrónicos usados tienen pilas o
acumuladores, por favor deséchelos por separado con antelación
según los requisitos locales.
Al desechar este producto correctamente, ayudará a asegurar que
los residuos reciban el tratamiento, la recuperación y el reciclaje
necesarios, previniendo de esta forma posibles efectos negativos
en el medio ambiente y la salud humana que de otra forma podrían
producirse debido a una manipulación de residuos inapropiada.
2. En otros países fuera de la Unión Europea
Si desea desechar este producto, por favor póngase en contacto
con las autoridades locales y pregunte por el método de
eliminación correcto.
Para Suiza: Los equipos eléctricos o electrónicos pueden
devolverse al vendedor sin coste alguno, incluso si no compra
ningún nuevo producto. Se puede encontrar una lista de otros
centros de recogida en la página principal de www.swico.ch o
www.sens.ch.
−10100 < x log y < 100
• y > 0:
x
* The amount of memory used for the display in the WriteView
editor, measured in characters (excluding entered values,
denoted in the chart by “□”).
* Espace mémoire utilisé pour préserver l’affichage dans l’éditeur
WriteView, mesuré en caractère (à l’exception des valeurs
d’entrée, indiquées dans le tableau par “□”).
* Der für die Anzeige im WriteView Editor verwendete
Speicherplatz, gemessen in Zeichen (ohne die eingegebenen
Werte, die in der Tabelle mit „□“ markiert sind).
* La cantidad de memoria usada para visualizar en el editor
WriteView, medida en caracteres (excluyendo los valores
introducidos, indicados en el grafico mediante “□”).
* A quantidade de memória que é usada para a exibição no
editor WriteView, medida em caracteres (excluindo os valores
introduzidos, indicados no quadro por “□”).
* La quantità di memoria utilizzata per la visualizzazione nell’editor
WriteView, misurata in caratteri (escludendo i valori inseriti,
indicati nella tabella con il simbolo “□”).
* De hoeveelheid geheugen dat wordt gebruikt om de WriteView
editor weer te geven, gemeten in symbolen (met uitzondering
van ingevoerde waarden aangeduid in de grafiek met “□”).
* A WriteView szerkesztő megjelenítési műveleteire használatos
memóriaterület, karakterben kifejezve (az ábrán „□” karakterrel
jelölt beviteli értékeket nem számítva).
* Množství paměti využívané pro účely zobrazení v editoru
WriteView, vyjádřené počtem znaků (vyjma zadaných hodnot,
označených v grafu znakem „□“).
* Den mängd minne som används för visning med WriteViewredigeraren, mätt i antalet tecken (exklusive inmatade värden,
vilka anges som ”□” i tabellen).
* Näytön WriteView-editorissa käyttämä muisti merkkeinä
laskettuna (pois lukien syötetyt arvot, taulukossa merkitty ”□”).
* Den mængde hukommelse, der bruges til visning i WriteVieweditoren, målt i tegn (med undtagelse af indtastede værdier, der
angives med „□“ i tabellen).
ESPAÑOL
A. Informations sur la mise au rebut à l’intention des utilisateurs
privés (ménages)
1. Au sein de l’Union européenne
Attention : si vous souhaitez mettre cet appareil au rebut, ne le jetez
pas dans une poubelle ordinaire !
Les appareils électriques et électroniques usagés doivent être traités
séparément et conformément aux lois en vigueur en matière de
traitement, de récupération et de recyclage adéquats de ces appareils.
Suite à la mise en oeuvre de ces dispositions dans les Etats membres,
les ménages résidant au sein de l’Union européenne peuvent
désormais ramener gratuitement* leurs appareils électriques et
électroniques usagés sur des sites de collecte désignés. Dans certains
pays*, votre détaillant reprendra également gratuitement votre ancien
produit si vous achetez un produit neuf similaire.
*) Veuillez contacter votre administration locale pour plus de
renseignements.
Si votre appareil électrique ou électronique usagé comporte des piles
ou des accumulateurs, veuillez les mettre séparément et préalablement
au rebut conformément à la législation locale en vigueur.
En veillant à la mise au rebut correcte de ce produit, vous contribuerez
à assurer le traitement, la récupération et le recyclage nécessaires de
ces déchets, et préviendrez ainsi les effets néfastes potentiels de leur
mauvaise gestion sur l’environnement et la santé humaine.
2. Pays hors de l’Union européenne
Si vous souhaitez mettre ce produit au rebut, veuillez contacter votre
administration locale qui vous renseignera sur la méthode d’élimination
correcte de cet appareil.
Suisse : les équipements électriques ou électroniques usagés peuvent
être ramenés gratuitement au détaillant, même si vous n’achetez pas
un nouvel appareil. Pour obtenir la liste des autres sites de collecte,
veuillez vous reporter à la page d’accueil du site www.swico.ch ou
www.sens.ch.
NOT
BIN: 1000000000 ≤ x ≤ 1111111111
0 ≤ x ≤ 111111111
PEN: 2222222223 ≤ x ≤ 4444444444
0 ≤ x ≤ 2222222221
OCT: 4000000000 ≤ x ≤ 7777777777
0 ≤ x ≤ 3777777777
HEX: FDABF41C01 ≤ x ≤ FFFFFFFFFF
0 ≤ x ≤ 2540BE3FE
(tan x: | x | ≠ 100(2n − 1))*
5
B. Information on Disposal for Business Users.
1. In the European Union
If the product is used for business purposes and you want to
discard it:
Please contact your SHARP dealer who will inform you about the
take-back of the product. You might be charged for the costs arising
from take-back and recycling. Small products (and small amounts)
might be taken back by your local collection facilities.
For Spain: Please contact the established collection system or your
local authority for take-back of your used products.
2. In other Countries outside the EU
If you wish to discard of this product, please contact your local
authorities and ask for the correct method of disposal.
Miljöskydd
Denna produkt drivs av batteri.
Vid batteribyte skall följande iakttagas:
• Det förbrukade batteriet skall inlämnas till batteriinsamling
eller till kommunal miljöstation för återinssamling.
• Kasta ej batteriet i vattnet eller i hushållssoporna. Batteriet
får ej heller utsättas för öppen eld.
DEC: | x | ≤ 9999999999
BIN: 1000000000 ≤ x ≤ 1111111111
0 ≤ x ≤ 111111111
PEN: 2222222223 ≤ x ≤ 4444444444
0 ≤ x ≤ 2222222222
OCT: 4000000000 ≤ x ≤ 7777777777
0 ≤ x ≤ 3777777777
HEX: FDABF41C01 ≤ x ≤ FFFFFFFFFF
0 ≤ x ≤ 2540BE3FF
10
P
□
* Jumlah memori yang digunakan untuk kepentingan tampilan
dalam editor WriteView, diukur dalam jumlah karakter (tidak
termasuk nilai yang dimasukkan, ditunjukkan dalam diagram
dengan “□”)
* ΈΣΚΥΖ·ΚΖΨ͑碾滗匶汞͑筚彺͑祢柢櫖͑斲殯夞垚͑彚微庲͑檗͙͑怾沖͑朞͑
匶渆͑͝壊祢櫖昢͑‫ד□ג‬嵢͑祢柢夢͑斲殯沖͑沋崫͑儘汆͑洢歾͚͟
Attention: Your
product is marked
with this symbol. It
means that used
electrical and
electronic
products should
not be mixed with
general household
waste. There is a
separate
collection system
for these products.
DEC
BIN
PEN
OCT
HEX
AND
OR
XOR
XNOR
10
GRAD: | x | < ⎯
9 × 10
DRG▶
A. Information on Disposal for Users (private households)
1. In the European Union
Attention: If you want to dispose of this equipment, please do not
use the ordinary dust bin!
Used electrical and electronic equipment must be treated
separately and in accordance with legislation that requires proper
treatment, recovery and recycling of used electrical and electronic
equipment.
Following the implementation by member states, private
households within the EU states may return their used electrical
and electronic equipment to designated collection facilities free of
charge*. In some countries* your local retailer may also take back
your old product free of charge if you purchase a similar new one.
*) Please contact your local authority for further details.
If your used electrical or electronic equipment has batteries or
accumulators, please dispose of these separately beforehand
according to local requirements.
By disposing of this product correctly you will help ensure that the
waste undergoes the necessary treatment, recovery and recycling
and thus prevent potential negative effects on the environment and
human health which could otherwise arise due to inappropriate
waste handling.
2. In other Countries outside the EU
If you wish to discard this product, please contact your local
authorities and ask for the correct method of disposal.
For Switzerland: Used electrical or electronic equipment can be
returned free of charge to the dealer, even if you don’t purchase a
new product. Further collection facilities are listed on the homepage
of www.swico.ch or www.sens.ch.
DEG: | x | < 1010
(tan x : | x | ≠ 90(2n − 1))*
π
⎯
RAD: | x | < 180
× 1010
π
(tan x: | x | ≠ ⎯
(2n − 1))*
2
@*
@W
5.
(A + Bi ) ÷ (C + Di )
AC + BD
⎯
10100
C2 + D 2 <
BC − AD
⎯
10100
C2 + D 2 <
C2 + D 2 ≠ 0
30
W/@ k
-6.333333333
2.
Umweltschutz
Das Gerät wird durch eine Batterie mit Strom versorgt.
Um die Batterie sicher und umweltschonend zu entsorgen,
beachten Sie bitte folgende Punkte:
• Bringen Sie die leere Batterie zu Ihrer örtlichen
Mülldeponie, zum Händler oder zum KundenserviceZentrum zur Wiederverwertung.
• Werfen Sie die leere Batterie niemals ins Feuer, ins Wasser
oder in den Hausmüll.
]
-1.
X:
Y:
D:
x=?
Nur für Deutschland/For Germany only:
OPMERKING: ALLEEN VOOR NEDERLAND/
NOTE: FOR NETHERLANDS ONLY
-4
]
jN60N
10=
For Europe only:
-1
4
]
min L1 =
sum L1 =
-3
]
2: 9
1: 2
[
2
7
]
]
5: ^
jN54N
10=
[
2: 4
3: 2
cumul L1 =
aug (L1, L2) = j N 5 6 N
10HN1
1)=
2: 4
3: 7
1: 7
5.099019514
]
]
]
2: 6
3: ^
1: 2
-29.
b62
3 e 4 e S 95
2
x=?
N2e
S3eS1eS4e
jN41
]
b60
2e3e4e
5e6e7
e
b5
{2, 7, 4} ⇒ L1 N 2 3 e
2e7e4e
jN40
⇒ L2
3: 19
28 b (2-VLE, 3-VLE, QUAD, CUBIC)
] {
27 b (LIST)
{−3, −1, −4}
[
1: -24 2: -4
i_prod (L1, L2) = j N 6 9
N10H
N11)
=
1
[
29
B. Hulladék-elhelyezési tájékoztató vállalati felhasználók
részére.
Jos tuotetta on käytetty yrityskäytössä, ja haluat hävittää sen,
1. Az Európai Unióban
ota yhteys SHARP-jälleenmyyjään, joka antaa sinulle lisäohjeita tai
ottaa tuotteen vastaan. Sinulta saatetaan veloittaa tuotteen
vastaanottamisesta ja kierrätyksestä johtuvat kustannukset. Paikalliset
keräyspisteet saattavat ottaa vastaan pienet tuotteet (ja pienet määrät).
Ha a terméket üzleti célokra használta, és ki kívánja selejtezni:
Kérjük, forduljon a SHARP kereskedéshez, ahol tájékoztatják Önt a
termék visszavételéről. Lehetséges, hogy a visszavételből és
újrahasznosításból eredő költségeket felszámítják. Előfordulhat,
hogy a helyi hulladékbegyűjtő létesítmény átveszi a kisebb
termékeket (és kis mennyiségeket).
2. Muissa maissa EU:n ulkopuolella
Jos haluat hävittää tuotteen, ota yhteys paikallisiin viranomaisiin ja
pyydä ohjeita tuotteen asianmukaiseen hävittämiseen.
2. Az EU-n kívüli egyéb országokban
Ha a terméket ki szeretné selejtezni, kérjük, forduljon az
önkormányzathoz, és érdeklődjön a helyes hulladék-elhelyezési
módszerről.
SUOMI
MAGYAR
26 b (MATRIX)
[ ]
b4
N222e
1e2e3e4e
jN40
[ ]
N2e
3e1e2e6e
jN41
matA × matB =
jN 1 0 k
N11=
1 2
⇒ matA
3 4
3 1
⇒ matB
2 6
matA−1
=
jN10
@Z=
[
[
dim (matA, 3, 3) = j N 5 0
N10H3
H3)=
fill (5, 3, 3) =
jN 5 15
H3H3)=
cumul matA =
jN 5 2
N10=
[
[
o_prod (L1, L2) = j N 6 8
N10H
N11)
=
7
13
17
27
-2
1
1.5 -^.5
2
^
3
4
^
^
^
^
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
1
2
4
6
[
jN 5 43
=
[
1
^
^
^
1
^
^
^
1
rnd_mat (2, 3) =
jN 5 52 H 3 )
=
det matA =
jN60
N10=
[
jN61
N11=
trans matB =
jN 7
N30
jN 3 1
mat → list
]
]
]
]
]
aug (matA, matB) = j N 5 3 N
1 2 3 1
10HN
11)=
3 4 2 6
identity 3 =
]
-2.
3
2
1
6
abs_list L2 =
jN6A
N11=
list → matA
jN8
N30
{
2x + 3y = 4
5x + 6y = 7
x=?
y=?
]
[ 1: 1
2: 3
]
[ 1: 3
2: 2
]
det(D) = ?
x+y−z=9
6x + 6y − z = 17
14x − 7y + 2z = 42
x=?
y=?
z=?
det(D) = ?
L1 + L2 =
jN10+
N11=
sortA L1 =
jN50N
10=
sortD L1 =
jN51N
10=
dim (L1, 5) =
jN52N
10H5)
=
fill (5, 5) =
jN535
H5)=
[
[
[
[
[
1: -1
1: 2
2: 7
3: 4
4: ^
1: 5
2: 5
3: 5
4: 5
5: 5
[
df_list L1 =
jN55N
10=
[ 1: 5
1: 2
3: 13
2: -3
2: 7
3: 4
4: -3
5: -1
6: -4
max L1 =
jN61N
10=
mean L1 =
jN62N
10=
4.333333333
med L1 =
jN63N
10=
4.
jN64N
10=
13.
prod L1 =
jN65N
10=
56.
stdDv L1 =
jN66N
10=
2.516611478
vari L1 =
jN67N
10=
6.333333333
2.
-3.
b61
1e1eS1e9e
6 e 6 e S 1 e 17 e
14 e S 7 e 2 e 42
e
X:
Y:
Z:
D:
3.238095238
-1.638095238
-7.4
105.
3x + 4x − 95 = 0
e
X=
1:
2:
b63
5x3 + 4x2 + 3x + 7 = 0 5 e 4 e 3 e 7
e
X=
1:
2:
-1.233600307
0.216800153
±1.043018296K
7.
Seulement pour la France/For France only:
Function keys
Display
Buffer space*
Touches de fonction
Affichage
Espace tampon*
Funktionstasten
Anzeige
Speicherplatz*
Teclas de función Visualizador Espacio de memoria intermedia*
Espaço na memória intermediária*
Teclas de função
Exibição
Memoria tampone*
Tasti di funzione
Display
Bufferruimte*
Functietoetsen
Display
Függvénybillentyűk
Pufferterület*
Kijelző
Tlačítka funkcí
Vyrovnávací paměť*
Zobrazení
Funktionstangenter
Buffertutrymme*
Visning
Funktionäppäimet
Puskuritila*
Näyttö
Funktionstaster
Bufferplads*
Display
*
Tombol fungsi
穮朞͑疪
Function
Fonction
Funktion
Función
Função
Funzioni
Functie
Függvény
Funkce
Funktion
Funktio
Funktion
Dynamic range
Plage dynamique
zulässiger Bereich
Rango dinámico
Gama dinâmica
Campi dinamici
Rekencapaciteit
Megengedett számítási tartomány
Dynamický rozsah
Definitionsområde
Dynaaminen ala
Dynamikområde
Fungsi
穮朞
Kisaran dinamis
壟洇͑憚氊
Tampilan
筚彺͑祢柢
Ruang buffer*
憊碂͑击儊͛͑
@Z
□−1
1
A
□2
1
@1
□3
1
m
□□
5
@O
log□(□)
7
@"
e□
5
sin–1 x, cos–1 x
|x| ≤ 1
@Y
10□
5
tan–1 x, 3P
x
| x | < 10100
ln x, log x, loga x
10–99 ≤ x < 10100, 10–99 ≤ a < 10100 (a ≠ 1)
sin x, cos x, tan x
Protection de l’environnement
L’appareil est alimenté par pile. Afin de protéger l’environnement,
nous vous recommandons:
• d’apporter la pile usagée ou à votre revendeur ou au
service après-vente, pour recyclage.
• de ne pas jeter la pile usagée dans une source de chaleur,
dans l’eau ou dans un vide-ordures.
Endast svensk version/For Sweden only:
ENGLISH
@q
3P
□
5
• y > 0:
□P
7
• y = 0: 0 < x < 10100
□
⎯
□
7
| □|
5
@D
F
@G
@I
()
□
□
□ □dx
9
d(□)
⎯
dx x = □
|
7
∑ (□)
x=□
9
□
(
)
• y < 0:
yx
Attention : votre
produit comporte
ce symbole. Il
signifie que les
produits
électriques et
électroniques
usagés ne doivent
pas être mélangés
avec les déchets
ménagers
généraux. Un
système de
collecte séparé
est prévu pour ces
produits.
For Australia/New Zealand only:
For warranty information please see www.sharp.net.au.
FRANÇAIS
Achtung: Ihr
Produkt trägt
dieses Symbol.
Es besagt, dass
Elektro- und
Elektronikgeräte
nicht mit dem
Haushaltsmüll
entsorgt, sondern
einem getrennten
Rücknahmesystem zugeführt
werden sollten.
DEUTSCH
B. Informations sur la mise au rebut à l’intention des entreprises
1. Au sein de l’Union européenne
Si ce produit est utilisé dans le cadre des activités de votre entreprise et
que vous souhaitiez le mettre au rebut :
Veuillez contacter votre revendeur SHARP qui vous informera des
conditions de reprise du produit. Les frais de reprise et de recyclage
pourront vous être facturés. Les produits de petite taille (et en petites
quantités) pourront être repris par vos organisations de collecte locales.
Espagne : veuillez contacter l’organisation de collecte existante ou votre
administration locale pour les modalités de reprise de vos produits
usagés.
2. Pays hors de l’Union européenne
Si vous souhaitez mettre ce produit au rebut, veuillez contacter votre
administration locale qui vous renseignera sur la méthode d’élimination
correcte de cet appareil.
A. Entsorgungsinformationen für Benutzer aus Privathaushalten
1. In der Europäischen Union
Achtung: Werfen Sie dieses Gerät zur Entsorgung bitte nicht in den
normalen Hausmüll!
Gemäß einer neuen EU-Richtlinie, die die ordnungsgemäße
Rücknahme, Behandlung und Verwertung von gebrauchten Elektround Elektronikgeräten vorschreibt, müssen elektrische und
elektronische Altgeräte getrennt entsorgt werden.
Nach der Einführung der Richtlinie in den EU-Mitgliedstaaten können
Privathaushalte ihre gebrauchten Elektro- und Elektronikgeräte nun
kostenlos an ausgewiesenen Rücknahmestellen abgeben*. In einigen
Ländern* können Sie Altgeräte u.U. auch kostenlos bei Ihrem
Fachhändler abgeben, wenn Sie ein vergleichbares neues Gerät
kaufen.
*) Weitere Einzelheiten erhalten Sie von Ihrer Gemeindeverwaltung.
Wenn Ihre gebrauchten Elektro- und Elektronikgeräte Batterien oder
Akkus enthalten, sollten diese vorher entnommen und gemäß örtlich
geltenden Regelungen getrennt entsorgt werden.
Durch die ordnungsgemäße Entsorgung tragen Sie dazu bei, dass
Altgeräte angemessen gesammelt, behandelt und verwendet werden.
Dies verhindert mögliche schädliche Auswirkungen auf Umwelt und
Gesundheit durch eine unsachgemäße Entsorgung.
2. In anderen Ländern außerhalb der EU
Bitte erkundigen Sie sich bei Ihrer Gemeindeverwaltung nach dem
ordnungsgemäßen Verfahren zur Entsorgung dieses Geräts.
Für die Schweiz: Gebrauchte Elektro- und Elektronikgeräte können
kostenlos beim Händler abgegeben werden, auch wenn Sie kein neues
Produkt kaufen. Weitere Rücknahmesysteme finden Sie auf der
Homepage von www.swico.ch oder www.sens.ch.
B. Entsorgungsinformationen für gewerbliche Nutzer
1. In der Europäischen Union
Wenn Sie dieses Produkt für gewerbliche Zwecke genutzt haben und
nun entsorgen möchten:
Bitte wenden Sie sich an Ihren SHARP Fachhändler, der Sie über die
Rücknahme des Produkts informieren kann. Möglicherweise müssen
Sie die Kosten für die Rücknahme und Verwertung tragen. Kleine
Produkte (und kleine Mengen) können möglicherweise bei Ihrer
örtlichen Rücknahmestelle abgegeben werden.
Für Spanien: Bitte wenden Sie sich an das vorhandene
Rücknahmesystem oder Ihre Gemeindeverwaltung, wenn Sie Fragen
zur Rücknahme Ihrer Altgeräte haben.
2. In anderen Ländern außerhalb der EU
Bitte erkundigen Sie sich bei Ihrer Gemeindeverwaltung nach dem
ordnungsgemäßen Verfahren zur Entsorgung dieses Geräts.
NEG
BIN: 1000000001 ≤ x ≤ 1111111111
0 ≤ x ≤ 111111111
PEN: 2222222223 ≤ x ≤ 4444444444
0 ≤ x ≤ 2222222222
OCT: 4000000001 ≤ x ≤ 7777777777
0 ≤ x ≤ 3777777777
HEX: FDABF41C01 ≤ x ≤ FFFFFFFFFF
0 ≤ x ≤ 2540BE3FF
Atención: su
producto está
marcado con este
símbolo. Significa
que los productos
eléctricos y
electrónicos
usados no
deberían
mezclarse con los
residuos
domésticos
generales. Existe
un sistema de
recogida
independiente para
estos productos.
Attenzione: Il
dispositivo è
contrassegnato da
questo simbolo,
che segnala di
non smaltire le
apparecchiature
elettriche ed
elettroniche
insieme ai normali
rifiuti domestici.
Per tali prodotti è
previsto un
sistema di
raccolta a parte.
B. Información sobre Eliminación para empresas usuarias
1. En la Unión Europea
Si el producto se utiliza en una empresa y quiere desecharlo:
Por favor póngase en contacto con su distribuidor SHARP, quien le
informará sobre la recogida del producto. Puede ser que le cobren
los costes de recogida y reciclaje. Puede ser que los productos de
tamaño pequeño (y las cantidades pequeñas) sean recogidos por
sus centros de recogida locales.
Para España: por favor, póngase en contacto con el sistema de
recogida establecido o con las autoridades locales para la recogida
de los productos usados.
2. En otros países fuera de la Unión Europea
Si desea desechar este producto, por favor póngase en contacto
con sus autoridades locales y pregunte por el método de
eliminación correcto.
A. Informazioni sullo smaltimento per gli utenti (privati)
1. Nell’Unione europea
Attenzione: Per smaltire il presente dispositivo, non utilizzare il normale
bidone della spazzatura!
Le apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche usate devono essere
gestite a parte e in conformità alla legislazione che richiede il
trattamento, il recupero e il riciclaggio adeguato dei suddetti prodotti.
In seguito alle disposizioni attuate dagli Stati membri, i privati residenti
nella UE possono conferire gratuitamente le apparecchiature elettriche
ed elettroniche usate a centri di raccolta designati*. In alcuni paesi*,
anche il rivenditore locale può ritirare gratuitamente il vecchio prodotto
se l’utente acquista un altro nuovo di tipologia simile.
*) Per maggiori informazioni si prega di contattare l’autorità locale
competente.
Se le apparecchiature elettriche o elettroniche usate hanno batterie o
accumulatori, l’utente dovrà smaltirli a parte preventivamente in
conformità alle disposizioni locali.
Lo smaltimento corretto del presente prodotto contribuirà a garantire
che i rifiuti siano sottoposti al trattamento, al recupero e al riciclaggio
necessari prevenendone il potenziale impatto negativo sull’ambiente e
sulla salute umana, che potrebbe derivare da un’inadeguata gestione
dei rifiuti.
2. In paesi che non fanno parte dell’UE
Se si desidera eliminare il presente prodotto, contattare le autorità
locali e informarsi sul metodo di smaltimento corretto.
Per la Svizzera: Le apparecchiature elettriche o elettroniche usate
possono essere restituite gratuitamente al rivenditore, anche se non si
acquista un prodotto nuovo. Altri centri di raccolta sono elencati sulle
homepage di www.swico.ch o di www.sens.ch.
y
P
Atenção: O seu
produto está
identificado com
este símbolo.
Significa que os
produtos
eléctricos e
electrónicos não
devem ser
misturados com o
lixo doméstico
comum. Existe um
sistema de
recolhas
específico para
estes produtos.
1
ex
−10100 < x ≤ 230.2585092
10 x
−10100 < x < 100
sinh x, cosh x, tanh x
| x | ≤ 230.2585092
sinh–1 x
| x | < 1050
cosh–1 x
1 ≤ x < 1050
tanh–1 x
|x| < 1
x
| x | < 1050
2
x3
| x | < 2.15443469 × 1033
x
P
0 ≤ x < 10100
x –1
| x | < 10100 (x ≠ 0)
0 ≤ n ≤ 69*
n!
0 ≤ r ≤ n ≤ 9999999999*
n!
⎯
(n − r)!
nPr
< 10100
nCr
0 ≤ r ≤ n ≤ 9999999999*
0 ≤ r ≤ 69
↕DEG, D°M’S
0°0’0.00001” ≤ | x | < 10000°
x, y
r, θ
n!
⎯
(n − r)!
r, θ
x, y
< 10100
x 2 + y 2 < 10100
0 ≤ r < 10100
DEG: | θ | < 1010
π
⎯
RAD: | θ | < 180
× 1010
10
10
GRAD: | θ | < ⎯
9 × 10
DEG: | x | < 10100
DEG
RAD, GRAD
RAD
GRAD: | x | < ⎯
1098
2 ×
π
(A + Bi ) + (C + Di )
| A + C | < 10100, | B + D | < 10100
(A + Bi ) − (C + Di )
| A − C | < 10100, | B − D | < 10100
(A + Bi ) × (C + Di )
(AC − BD) < 10100
(AD + BC) < 10100
Let op: Uw
product is van dit
merkteken
voorzien. Dit
betekent dat
afgedankte
elektrische en
elektronische
apparatuur niet
samen met het
normale huisafval
mogen worden
weggegooid. Er
bestaat een
afzonderlijk
inzamelingssysteem voor
deze producten.
NEDERLANDS
A. Informatie over afvalverwijdering voor gebruikers
(particuliere huishoudens)
1. In de Europese Unie
Let op: Deze apparatuur niet samen met het normale huisafval
weggooien!
Afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur moet
gescheiden worden ingezameld conform de wetgeving inzake de
verantwoorde verwerking, terugwinning en recycling van
afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur.
Na de invoering van de wet door de lidstaten mogen particuliere
huishoudens in de lidstaten van de Europese Unie hun afgedankte
elektrische en elektronische apparatuur kosteloos* naar hiertoe
aangewezen inzamelingsinrichtingen brengen*. In sommige
landen* kunt u bij de aanschaf van een nieuw apparaat het oude
product kosteloos bij uw lokale distributeur inleveren.
*) Neem contact op met de plaatselijke autoriteiten voor verdere
informatie.
Als uw elektrische of elektronische apparatuur batterijen of
accumulatoren bevat dan moet u deze afzonderlijk conform de
plaatselijke voorschriften weggooien.
Door dit product op een verantwoorde manier weg te gooien, zorgt
u ervoor dat het afval de juiste verwerking, terugwinning en
recycling ondergaat en potentiële negatieve effecten op het milieu
en de menselijke gezondheid worden voorkomen die anders
zouden ontstaan door het verkeerd verwerken van het afval.
2. In andere landen buiten de Europese Unie
Als u dit product wilt weggooien, neem dan contact op met de
plaatselijke autoriteiten voor informatie omtrent de juiste
verwijderingsprocedure.
Voor Zwitserland: U kunt afgedankte elektrische en elektronische
apparatuur kosteloos bij de distributeur inleveren, zelfs als u geen
nieuw product koopt. Aanvullende inzamelingsinrichtingen zijn
vermeld op de startpagina van www.swico.ch or www.sens.ch.
B. Informatie over afvalverwijdering voor bedrijven.
1. In de Europese Unie
Als u het product voor zakelijke doeleinden heeft gebruikt en als u
dit wilt weggooien:
Neem contact op met uw SHARP distributeur die u inlichtingen
verschaft over de terugname van het product. Het kan zijn dat u
een afvalverwijderingsbijdrage voor de terugname en recycling
moet betalen. Kleine producten (en kleine hoeveelheden) kunnen
door de lokale inzamelingsinrichtingen worden verwerkt.
Voor Spanje: Neem contact op met de inzamelingsinrichting of de
lokale autoriteiten voor de terugname van uw afgedankte producten.
2. In andere landen buiten de Europese Unie
Als u dit product wilt weggooien, neem dan contact op met de
plaatselijke autoriteiten voor informatie omtrent de juiste
verwijderingsprocedure.
1. Inden for EU
Obs: Hvis du ønsker at kassere dette apparat, bør du ikke komme det i
din almindelige skraldespand.
Obs: Produktet vil
have dette
symbol. Det
betyder at der er
tale om elektrisk
eller elektronisk
udstyr som ikke
bør blandes med
det almindelige
husholdningsaffald. Der findes
et særskilt
genbrugssystem
til sådanne
produkter.
Förbrukad elektrisk utrustning måste hanteras i enlighet med
gällande miljölagstiftning och återvinningsföreskrifter.
I enlighet med gällande EU-regler ska hushåll ha möjlighet att
lämna in elektrisk utrustning till återvinningsstationer utan kostnad.*
I vissa länder* kan det även hända att man gratis kan lämna in
gamla produkter till återförsäljaren när man köper en ny liknande
enhet.
* Kontakta kommunen för vidare information.
Om utrustningen innehåller batterier eller ackumulatorer ska dessa
först avlägsnas och hanteras separat i enlighet med gällande
miljöföreskrifter.
Genom att hantera produkten i enlighet med dessa föreskrifter
kommer den att tas om hand och återvinnas på tillämpligt sätt,
vilket förhindrar potentiella negativa hälso- och miljöeffekter.
Hvis dit brugte elektriske eller elektroniske udstyr indeholder batterier
eller akkumulatorer, bedes du skille dig af med dem, i
overensstemmelse med den lokale lovgivning, før du indleverer
udstyret.
2. I lande uden for EU
B. Oplysninger om kassering og genbrug for virksomheder.
1. Inden for EU
Hvis dette produkt bruges i forbindelse med virksomhedsdrift, og du
ønsker at skille dig af med det:
Du bedes kontakte din SHARP-forhandler, som vil fortælle dig hvordan
produktet kan indleveres. Du vil muligvis skulle betale for
omkostningerne i forbindelse med indlevering og genbrug. Små
produkter (i små mængder) kan muligvis afleveres på den lokale
genbrugsplads.
2. I lande uden for EU
DANSK
Hvis du ønsker at skille dig af med dette produkt, bedes du kontakte de
lokale myndigheder og spørge dem, hvordledes produktet kasseres
korrekt.
A. Informace o likvidaci pro uživatele (domácnosti)
1. V zemích Evropské unie
Upozornění: Toto zařízení nelikvidujte v běžných odpadkových
koších!
Upozornění: Váš
výrobek je
označen tímto
symbolem.
Znamená to, že
je zakázáno
likvidovat použitý
elektrický nebo
elektronický
výrobek s
běžným domácím
odpadem. Pro
tyto výrobky je k
dispozici
samostatný
sběrný systém.
Použité elektrické a elektronické vybavení je třeba likvidovat
samostatně a v souladu s legislativou, která vyžaduje řádnou
likvidaci, obnovení a recyklaci použitého elektrického a
elektronického vybavení.
Na základě dohody členských států mohou domácnosti v zemích
Evropské unie vracet použité elektrické a elektronické vybavení v
určených sběrnách zdarma*. V některých zemích* od vás může
místní prodejce odebrat zdarma použitý výrobek, pokud
zakoupíte nový podobný.
*) Další podrobnosti vám sdělí orgány místní správy.
Pokud použité elektrické nebo elektronické vybavení obsahuje
baterie nebo akumulátory, zlikvidujte je předem samostatně v
souladu s místními vyhláškami.
Řádnou likvidací tohoto výrobku pomáháte zajistit, že bude
odpad vhodným způsobem zlikvidován, obnoven a recyklován a
zabráníte tak možnému poškození životního prostředí a zdraví
obyvatel, ke kterému by mohlo dojít v případě nesprávné
likvidace.
2. Länder utanför EU
Kontakta de lokala myndigheterna och ta reda på gällande
sorterings- och återvinningsföreskrifter om du behöver göra dig av
med denna produkt.
2. V ostatních zemích mimo Evropskou unii
B) Information om återvinning för företag
1. EU-länder
Chcete-li tento výrobek zlikvidovat, obraťte se na místní správní
orgány, které vás seznámí s vhodnou metodou likvidace.
Gör så här om produkten ska kasseras:
B. Informace o likvidaci pro podnikatelské subjekty.
Kontakta SHARPs återförsäljare för information om hur man går till
väga för att lämna tillbaka produkten. Det kan hända att en avgift för
transport och återvinning tillkommer. Mindre skrymmande produkter
(om det rör sig om ett fåtal) kan eventuellt återlämnas till lokala
återvinningsstationer.
1. V zemích Evropské unie
Chcete-li zlikvidovat výrobek, který je používán pro podnikatelské
účely:
Obraťte se na prodejce SHARP, který vás informuje o odebrání
výrobku. Odebrání a recyklace mohou být zpoplatněny. Malé
výrobky (a malá množství) mohou odebírat místní sběrny
odpadu.
2. Länder utanför EU
Kontakta de lokala myndigheterna och ta reda på gällande
sorterings- och återvinningsföreskrifter om du behöver göra dig av
med denna produkt.
2. V ostatních zemích mimo Evropskou unii.
ČESKY
1. Euroopan unionissa
1. Az Európai Unióban
Huomio: Jos haluat hävittää tämän laitteen, älä käytä tavallista
jätesäiliötä.
Käytetyt sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaitteet pitää hävittää erikseen
noudattaen lainsäädäntöä, joka takaa käytettyjen sähkö- ja
elektroniikkalaitteiden oikean käsittelyn, keräämisen ja kierrättämisen.
Jäsenvaltioiden täytäntöönpanoa seuraten yksityiset kotitaloudet EU:n
jäsenvaltioissa voivat palauttaa käytetyt sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaitteet
määrättyihin keräyspaikkoihin ilmaiseksi*. Joissakin maissa* paikalliset
vähittäismyyjät voivat myös ottaa vastaan vanhan tuotteen ilmaiseksi,
jos asiakas ostaa vastaavan uuden tuotteen.
*) Pyydä lisätietoja paikallisviranomaisilta.
Jos käytetyissä sähkö- tai elektroniikkalaitteissa käytetään paristoja tai
akkuja, hävitä nämä tuotteet etukäteen erikseen paikallisten säädösten
mukaisesti.
Hävittämällä tuotteen asiamukaisesti, autat varmistamaan, että jätteet
käsitellään, kerätään ja kierrätetään asianmukaisella tavalla. Näin
vältytään haitallisilta ympäristö- ja terveysvaikutuksilta, joita saattaa
olla seuraamuksena jätteen epäasianmukaisesta käsittelystä.
Chcete-li tento výrobek zlikvidovat, obraťte se na místní správní
orgány, které vás seznámí s vhodnou metodou likvidace.
A. Hulladék-elhelyezési tájékoztató felhasználók részére (magán
háztartások)
A. Hävitysohjeet käyttäjille (yksityiset kotitaloudet)
Huomio: Tuote on
merkitty tällä
symbolilla. Tämä
tarkoittaa, että
käytettyjä sähköja elektroniikkalaitteita ei saa
sekoittaa
kotitalouden
yleisjätteiden
kanssa. Näille
tuotteille on
olemassa erillinen
keräysjärjestelmä.
Som følge af EU-medlemslandenes implementering af denne lov, har
private husstande i EU ret til gratis*, at aflevere deres brugte elektriske
og elektroniske udstyr på angivne genbrugspladser. I nogle lande* er
det muligvis gratis, at indlevere det brugte produkt hos den lokale
forhandler, hvis du køber et tilsvarende nyt produkt.
*) Kontakt de lokale myndigheder hvis du ønsker yderligere
oplysninger.
Hvis du ønsker at skille dig af med dette produkt, bedes du kontakte de
lokale myndigheder og spørge dem om, hvorledes produktet kasseres
korrekt.
OBS! Kasta inte denna produkt i soporna!
OBS! Produkten
är märkt med
symbolen ovan.
Denna symbol
indikerar att
elektroniska
produkter inte ska
kastas i det
vanliga
hushållsavfallet
eftersom det finns
ett separat
avfallshanteringssystem för dem.
Brugt elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr skal behandles særskilt og i
overensstemmelse med loven om korrekt behandling og genbrug af
brugt elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr.
Ved at kassere dette apparat korrekt, vil du være med til at sikre, at
vores affald behandles og genbruges rigtigt. Derved udsættes hverken
miljøet eller vores helbred for overlast som følge af uhensigtsmæssig
affaldshåndtering.
1. EU-länder
SVENSKA
A. Informações sobre a Eliminação de Produtos para os
Utilizadores (particulares)
1. Na União Europeia
Atenção: Se quiser eliminar este equipamento, não o deve fazer
juntamente com o lixo doméstico comum!
O equipamento eléctrico e electrónico deve ser tratado separadamente
e ao abrigo da legislação aplicável que obriga a um tratamento,
recuperação e reciclagem adequados de equipamentos eléctricos e
electrónicos usados.
Após a implementação desta legislação por parte dos Estadosmembros, todos os cidadãos residentes na União Europeia poderão
entregar o seu equipamento eléctrico e electrónico usado em estações
de recolha específicas a título gratuito*. Em alguns países* o seu
revendedor local também pode recolher o seu equipamento usado a
título gratuito na compra de um novo equipamento.
*) Contacte as entidades locais para mais informações.
Se o seu equipamento eléctrico e electrónico usado funcionar a pilhas
ou baterias, deverá eliminá-las em separado, conforme a legislação
local, e antes de entregar o seu equipamento.
Ao eliminar este produto correctamente estará a contribuir para que o
lixo seja submetido aos processos de tratamento, recuperação e
reciclagem adequados. Desta forma é possível evitar os efeitos
nocivos que o tratamento inadequado do lixo poderia provocar no
ambiente e na saúde.
2. Em outros Países fora da UE
Se quiser eliminar este produto, contacte as entidades locais e
informe-se sobre o método correcto para proceder à sua eliminação.
Na Suíça: O equipamento eléctrico e electrónico é aceite, a título
gratuito, em qualquer revendedor, mesmo que não tenha adquirido um
novo produto. Poderá encontrar uma lista das estações de recolha
destes equipamentos na página da Web www.swicho.ch ou
www.sens.ch.
A. Oplysninger om kassering og genbrug for brugere (private
husholdninger)
A) Information om återvinning av elektrisk utrustning för
hushåll
Figyelem: Ha a készüléket ki akarja selejtezni, kérjük, ne a
közönséges szemeteskukát használja!
Figyelem: A
terméket ezzel a
jelöléssel látták
el. Ez azt jelenti,
hogy a használt
elektromos és
elektronikus
termékeket nem
szabad az
általános
háztartási
hulladékkal
keverni. Ezekhez
a termékekhez
külön
hulladékgyűjtő
rendszer üzemel.
2. Muissa maissa EU:n ulkopuolella
A használt elektromos és elektronikus berendezéseket külön, és a
használt elektromos és elektronikus berendezések szabályszerű
kezeléséről, visszanyeréséről és újrahasznosításáról rendelkező
jogszabályokkal összhangban kell kezelni.
A tagállamok általi végrehajtást követően az EU államokon belül a
magán háztartások használt elektromos és elektronikai
berendezéseiket díjmentesen juttathatják vissza a kijelölt
gyűjtőlétesítményekbe*. Egyes országokban* a helyi kiskereskedés
is díjmentesen visszaveheti Öntől a régi terméket, ha hasonló új
terméket vásárol.
*) A további részletekről, kérjük, érdeklődjön az önkormányzatnál.
Ha használt elektromos vagy elektronikus berendezésében elemek
vagy akkumulátorok vannak, kérjük, előzetesen ezeket selejtezze ki
a helyi előírásoknak megfelelően.
A termék szabályszerű kiselejtezésével Ön segít biztosítani azt,
hogy a hulladék keresztülmenjen a szükséges kezelésen,
visszanyerési és újrahasznosítási eljáráson, ezáltal közreműködik a
lehetséges káros környezeti és humán egészségi hatások
megelőzésében, amelyek ellenkező esetben a helytelen
hulladékkezelés következtében előállhatnának.
2. Az EU-n kívüli egyéb országokban
Jos haluat hävittää tuotteen, ota yhteys paikallisiin viranomaisiin ja
pyydä ohjeita tuotteen asianmukaiseen hävittämiseen.
Ha a terméket ki szeretné selejtezni, kérjük, forduljon az
önkormányzathoz, és érdeklődjön a helyes hulladék-elhelyezési
módszerről.
B. Hävitysohjeet yrityskäyttäjille.
1. Euroopan unionissa
B. Informações sobre a Eliminação de Produtos para UtilizadoresEmpresas.
1. Na União Europeia
Se o produto for usado para fins comerciais e quiser eliminá-lo:
Contacte o seu revendedor SHARP que irá informá-lo sobre a melhor
forma de eliminar o produto. Poderá ter de pagar as despesas
resultantes da recolha e reciclagem do produto. Alguns produtos mais
pequenos (e em pequenas quantidades) poderão ser recolhidos pelas
estações locais.
Na Espanha: Contacte o sistema de recolhas público ou as entidades
locais para mais informações sobre a recolha de produtos usados.
2. Em outros Países fora da UE
Se quiser eliminar este produto, contacte as entidades locais e
informe-se sobre o método correcto para proceder à sua eliminação.
PORTUGUÊS
1
−10100 < ⎯
x log | y | < 100
B. Informazioni sullo smaltimento per gli utenti commerciali
1. Nell’Unione europea
Se il prodotto è impiegato a scopi commerciali, procedere come segue
per eliminarlo.
Contattare il proprio rivenditore SHARP che fornirà informazioni circa il
ritiro del prodotto. Potrebbero essere addebitate le spese di ritiro e
riciclaggio. Prodotti piccoli (e quantitativi ridotti) potranno essere ritirati
anche dai centri di raccolta locali.
Per la Spagna: Contattare il sistema di raccolta ufficiale o l’ente locale
preposto al ritiro dei prodotti usati.
2. In paesi che non fanno parte dell’UE
Se si desidera eliminare il presente prodotto, contattare le autorità
locali e informarsi sul metodo di smaltimento corretto.
ITALIANO
x=n
1
(0 < | x | < 1: ⎯
x = 2n − 1, x ≠ 0)*,
−10100 < x log | y | < 100
* n, r: integer / entier / ganze Zahlen / entero / inteiro / intero /
geheel getal / egész számok / celé číslo / heltal /
/
/ bilangan
kokonaisluku / heltal /
bulat / 洛朞
−10100 < ⎯
x log y < 100 (x ≠ 0)
• y = 0: 0 < x < 10100
• y < 0: x = 2n − 1
1
(0 < | x | < 1: ⎯
x = n, x ≠ 0)*,
4
A. Información sobre eliminación para usuarios particulares
1. En la Unión Europea
Atención: si quiere desechar este equipo, ¡por favor no utilice el
cubo de la basura habitual!
Los equipos eléctricos y electrónicos usados deberían tratarse por
separado de acuerdo con la legislación que requiere un
tratamiento, una recuperación y un reciclaje adecuados de los
equipos eléctricos y electrónicos usados.
Tras la puesta en práctica por parte de los estados miembros, los
hogares de particulares dentro de los estados de la Unión Europea
pueden devolver sus equipos eléctricos y electrónicos a los centros
de recogida designados sin coste alguno*. En algunos países* es
posible que también su vendedor local se lleve su viejo producto
sin coste alguno si Ud. compra uno nuevo similar.
*) Por favor, póngase en contacto con su autoridad local para
obtener más detalles.
Si sus equipos eléctricos o electrónicos usados tienen pilas o
acumuladores, por favor deséchelos por separado con antelación
según los requisitos locales.
Al desechar este producto correctamente, ayudará a asegurar que
los residuos reciban el tratamiento, la recuperación y el reciclaje
necesarios, previniendo de esta forma posibles efectos negativos
en el medio ambiente y la salud humana que de otra forma podrían
producirse debido a una manipulación de residuos inapropiada.
2. En otros países fuera de la Unión Europea
Si desea desechar este producto, por favor póngase en contacto
con las autoridades locales y pregunte por el método de
eliminación correcto.
Para Suiza: Los equipos eléctricos o electrónicos pueden
devolverse al vendedor sin coste alguno, incluso si no compra
ningún nuevo producto. Se puede encontrar una lista de otros
centros de recogida en la página principal de www.swico.ch o
www.sens.ch.
−10100 < x log y < 100
• y > 0:
x
* The amount of memory used for the display in the WriteView
editor, measured in characters (excluding entered values,
denoted in the chart by “□”).
* Espace mémoire utilisé pour préserver l’affichage dans l’éditeur
WriteView, mesuré en caractère (à l’exception des valeurs
d’entrée, indiquées dans le tableau par “□”).
* Der für die Anzeige im WriteView Editor verwendete
Speicherplatz, gemessen in Zeichen (ohne die eingegebenen
Werte, die in der Tabelle mit „□“ markiert sind).
* La cantidad de memoria usada para visualizar en el editor
WriteView, medida en caracteres (excluyendo los valores
introducidos, indicados en el grafico mediante “□”).
* A quantidade de memória que é usada para a exibição no
editor WriteView, medida em caracteres (excluindo os valores
introduzidos, indicados no quadro por “□”).
* La quantità di memoria utilizzata per la visualizzazione nell’editor
WriteView, misurata in caratteri (escludendo i valori inseriti,
indicati nella tabella con il simbolo “□”).
* De hoeveelheid geheugen dat wordt gebruikt om de WriteView
editor weer te geven, gemeten in symbolen (met uitzondering
van ingevoerde waarden aangeduid in de grafiek met “□”).
* A WriteView szerkesztő megjelenítési műveleteire használatos
memóriaterület, karakterben kifejezve (az ábrán „□” karakterrel
jelölt beviteli értékeket nem számítva).
* Množství paměti využívané pro účely zobrazení v editoru
WriteView, vyjádřené počtem znaků (vyjma zadaných hodnot,
označených v grafu znakem „□“).
* Den mängd minne som används för visning med WriteViewredigeraren, mätt i antalet tecken (exklusive inmatade värden,
vilka anges som ”□” i tabellen).
* Näytön WriteView-editorissa käyttämä muisti merkkeinä
laskettuna (pois lukien syötetyt arvot, taulukossa merkitty ”□”).
* Den mængde hukommelse, der bruges til visning i WriteVieweditoren, målt i tegn (med undtagelse af indtastede værdier, der
angives med „□“ i tabellen).
ESPAÑOL
A. Informations sur la mise au rebut à l’intention des utilisateurs
privés (ménages)
1. Au sein de l’Union européenne
Attention : si vous souhaitez mettre cet appareil au rebut, ne le jetez
pas dans une poubelle ordinaire !
Les appareils électriques et électroniques usagés doivent être traités
séparément et conformément aux lois en vigueur en matière de
traitement, de récupération et de recyclage adéquats de ces appareils.
Suite à la mise en oeuvre de ces dispositions dans les Etats membres,
les ménages résidant au sein de l’Union européenne peuvent
désormais ramener gratuitement* leurs appareils électriques et
électroniques usagés sur des sites de collecte désignés. Dans certains
pays*, votre détaillant reprendra également gratuitement votre ancien
produit si vous achetez un produit neuf similaire.
*) Veuillez contacter votre administration locale pour plus de
renseignements.
Si votre appareil électrique ou électronique usagé comporte des piles
ou des accumulateurs, veuillez les mettre séparément et préalablement
au rebut conformément à la législation locale en vigueur.
En veillant à la mise au rebut correcte de ce produit, vous contribuerez
à assurer le traitement, la récupération et le recyclage nécessaires de
ces déchets, et préviendrez ainsi les effets néfastes potentiels de leur
mauvaise gestion sur l’environnement et la santé humaine.
2. Pays hors de l’Union européenne
Si vous souhaitez mettre ce produit au rebut, veuillez contacter votre
administration locale qui vous renseignera sur la méthode d’élimination
correcte de cet appareil.
Suisse : les équipements électriques ou électroniques usagés peuvent
être ramenés gratuitement au détaillant, même si vous n’achetez pas
un nouvel appareil. Pour obtenir la liste des autres sites de collecte,
veuillez vous reporter à la page d’accueil du site www.swico.ch ou
www.sens.ch.
NOT
BIN: 1000000000 ≤ x ≤ 1111111111
0 ≤ x ≤ 111111111
PEN: 2222222223 ≤ x ≤ 4444444444
0 ≤ x ≤ 2222222221
OCT: 4000000000 ≤ x ≤ 7777777777
0 ≤ x ≤ 3777777777
HEX: FDABF41C01 ≤ x ≤ FFFFFFFFFF
0 ≤ x ≤ 2540BE3FE
(tan x: | x | ≠ 100(2n − 1))*
5
B. Information on Disposal for Business Users.
1. In the European Union
If the product is used for business purposes and you want to
discard it:
Please contact your SHARP dealer who will inform you about the
take-back of the product. You might be charged for the costs arising
from take-back and recycling. Small products (and small amounts)
might be taken back by your local collection facilities.
For Spain: Please contact the established collection system or your
local authority for take-back of your used products.
2. In other Countries outside the EU
If you wish to discard of this product, please contact your local
authorities and ask for the correct method of disposal.
Miljöskydd
Denna produkt drivs av batteri.
Vid batteribyte skall följande iakttagas:
• Det förbrukade batteriet skall inlämnas till batteriinsamling
eller till kommunal miljöstation för återinssamling.
• Kasta ej batteriet i vattnet eller i hushållssoporna. Batteriet
får ej heller utsättas för öppen eld.
DEC: | x | ≤ 9999999999
BIN: 1000000000 ≤ x ≤ 1111111111
0 ≤ x ≤ 111111111
PEN: 2222222223 ≤ x ≤ 4444444444
0 ≤ x ≤ 2222222222
OCT: 4000000000 ≤ x ≤ 7777777777
0 ≤ x ≤ 3777777777
HEX: FDABF41C01 ≤ x ≤ FFFFFFFFFF
0 ≤ x ≤ 2540BE3FF
10
P
□
* Jumlah memori yang digunakan untuk kepentingan tampilan
dalam editor WriteView, diukur dalam jumlah karakter (tidak
termasuk nilai yang dimasukkan, ditunjukkan dalam diagram
dengan “□”)
* ΈΣΚΥΖ·ΚΖΨ͑碾滗匶汞͑筚彺͑祢柢櫖͑斲殯夞垚͑彚微庲͑檗͙͑怾沖͑朞͑
匶渆͑͝壊祢櫖昢͑‫ד□ג‬嵢͑祢柢夢͑斲殯沖͑沋崫͑儘汆͑洢歾͚͟
Attention: Your
product is marked
with this symbol. It
means that used
electrical and
electronic
products should
not be mixed with
general household
waste. There is a
separate
collection system
for these products.
DEC
BIN
PEN
OCT
HEX
AND
OR
XOR
XNOR
10
GRAD: | x | < ⎯
9 × 10
DRG▶
A. Information on Disposal for Users (private households)
1. In the European Union
Attention: If you want to dispose of this equipment, please do not
use the ordinary dust bin!
Used electrical and electronic equipment must be treated
separately and in accordance with legislation that requires proper
treatment, recovery and recycling of used electrical and electronic
equipment.
Following the implementation by member states, private
households within the EU states may return their used electrical
and electronic equipment to designated collection facilities free of
charge*. In some countries* your local retailer may also take back
your old product free of charge if you purchase a similar new one.
*) Please contact your local authority for further details.
If your used electrical or electronic equipment has batteries or
accumulators, please dispose of these separately beforehand
according to local requirements.
By disposing of this product correctly you will help ensure that the
waste undergoes the necessary treatment, recovery and recycling
and thus prevent potential negative effects on the environment and
human health which could otherwise arise due to inappropriate
waste handling.
2. In other Countries outside the EU
If you wish to discard this product, please contact your local
authorities and ask for the correct method of disposal.
For Switzerland: Used electrical or electronic equipment can be
returned free of charge to the dealer, even if you don’t purchase a
new product. Further collection facilities are listed on the homepage
of www.swico.ch or www.sens.ch.
DEG: | x | < 1010
(tan x : | x | ≠ 90(2n − 1))*
π
⎯
RAD: | x | < 180
× 1010
π
(tan x: | x | ≠ ⎯
(2n − 1))*
2
@*
@W
5.
(A + Bi ) ÷ (C + Di )
AC + BD
⎯
10100
C2 + D 2 <
BC − AD
⎯
10100
C2 + D 2 <
C2 + D 2 ≠ 0
30
W/@ k
-6.333333333
2.
Umweltschutz
Das Gerät wird durch eine Batterie mit Strom versorgt.
Um die Batterie sicher und umweltschonend zu entsorgen,
beachten Sie bitte folgende Punkte:
• Bringen Sie die leere Batterie zu Ihrer örtlichen
Mülldeponie, zum Händler oder zum KundenserviceZentrum zur Wiederverwertung.
• Werfen Sie die leere Batterie niemals ins Feuer, ins Wasser
oder in den Hausmüll.
]
-1.
X:
Y:
D:
x=?
Nur für Deutschland/For Germany only:
OPMERKING: ALLEEN VOOR NEDERLAND/
NOTE: FOR NETHERLANDS ONLY
-4
]
jN60N
10=
For Europe only:
-1
4
]
min L1 =
sum L1 =
-3
]
2: 9
1: 2
[
2
7
]
]
5: ^
jN54N
10=
[
2: 4
3: 2
cumul L1 =
aug (L1, L2) = j N 5 6 N
10HN1
1)=
2: 4
3: 7
1: 7
5.099019514
]
]
]
2: 6
3: ^
1: 2
-29.
b62
3 e 4 e S 95
2
x=?
N2e
S3eS1eS4e
jN41
]
b60
2e3e4e
5e6e7
e
b5
{2, 7, 4} ⇒ L1 N 2 3 e
2e7e4e
jN40
⇒ L2
3: 19
28 b (2-VLE, 3-VLE, QUAD, CUBIC)
] {
27 b (LIST)
{−3, −1, −4}
[
1: -24 2: -4
i_prod (L1, L2) = j N 6 9
N10H
N11)
=
1
[
29
B. Hulladék-elhelyezési tájékoztató vállalati felhasználók
részére.
Jos tuotetta on käytetty yrityskäytössä, ja haluat hävittää sen,
1. Az Európai Unióban
ota yhteys SHARP-jälleenmyyjään, joka antaa sinulle lisäohjeita tai
ottaa tuotteen vastaan. Sinulta saatetaan veloittaa tuotteen
vastaanottamisesta ja kierrätyksestä johtuvat kustannukset. Paikalliset
keräyspisteet saattavat ottaa vastaan pienet tuotteet (ja pienet määrät).
Ha a terméket üzleti célokra használta, és ki kívánja selejtezni:
Kérjük, forduljon a SHARP kereskedéshez, ahol tájékoztatják Önt a
termék visszavételéről. Lehetséges, hogy a visszavételből és
újrahasznosításból eredő költségeket felszámítják. Előfordulhat,
hogy a helyi hulladékbegyűjtő létesítmény átveszi a kisebb
termékeket (és kis mennyiségeket).
2. Muissa maissa EU:n ulkopuolella
Jos haluat hävittää tuotteen, ota yhteys paikallisiin viranomaisiin ja
pyydä ohjeita tuotteen asianmukaiseen hävittämiseen.
2. Az EU-n kívüli egyéb országokban
Ha a terméket ki szeretné selejtezni, kérjük, forduljon az
önkormányzathoz, és érdeklődjön a helyes hulladék-elhelyezési
módszerről.
SUOMI
MAGYAR